US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 & SR

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

US 50 FROM THE CORRIDOR PLAN CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TO 6 MILES EAST OF DAYTON US 395 FROM TOPAZ S S SR SR SR LAKE TO THE US 395, West US 50, SR 2828,, SR 207 andand SR 431 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE AT BORDER- TOWN landscape and aesthetics corridor plan STATE ROUTES 28, 207, AND 431

DESIGN WORKSHOP PLACES Sand County Studios JW Zunino & Associates CH2MHill

December 15, 2006

Endorsement US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan

MESSAGE FROM THE GOVERNOR OF NEVADA MESSAGE FROM THE DIRECTOR OF NDOT

On June 6, 2002, the Nevada Department of Transportation adopt- NDOT is responsible for ensuring that landscape and aesthetics ed as policy, Pattern and Palette of Place: A Landscape and Aesthet- are an integral part of the design in building and retrofitting our ics Master Plan for the Nevada State Highway System. The second highway system. This Landscape and Aesthetics Corridor Plan for phase of planning is complete. The Landscape and Aesthetics Cor- US 395, US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 in Northern Nevada helps ridor Plan represents a significant step forward for the Landscape realize our vision for the future appearance of our highways. The and Aesthetics program created by the Master Plan because it in- plan will provide the guidance for our own design teams, and it volves local public agencies and citizens in the planning process. will help Nevada’s citizens participate in formulating context-sen- Now, Nevada’s highways truly represent the State and its people. sitive solutions for today’s transportation needs. Together, we will The Corridor Plan will be the primary management tool for use in ensure our highways reflect Nevada’s distinctive heritage, land- guiding funding allocations, promoting appropriate aesthetic de- scape, and culture. sign, and providing for the incorporation of highway elements that uniquely express Nevada’s landscape, communities, and cities, as well as its people. The State considers this Corridor Plan to be a major accomplishment for the future of Nevada highways.

III US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan Endorsement

ENDORSEMENT

This Corridor Plan has been reviewed by the following groups and agencies. Endorsement means agreeing in principle with the opportunities and recommendations identified within agency jurisdiction.

City of Carson City Nevada Land Conservancy Carson City Convention and Visitors Bureau Nevada League of Cities Carson City Parks and Recreation Department Nevada State Historic Preservation Office Carson City Public Works Department North Lake Tahoe Resort Association Carson City Regional Transportation Commission Northern Nevada Development Authority City of Reno Regional Transportation Commission of Washoe County, Nevada City of Reno Community Development Department Reno-Sparks Chamber of Commerce Dayton Area Chamber of Commerce Reno-Sparks Convention & Visitors Authority Dayton Valley Natural Resources Conservation District Reno-Sparks Indian Colony Douglas County Scenic Nevada Douglas County Community Development Department Sierra Club, Toiyabe Chapter Federal Highway Administration Tahoe Regional Planning Agency Gardeners Reclaiming Our Waysides The Nature Conservancy, Nevada Chapter Incline Village General Improvement District Town of Gardnerville Keep Truckee Meadows Beautiful Town of Minden League to Save Lake Tahoe Town of Silver Springs National Pony Express Association Truckee Meadows Community College Nevada Arts Council Truckee Meadows Regional Planning Agency Nevada Association of Counties University of Nevada, Reno, Environmental and Resource Science Nevada Bicycle Advisory Board Department Nevada Commission on Tourism U.S. Bureau of Land Management Nevada Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Division of U.S. Forest Service State Lands U.S. Forest Service, Region IV, Humboldt-Toiyabe National Nevada Department of Cultural Affairs U.S. Forest Service, Region V, Lake Tahoe Basin Management Unit Nevada Department of Wildlife Washoe County Nevada Division of Forestry Washoe County Public Works Department Nevada Division of State Parks Washoe County Regional Parks and Open Space Washoe Tribe

IV Acknowledgements US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan

ACKOWLEDGEMENTS Nevada Department of Transportation State Transportation Board Rand Pollard - Assistant Chief of Road Design Engineer Lucy Joyce-Mendive - Landscape Architect Supervisor Kenny C. Guinn (Chairman) Governor Janice Ellis - Assistant Landscape Architect Lorraine Hunt Lt. Governor Ron Blakemore - Former Landscape Architect Supervisor George Chanos Attorney General Steve Martin Controller Caesar Caviglia Member University of Nevada Las Vegas Landscape Architecture and Tom Gust Member Planning Research Office Jim Thornton Member Mark Elison Hoversten - Professor, FASLA, AICP STTAC (Statewide Transportation Technical Advisory Committee) Susan Jones - Research Associate, ASLA Brian Pugh - Research Assistant, ASLA Audrey Allan Vincent Guthreau Tom Brady Sig Jaunarajs Steve Bunnell Mara Jones Consultant Team Denis Cederburg Charlie Kajkowski (Vice-Chair) Daryl Crawford Clara Lawson Design Workshop Keyth Durham Patrick Pittenger Richard W. Shaw - Principal, FASLA Paul Enos Marc Reynolds (Chair) Steve Noll - Principal, ASLA Jon Ericson Jonna Samsom Stephanie Grigsby - Associate, ASLA David Fraser Bruce Turner Kristofer Johnson - Landscape Designer Debra Goodwin Steve Weaver Eric Roverud - Landscape Designer Laurie Ann Grimes Laura Miller - Landscape Designer Technical Review Committee Christopher Walsh - Landscape Designer Elizabeth Scott - Landscape Designer, ASLA Andrew Soderborg Ed Peck Marie Berry Anna Gagne - Planner Anthony Smokey Ellis Antunez Mary Fischer Julie McGrew - Landscape Designer Becky Stock Greg Hill Mary Ann McAuliffe Devon Morgan - Graphic Designer Bryant Smith Greg Novak Melanie Mucha Candy Duncan Harry York Pam Wilcox Lisa McGuire - Graphic Designer Carl Ruschmeyer Jan Miller Patrick Geurts Rebecca Leonard - Planner Carol Nicholson Jeff Foltz Paul Tueller Nino Pero - Website Designer Carolyn Poissant Jenny Scanland Rebecca Ossa Kelan Smith - Environmental Graphics Charles Emmett Jenny Welsh Richard Staub Dori Johnson - Executive Assistant Charles McNeely Jim Mallery Roger Van Alyne Jen Tarbet - Project Specialist Christi Cakiroglu Jim Park Sandi Stanio Colin West Joe Pomroy Scott Fahrenbruch PLACES Coy Peacock John Friedrick Scott Nebesky Barbara Santner - Landscape Architect and Planner, ASLA, AICP Dan Kaffer John Hitchcock Scott Sisco Kathie Brinkerhoff - Landscape Designer Dan Greytak John Christopherson Shelly Aldean Susan Leuscher - Landscape Architect in Training Daniel Cressy Jon Paul Harries Steve Cooke Darrel Cruz Katherine Landreth Steve Weaver Sand County Studio Darrell Bender Katy Singlaub Steve Chilton James Sipes - Landscape Architect and Digital Database Development, Daryl Peterson Keith Norberg Summer Chandler ASLA Dave Pulliam Kelly Langdon Susan Boskoff Dave Ziegler Larie Trippet Susan Stead JW Zunino David Fraser Larry Friedman Thomas Lumpkin Jack Zunino - Principal, FASLA David Reis Leslie Burnside Vern Krahn Geoffrey Schafler - Project Manager, ASLA Dennis Ghiglieri Marc Reynolds Wanda Batchelor Donald Naquin Marchon Miller CH2MHill Doug Smith Marie Bresch Cindy Potter - Civil Engineer, Principal, P.E. V US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan Executive Summary

USER’S GUIDE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY maps and sections of the landscape design seg- The remaining chapters provide information that ments provide detail regarding the location of will help readers understand the technical infor- • Refer to the section beginning on This plan establishes the vision for the landscape specific projects and the desired level of aesthetic mation presented in the document. page 1.5 to understand softscape and and aesthetics of the US 395, West US 50, SR 28, treatment. hardscape treatments types. SR 207, and SR 431 corridor. The vision synthe- • Refer to the section beginning on page sizes historic, current, and future conditions into Chapter Three begins by outlining an approach to 2.4 to understand how the corridor is a comprehensive guide to improve the visual ap- the design process. This process highlights the ne- organized into highway zones. pearance of the highway corridors through com- cessity of integrating landscape and aesthetics at munities, rural landscapes, and scenic environ- the beginning of every project. Design guidelines • Refer to sections two through five be- ments. are also included in the third chapter to provide ginning on page 2.13 to understand the theme and design objectives for the framework for improving the aesthetics of each landscape design segment. The first chapter of this report provides an intro- existing, new, and retrofit highway projects. They duction to the NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics are written statements of recommended meth- • Refer to pages 2.18, 2.29, 2.41 and 2.52 program. It describes the mechanism by which ods to meet the segment’s design objectives. The for design interpretation. corridor design will be managed, a description of guidelines, accompanied by concept diagrams, programs and elements that influence highway sketches, or photographs, demonstrate ways in • Refer to the section beginning on page aesthetics, and a summary of background infor- which to achieve the design intent. 3.2 for design guidelines. mation gathered and analyzed. • Refer to page 3.23 to view base and ac- Chapter Four summarizes the cost implications cent color palettes. Chapter Two describes the process through associated with the improvements proposed by which sections of the highway were categorized this Corridor Plan. Cost estimates are included for • Refer to pages 3.41 - 3.46 to view the into highway zones and divided into distinct both preliminary project budgeting as well as on- plant palettes for each softscape treat- landscape design segments: Great Basin Forest, going project maintenance. These estimates will ment type. Capital Crossroads, Lake of the Sky, and Edge of inform NDOT in the decision-making process, and the Sierra. A description of the theme and design help influence budget allocations for the land- • Refer to the section beginning on page 4.14 for the description of funding and objectives presents examples of the appropriate scape and aesthetics highway improvements. costs. design aesthetic for each segment. Additionally,

• Refer to the section beginning on page 4.16 for project priorities.

VI Table of Contents US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan

TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER ONE: CORRIDOR MANAGEMENT AND BACKGROUND INVENTORY ...... 1.0 SECTION ONE: Introduction ...... 1.1 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics ...... 1.5 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory ...... 1.20 CHAPTER TWO: LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS ...... 2.0 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones ...... 2.4 SECTION TWO: Great Basin Forest ...... 2.13 SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads ...... 2.20 SECTION FOUR : Lake of the Sky ...... 2.32 SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra ...... 2.43 CHAPTER THREE: DESIGN GUIDELINES ...... 3.0 SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines ...... 3.2 SECTION TWO: Lake of the Sky Design Guidelines ...... 3.4 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines ...... 3.6 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines ...... 3.14 CHAPTER FOUR: COST ANALYSIS AND IMPLEMENTATION ...... 4.0 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis ...... 4.1 SECTION TWO: Implementation ...... 4.14 SECTION THREE: Priorities ...... 4.16 CHAPTER FIVE: CONCLUSION ...... 5.0 TECHNICAL APPENDIX ...... A.0 SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources ...... A.1 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways ...... A.4 GLOSSARY ...... B.0 BIBLIOGRAPHY ...... C.0

VII US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan Map and Figure Tables of Contents

FIGURE TABLE OF CONTENTS MAP AND SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER ONE CHAPTER ONE: CORRIDOR MANAGEMENT AND BACKGROUND INVENTORY ...... 1.0 Figure 1 – Corridor’s for Nevada’s Western Highways...... 1.1 Map EC 1: Environmental Considerations (Topaz Lake to Minden) ...... 1.24 Figure 2 – Study Area for this Corridor ...... 1.1 Map EC 2: Environmental Considerations (Minden to Washoe Valley) ...... 1.25 Figure 3 – Corridor Design Management ...... 1.2 Map EC 3: Environmental Considerations (Washoe Valley to Border Town) ...... 1.26 Figure 4 – Landscape Treatment Types ...... 1.5 Map VS 1: Viewsheds (Topaz Lake to Minden) ...... 1.29 Figure 5 – Application of Landscape Treatment Types ...... 1.10 Map VS 2: Viewsheds (Minden to Washoe Valley) ...... 1.30 Figure 6 – Existing and Recommended Nevada Scenic Byways of Map VS 3: Viewsheds (Washoe Valley to Border Town) ...... 1.31 Northern Nevada ...... 1.17 Map VA 1: Visual Analysis (Topaz Lake to Minden) ...... 1.32 CHAPTER TWO Map VA 2: Visual Analysis (Minden to Washoe Valley) ...... 1.33 Figure 7 – Corridor Organizing Elements ...... 2.1 Map VA 3: Visual Analysis (Washoe Valley to Border Town) ...... 1.34 Figure 8 – Landscape Design Segment Themes, Maps, and Sections ...... 2.2 CHAPTER TWO: LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS ...... 2.0 Figure 9 – Urban Freeways – Highway Zones ...... 2.5 Map LDS 1: Landscape Design Segments (Topaz Lake to Border Town) ...... 2.3 Figure 10 – City Streets – Highway Zones ...... 2.6 Map A1: Great Basin Forest - Design Objectives (US 395: Topaz Lake to Douglas Co. MM 16) ...... 2.14 Figure 11 – Rural Highways – Highway Zones ...... 2.10 Section A1: Great Basin Forest - Longitudinal Section (US 395: Topaz Lake to Douglas Co. MM 16) ...... 2.15 CHAPTER THREE Map A2: Great Basin Forest - Specific Features (US 395: Topaz Lake to Douglas Co. MM 16) ...... 2.16 Figure 12 – Native Revegetation Plant Palette ...... 3.41-3.43 Map B1: Capital Crossroads - Design Objectives (US 395: Douglas Co. MM 16 to Douglas Co. MM 33) ...... 2.22 Figure 13 – Enhanced Native Plant Palette ...... 3.44 Section B1: Capital Crossroads - Longitudinal Section (US 395: Carson Valley, Carson City, and Dayton) ...... 2.23 Figure 14 – Regionally Adapted Plant Palette ...... 3.45 Section B2: Capital Crossroads - Long. Section (US 395: Douglas Co. MM 33 to Carson City/Washoe Co. Boundary) ...... 2.24 Figure 15 – Regional Ornamental Plant Palette ...... 3.46 Section B3: Capital Crossroads - Longitudinal Section (Carson City Freeway) ...... 2.25 CHAPTER FOUR Section B4: Capital Crossroads - Longitudinal Section (US 50: Carson City to Six Mile Canyon Road) ...... 2.26 Figure 16 – Landscape Treatment Types ...... 4.3 Map B2: Capital Crossroads - Specific Features (US 395: Carson Valley, Carson City, and Dayton) ...... 2.27 Figures 17 - 48 – Costing Diagrams ...... 4.4 – 4.11 Map C1: Lake of the Sky - Design Objectives (Lake Tahoe Basin) ...... 2.34 Figure 49 – Planning Level Cost Estimate ...... 4.12 Section C1: Lake of the Sky - Longitudinal Section (SR 207) ...... 2.35 Figure 50 – Total Life Cycle Maintenance Costs ...... 4.13 Section C2: Lake of the Sky - Longitudinal Section (US 50: Stateline to US 5o/US 395 Intersection) ...... 2.36 Figure 51 – Maintenance Costs ...... 4.13 Section C3: Lake of the Sky - Longitudinal Section (SR 28) ...... 2.37 Figure 52 – Potential Funding Opportunities ...... 4.15 Section C3: Lake of the Sky - Longitudinal Section (SR 431) ...... 2.38 Map C2: Lake of the Sky - Specific Features (Lake Tahoe Basin) ...... 2.39 Map D1: Edge of the Sierra - Design Objectives (Reno Metropolitan Area) ...... 2.45 Section D1: Edge of the Sierra - Longitudinal Section (US 395: Carson City/Washoe Co. Line to Washoe Co. MM 15) ...... 2.46 Section D2: Edge of the Sierra - Longitudinal Section (US 395: Washoe County MM 15 to Washoe County MM 30) ...... 2.47 Section D3: Edge of the Sierra - Longitudinal Section (US 395: Washoe Co. MM 30 to Nevada/California State Line) ...... 2.48 Section D4: Edge of the Sierra - Longitudinal Section (I-580) ...... 2.49 Map D2: Edge of the Sierra - Specific Features (Reno Metropolitan Area) ...... 2.50 CHAPTER FOUR: COST ANALYSIS AND IMPLEMENTATION ...... 4.0 Map PR1: Great Basin Forest - Priority Projects (US 395: Topaz Lake to Douglas Co. MM 16) ...... 4.17 Map PR2: Capital Crossroads - Priority Projects (US 395: Carson Valley, Carson City, and Dayton) ...... 4.18 Map PR3: Lake of the Sky - Priority Projects (Lake Tahoe Basin) ...... 4.19 Map PR4: Edge of the Sierra - Priority Projects (Reno Metropolitan Area) ...... 4.20 VIII Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

CorridorCorridor ManagementManagement andand BackgroundBackground InventoryInventory

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Introduction ...... 1.1 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics ...... 1.5 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory ...... 1.20

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

SECTION ONE: Introduction Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION ONE: Purpose of the Corridor Plan to affect both existing highways as well as future expansion projects. Landscape and aesthetic Introduction Based on the vision and recommendations of the treatments identified and prioritized in the Cor- Master Plan, the US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, ridor Plan may be funded from a variety of sourc- and SR 431 Landscape and Aesthetics Corridor Plan es. As a general rule, up to 3% of total highway THE VISION (Corridor Plan) is one of three plans to address Ne- construction costs on all new construction and vada’s western highways (Figure 1). This Corridor Plan capacity improvements may be allocated to land- Nevada has a renewed commitment to landscape establishes the vision for landscape and aesthetics scape and aesthetic treatments. Funding for the and aesthetics for the state’s highways. In 2002, for each highway, synthesizing historic, current, retrofit of landscape and aesthetic improvements the Nevada Department of Transportation (NDOT) and future conditions to improve the visual appear- to existing highways is based on community part- adopted the Landscape and Aesthetics Master ance of each corridor. The Corridor Plan describes nerships and the opportunity for communities to Plan, raising the bar for context-sensitive design. the vision, not the promise, for highway landscape match State funds with a share of local money, and aesthetic treatments and enhancements. Im- Federal monies, or in-kind contributions. The Cor- “We envision a system of state highways SEE STUDY AREA plementation of the vision will be achieved through ridor Plan is a public/private partnership initiative. ENLARGEMENT BELOW that reflect the land and people of Nevada. the combined efforts of local governments, private This unique initiative is guided by the partnership We believe that Nevada should have high- citizens, civic groups, and the business community. policy outlined in the NDOT Landscape and Aes- ways that are aesthetically pleasing, as well thetics Master Plan, which states: as safe and cost effective. Therefore, no state As shown in Figure 2, the study area for this Cor- highway is complete until landscape and ridor Plan includes US 395 from Topaz Lake to the “Local communities, the public, other per- Figure 1 - Corridors for Nevada’s Western Highways aesthetics are considered and addressed.” California state line near Border Town, US 50 from mitting agencies, and the private sector Pattern and Palette of Place, 2002, p. 10-11 Stateline to the Six Mile Canyon Road intersection are encouraged to be involved in planning, design, construction, and maintenance east of Dayton, and State Routes 28, 207, and 431 Refer to I-80 Corridor Plan Today, it is the policy of the State of Nevada to around Lake Tahoe. Lake Tahoe is renowned for its of transportation projects to express the consider landscape and aesthetics in conjunction scenic beauty and numerous recreation destina- unique heritage, culture and environment with other design factors in all transportation of the state and its communities.” tions. As a whole, the corridor is one of the most SR 431 projects. Furthermore, NDOT recognizes that suc- visually stunning settings in Nevada. Pattern and Palette of Place, 2002, p. 12 cessful projects result when local communities, the public, other permitting agencies, and the The Corridor Plan identifies major design themes Furthermore, NDOT will work with local govern- SR 28 private sector participate in the planning, design, and materials to be used in landscape and aes- ments, private citizens, civic groups, and the busi- construction, and maintenance of transportation thetic treatments. It also recommends the level ness community to develop cooperative agree- SR 207 projects. Partnerships are imperative to ensure of treatment to be applied to highway features in ments for funding the design, construction, and Nevada’s highway system expresses the unique the corridor, providing a broad cost estimate of maintenance of landscape and aesthetic improve- heritage, culture, and environment of the state treatments, and outlining strategies for funding ments identified in this Corridor Plan. In locations and its communities. of construction and long-term maintenance. where recommendations exceed NDOT’s normal

financial responsibility and the community de- Figure 2 - Study area for this Corridor Plan (US 395, The Corridor Plan is a method for improving the sires an elevated level of aesthetic treatment, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor). aesthetic qualities of the state’s highways, partic- NDOT will engage the community to create part- ularly in relation to adjacent cities, communities, nerships to find additional funding. and neighborhoods. The Corridor Plan is intended 1.1 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION ONE: Introduction

CORRIDOR DESIGN MANAGEMENT ridor Plan, as one of the tools, to manage the design of highway projects. And, prior to designing This plan is a useful management tool for design- specific highway projects, NDOT and the design ing highway projects because it provides specific consultant should review the Corridor Plan in or- recommendations, programs, and a description of der to understand how the project level design fits the intended result. within a particular landscape design segment. Im- plementation of the designated treatment levels The Corridor Plan establishes a theme or central may depend on partnerships and funding opportu- design idea. Projects within each landscape design nities. Overall, the vision and intent of the themes segment are guided by a theme, associated design and treatment levels should be considered as the objectives, examples that illustrate interpreta- guide throughout the design process. Figure 3, be- tion of the theme, and a program of facilities with low, outlines the steps that are necessary in order common definitions. Design guidelines, estimated to achieve a desired outcome for this corridor. costs, and project priorities establish the viability of the final Corridor Plan. NDOT will use the Cor-

(1) The Corridor Plan guides the development of project specific design through established design objectives and design guidelines. Figure 3 – Corridor Design Management

MASTER PLANNING CORRIDOR PLANNING PROJECT DESIGN PROCESS POLICIES THEME INTERPRETATION OF THEME DESIGN GUIDELINES SPECIFIC PROJECT

DETERMINE AND DEVELOP LANDSCAPE DETERMINE THE VISION, DEVELOP PROGRAM ESTABLISH DESCRIBE THEME FOR DESIGN SEGMENT POLICIES, PROCESS, AND OF FACILITIES AND DESIGN EACH LANDSCAPE OBJECTIVES TO BE PLANNING GUIDELINES TYPES OF TREATMENT GUIDELINES DESIGN SEGMENT APPLIED

POLICIES DETERMINE LEVEL OF PROGRAM TREATMENT WITH PARTNERSHIPS PRIORITIES CONTEXT FUNDING

INITIATE MANAGE ESTIMATE NDOT PROJECT INDIVIDUAL DESIGN PROJECT COSTS DESIGN PROJECT PROCESS

DIRECT AND REVIEW INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CORRIDOR PLAN RECOMMENDATION 1.2 SECTION ONE: Introduction Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION The public process involved a multi-layered approach to encourage maximum participation. Early and continuous public involvement has been critical to the success of the Landscape and Aes- • A Technical Review Committee (TRC), composed of a broad range of stakeholders, thetics Corridor Plan. For this reason, NDOT fos- contributed significant local agency and tered extensive public dialogue at every stage of community knowledge. planning and development, engaging communi- • The public was able to identify issues, help ties to develop local support. establish priorities, ask questions, and provide input at two public meetings.

• A fact sheet was widely distributed to pro- The public participation process provided stake- vide general information about the corri- holders with a forum for sharing knowledge of dor plan. (1) From the inception of the corridor planning process their communities, identifying opportunities for • The public visited a corridor planning Web a Technical Review Committee helped to identify enhancing the landscape and aesthetics of the Site to learn more about corridor planning issues and opportunities, shape design objectives activities. and guidelines, and establish priorities based on local corridor, creating design objectives and guide- knowledge. • Individual stakeholder meetings were con- lines for highways in their area, and prioritizing ducted to ensure that all those who needed prospective projects. to be involved were involved. • A media relations strategy was developed The public participation process ensured: to encourage even greater participation.

1. Identification of issues and concerns of Public participation and community involvement each community. are important components of the planning pro- 2. A method, strategy, and action plan to ad- cess because they have helped to ensure that the dress community concerns. 3. Opportunities for the public to express recommendations outlined in this Corridor Plan their level of support for the Corridor Plan. reflect the ideas and suggestions of local commu- 4. Release of full information about the Corri- nity members. dor Plan through public meetings, the Cor- ridor Plan web site, and fact sheets. (2) Public workshops were held to inform and gather input from stakeholders and community members.

1.3

SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPES

Elements of Landscape A landscape treatment type includes softscape and Aesthetics type and a structures and hardscape type. Every section of NDOT rights-of-way has an associated landscape treatment type to define its design char- The Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics pro- acter and maintenance requirements. Softscape vide the framework to define the purpose and in- treatments vary from a simple ground treatment tent of highway corridor improvements. These el- to more elaborate ornamental plant material. ements, described on the following pages, include Similarly, structures and hardscape treatments varying intensities of softscape and hardscape, range from standard category to landmark qual- statewide signage, rest area facilities, native wild- ity. Used in combination, these treatment levels flower program, outdoor advertising concepts, establish the design character within the corridor. scenic byways, anti-litter campaign, and a Main The matrix of possible combinations of softscape STRUCTURES AND HARDSCAPE Street Approach. NDOT currently incorporates types and structures and hardscape treatments is TYPES AND TREATMENTS some of these elements, however, many others shown in Figure 4. are redefined. In some cases, new facility types are established.

STANDARD ACCENTUATED FOCAL LANDMARK

Figure 4 LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPES

GROUND TREATMENT

NATIVE PLANT REVEGETATION

ENHANCED NATIVE SOFTSCAPE AND TREATMENTS REGIONALLY ADAPTED TYPES REGIONAL ORNAMENTAL

1.5 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

Softscape Types and Treatments Softscape types and treatments are compositions of plant materials including trees, shrubs, perennials, grasses, and ground treatments. The following descriptions and photographic examples define the specific softscape types that may be utilized in sections of the corridor. Although the treatments require varying levels of irrigation, an overall emphasis has been placed on water conservation. NDOT requires cooperative long-term maintenance agreements with local stakeholders for irrigated landscapes. Plant lists and guidelines are listed in the design guidelines, beginning on page 3.39.

Ground Treatment Ground treatment along the roadway provides erosion and dust control. This treatment includes uniform applications of rock mulch or variable sizes of stone, combined with textures that match the existing environment. Soil stabilizer may be used in conjunction with these methods. In rural areas, palettes are derived from natural patterns found in playas, foothills, or ephemeral drainages. In urban environments, various forms of aesthetic rock treatment are used to create patterns and textures. Irriga- tion is not included in this treatment. Total Cost $1.20 - $1.40/sf L&A Cost: $0.00/sf

Native Plant Revegetation Landscape A palette of native Great Basin or Sierra Nevada plant materials, including sagebrush and manzanita, should be used to reestablish disturbed areas along the roadway. Primary importance is focused on cultivating native communities such as sagebrush or manzanita. Seedings should be interspersed with mature plantings to establish a plant community character. Plantings should be sparse like natural patterns, and require only temporary irrigation to assure plant establishment. Enriching the soil with mulch and other amendments is required, and preparation techniques include roughening grade for seed siting and amending the soils with mulch and topsoil. Total Cost: $1.20 - $1.40/sf L&A Cost: $0.00/sf Note: These photographs are illustrative examples of the softscape types and treatments. 1.6 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Enhanced Native Landscape This treatment introduces a greater diversity of plant materials from the Great Basin and Sierra Nevada plant palette. Plants are organized in greater densities, and trees are used to increase vertical diversity. Special ground treatments for drainage and erosion control are included. Drip irrigation is required to assure plant survival.

Total Cost: $1.50 - $1.70/sf L&A Cost: $0.30 - $0.50/sf

Regionally Adapted Landscape Combinations of Great Basin and Sierra Nevada plants and those from other dry land environments form this landscape palette. A greater density and variety of plant materials are combined to create a layering effect. Trees provide a distinct overstory, while shrubs and perennials form a thick understory. Plants are selected for color, texture, seasonal change, and form. For this landscape type to survive, drip irrigation to individual plants is required.

Total Cost: $2.40 - $2.90/sf L&A Cost: $1.20 - $1.70/sf

Regional Ornamental Landscape Regional ornamental landscape includes a diversity of plant species, some of which are imported to this region. Ornamental landscape introduces taller and denser plant materials. The regional ornamental landscape includes shade, varieties of form, and color. It provides a dynamic contrast to the arid landscapes of naturally-occurring plant species. In the regional ornamental landscape, vegetation patterns and compositions are designed to reflect aesthetic and cultural qualities. Zoned drip irrigation systems are required.

Total Cost: $3.70 - $6.50/sf L&A Cost: $2.50 - $5.30/sf

Note: These photographs are illustrative examples of the softscape types and treatments. 1.7 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

Structures and Hardscape Types and Treatment The following classifications define the common language of highway facility design. Bridges, retaining walls, noise walls, pedestrian crossings, pedestrian fencing, railings, barrier railings, lighting, and transportation art are included in these classifications.

Standard Structures and Hardscape Standard treatment is simple and functional. Color and proportional adjustments improve aesthetic quality. Standard structure design is economical and satisfies vehicle movement requirements. However, it does little to establish design character or place-making. NDOT standards for surface treatment and lighting include painted finishes, fractured fin formliners, and over- head poles with cobra head illumination or high mast area lighting. Regular trash and graffiti removal maintenance programs are necessary.

Total Cost: $115- $120/sf L&A Cost: $0/sf

Accentuated Structures and Hardscape Corridor pattern design is defined by a unified system of materials and textures. Adding accents and special finishes to built structures facilitates and enhances place-making. These elements can include transportation art and the application of high quality finishes and color to highway structures. Drainage details and water harvesting techniques can be enhanced through the use of decorative rock and contour grading.

Total Cost: $132- $142/sf L&A Cost: $17 - $27/f

Note: These photographs are illustrative examples of the structures and hardscape types and treatments. 1.8 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Focal Structures and Hardscape Focal structures and hardscape treatments facilitate the expression of a specific design character. Structures consist of self-weathering materials, integrated color or textural finishes, and may include detailed formliners on structural surfaces. Patterns consist of a motif- based multi-surface design. Barrier rails utilize custom construction and include designs that are artistically incorporated into the structure, ultimately elevating an engineered form to a work of art. Upgraded lighting elements combine form and function to include lower height standards and decorative elements.

Total Cost: $180- $195/sf L&A Cost: $35 - $80/sf

Landmark Structures and Hardscape Landmark treatments give attention to unique elements. Exten- sive design treatments are used on bridge structures, retaining walls, acoustic walls, barrier rails, and pedestrian crossings. Unique form liner treatments on structural surfaces denote the special importance of the place. Subject and composition, combined with placement, denote the importance of transportation art. Elabo- rate lighting provides special nighttime effects.

Total Cost: $225- $270/sf L&A Cost: $110 - $155/sf

Note: These photographs are illustrative examples of the structures and hardscape types and treatments. 1.9 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

The following figure illustrates how varying degrees of softscape treatments and structures and hardscape treatments may be appropriately applied over a section of the corridor.

Figure 5 – Application of Landscape Treatment Types

COMMUNITY GATEWAY Enhanced Native Native Revegetation Enhanced Regionally Enhanced Enhanced Native Regionally Adapted Focal Standard Native Adapted Native Standard Focal Accentuated Focal Accentuated

1.10 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Regionally Adapted Regional Ornamental Regional Ornamental Enhanced Native Focal Accentuated Landmark Accentuated

1.11 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

STATEWIDE PLACE NAME SIGN PROGRAM ing, separately run program addresses signage for The Design Guidelines, page 3.21, list potential wildlife viewing. interpretive features and guidelines for icon de- A statewide place name and point-of-interest sign velopment. program better connects people to places. An audio and multimedia interpretative program will be developed with the sign program. This pro- Associated Cost Benefits of the Program gram will provide signage and audio interpreta- The sign program is expected to directly benefit The state of Nevada is a large geographic area with tion of Nevada’s history and natural features to smaller communities and local attractions. In- diverse and oft-hidden features. The sign program travelers. In order to ensure the success of the creased tax revenues will give the state a tangible will provide clear and consistent direction from program and reduce the confusion created by return on its investment. Business partnerships the corridors to scenic areas, points-of-interest, multiple programs, it will coordinate with inter- through sponsorships are possible, provided there (1) Nevada has a variety of special resources of interest pretive programs that groups, such as Nevada Sil- are partial cost offsets. to visitors. Interpretation of these features can enhance historical sites, and local public attractions. Signs the appreciation and understanding of the area. will welcome visitors and inform residents. In adver Trails, are currently completing. dition to stimulating local economies, signage Signs Included in the Program will draw attention to these important assets, re- Eligibility Exit to Area of Interest or Town affirming the rich history and physical attributes Under a state managed and controlled program, This primary sign type is used only on interstates of the state. The sign program will encourage visi- NDOT will establish and approve an initial inven- and is included here for informational purposes tors and residents to better understand the history of categories common to the state, includ- only. It will be used as an informational listing, lo- tory, culture, and geology of the state. ing features specific to each highway corridor. cated in advance of interstate exits. It will include Iconic imagery will be created to represent the symbols and descriptions as well as the interstate How the Program Will Work general categories. After the initial inventory is exit number. Utilizing the current Federal Highway Administra- confirmed, state and local entities can apply for tion (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control De- inclusion based on specific criteria. Signs will be post-mounted and use reflective vices (MUTCD) as a guide, a family of iconic sym- graphics/lettering on a metal panel in accordance bols specific to Nevada will be designed for use on Anticipated Categories with applicable FHWA safety standards. A maxi- (2) Iconic signage clearly directs travelers to unique resources and destinations, such as historic features standardized directional and identification signs Categories for sign icons common to the state of mum of four symbols will be used on each sign and ghost towns. (see illus. 1 on following page).To ensure unifor- Nevada could include, but are not limited to: – one per panel. Concise written descriptions are required to accompany iconic symbols. mity and consistency, the state will implement a • Nevada historic points/landmarks includ- policy manual for the signs, referred to as the Ne- ing cultural resources vada Place Name Sign Manual. Program promotion • Native American resources Directional Sign on State or County Road will occur via informational brochures available at • Mountains Used primarily along the highway corridors, this welcome centers, specific identification on state • Rivers secondary sign type provides information for fea- maps, and locally-based advertisements. Recogniz- • Sand dunes tures located on state or county roads and inter- able icons will demarcate points of interest and • Mining sections. It will incorporate symbols and a direc- (3) The place name sign program may be coordinated directional symbols. FHWA approval for the State- • Railroads tional arrow (see illus. 2 on following page). with local interpretive efforts and audio programs to • Historic downtowns wide Place Name Sign Program is mandatory prior increase effectiveness. • Ghost towns to installation. The program will work in conjunc- Signs will be post-mounted and use reflective • Emigrant trails tion with “Watchable Wildlife,” an organization graphics/lettering on a metal panel in accordance • Wildlife viewing areas that utilizes signage and guide books to facilitate with applicable FHWA safety standards. A maxi-

wildlife viewing areas. Watchable Wildlife, an exist- mum of four symbols will be used on each sign. 1.12 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Written descriptions are required to accompany Signs will be post-mounted and use reflective ROAD SERVICES PROGRAM iconic symbols. graphics/lettering on a metal panel in accordance with applicable FHWA safety standards. A maxi- Road services are an important component of any Scenic Overlook or Viewpoint mum of two symbols will be used on each sign. roadway corridor experience. They are even more This sign type will be located prior to pull-offs, in- Concise written descriptions are required to ac- critical in areas of Nevada where long distances cluding symbols and descriptions as well as the company iconic symbols. separate developed areas. A complete description distance to the pull-off (see illus. 3). of road service facilities and their program components is provided in the Design Guidelines, pages 3.17. These service areas provide travelers with designated spaces to rest, opportunities to interpret history and geography, and discover informa- (4) Viewpoints provide organized facilities for observing scenic vistas and points of interest. tion about nearby activities and communities.

Two road service facilities of specific importance within the corridor include activity pull-offs and community rest areas. Activity pull-offs provide DAYTON SLIDE MOUNTAIN CARSON RIVER RAILROAD access to activities adjacent to the highway, and DOWNTOWN are located in areas where motorists commonly (1) The Statewide Place Name Sign Program uses a family of iconic symbols specific to Nevada to identify features such as rail- pull over to watch or participate in roadside ac- roads, historic buildings, and geographical points of interest. tivities. Activity pull-offs within the Lake Tahoe Basin require particularly innovative design solutions that address complex constraints of narrow SCENIC rights-of-way, steep terrain, and other TRPA relat- VIEWPOINT ed issues. Agencies within the basin, such as TRPA, may be able to use ideas and concepts from the 2 MILES (5) Community rest areas welcome travelers and Corridor Plan to effectively address recreational invite visitors to explore the area. Facilities may be impacts in the area. coordinated with existing infrastructure and business locations.

Community rest areas are integrated within the town structure to serve residents and visitors. Community rest areas function like a pocket park or town square, providing a central location for visitors to learn more about local tourism opportunities, piquing their desire to further explore the community. Central locations or areas connected to community centers provide appropriate sites.

(2) Directional signs on State or County roads use a family (3) Signs for a scenic overlook or viewpoint use a maximum Partnerships with towns, counties, or other orga- of iconic symbols along with a directional arrow. This type of two symbols along with the distance to the pull-off. nizations are required to site the facilities outside of sign uses a maximum of four symbols. of the right-of-way. 1.13 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

NATIVE WILDFLOWER PROGRAM INVASIVE AND NOXIOUS WEED CONTROL OUTDOOR ADVERTISING

Inspired by the notion that native plant species along Invasive species can have devastating effects on a Outdoor advertising, specifically with billboards, rights-of-way can enhance the beauty of the land, the landscape’s economic and environmental quality. provides businesses, community groups and other FHWA has adopted two programs to promote the use Invasive species decrease diversity and can out- organizations the opportunity to inform travelers of naturally-occurring forbs and grasses in a particular compete native species. The Nevada State De- of various establishments and available services. region, state, or ecosystem. The Surface Transporta- partment of Agriculture maintains a list of nox- Billboards can, however, impact the highway’s (1) The use of naturally-occurring forbs and grasses tion and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act (STURAA) ious weeds that should be contained through a visual quality by obstructing views of scenic fea- as part of the Native Wildflower Program emphasizes of 1987 requires that at least one-quarter of 1% of revegetation program along the corridor. The list tures and the natural landscape. As a result, com- the area’s natural beauty while reducing maintenance requirements, herbicide use, erosion potential, and funds expended for any Federal-aid highway system can be referenced at the following site www.agri. munity groups are committed to restricting new roadside fire hazard. landscape project be utilized for native wildflower nv.gov/PLANT_NoxWeeds_index.htm. signage, and removing existing billboards from plantings. The second, voluntary program, “Operation areas adjacent to and within their communities. Wildflower”, promotes the use of native wildflowers “Nevada’s Coordinated Invasive Weed Strategy”, through a cooperative relationship between the Na- produced by the University of Nevada, also identi- The Highway Beautification Act tional Council of State Garden Clubs and State high- fies additional species that have the potential to The intent of the Highway Beautification Act (HBA) way agencies. negatively impact Nevada’s environmental quality. of 1965 was to control billboard construction NDOT’s continued coordination with the Nevada along Federal-aid highways and provide methods In addition, the FHWA recognizes that native forbs Weed Action Committee provides an organized for removal of billboards that do not conform to and grasses can also provide: effort for invasive and noxious weed control. state and local ordinances. The law, under Section C, defines effective control of billboards as lim- • Reduced maintenance requirements for established native plants in comparison with Due to the frequency of invasive weeds along the iting signage that is visible and intended to be (2) Outdoor advertising blocks scenic views and reduces non-native species. corridor, control measures are necessary for any read from the roadway to only include informa- the visual quality of the landscape. • Reduced roadside fire hazards. new landscape design project. Adhering to best tional and directional signs pertaining to distinc- • Reduced use of herbicides when native management practices for successful revegetative natural, scenic, or historic attractions; on-site plants are successfully established. tion is a suggested control method. Additional real estate signs; on-site business signs; landmark • Improved erosion control through drought- tolerant species suggested procedures include: signs associated with historic, natural, or artistic • Improved relationship between the high- • Tailoring revegetation procedures to spe- purposes; and “free coffee” signs promoted by way corridor and the regional character of cific plant community types. non-profit organizations. the landscape. • Making recommendations for site and soil preparation. Limitations The University of Nevada’s revegetation report • Including site appropriate revegetative In the 40 years since the passage of the HBA, few practices. supports the use of forbs and grasses in highway non-conforming billboards have been removed • Providing for adequate weed maintenance rights-of-way. Forbs and grasses that are appro- to allow for revegetation establishment. and many more have been constructed due to priate to specific regions and ecosystems require exclusions in the law. Enforcement is difficult “little or no maintenance... (and) create defensible because Section G of the law requires cities and space for wildfire along the highway corridors” (Tu- counties to pay just compensation to owners for eller, Post, and Noonan, 2002). As part of the wild- billboard removal. Although the federal govern- flower program, plants that do not create a fire ment is required to contribute 75% of the com- hazard or overly attract wildlife should be utilized. pensation, many communities do not have the 1.14 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

funds to pay the 25% requirement, and their abil- property uniqueness as well as income generation ity to use local land use controls to restrict con- from the sign. This cost-prohibitive revision ren- struction was removed. Additionally, the federal ders sign removal almost impossible. government has stopped providing money for billboard removal (Brinton, 2001). Although control of outdoor advertising seems daunting, there are regulations that provide re- A second limitation within the HBA is the allowance strictions to billboard construction. NRS 405.050 for billboards to be constructed in areas zoned allows counties to deny permits for billboards commercial and industrial, as well as in unzoned ar- that may “measurably destroy the natural beau- eas with commercial or industrial uses. The provi- ty of the scenery or obscure a view of the road sion also acknowledges that the State has author- ahead.” Additionally, the statutes give the NDOT ity over the zoning laws. This entitlement allows Director the authority to remove any sign that is the State to implement zoning regulations that ef- a traffic hazard. (1) Methods for controlling outdoor advertising include signage ordinances that restrict the height, size, and fectively increase the difficulty of controlling bill- location of billboards. The Director of NDOT has the boards. Communities may specifically zone an area The Role of Local Government ability to request the removal of any billboard that poses a safety hazard. along the highway as commercial, or the outdoor Cities and counties have the ability to regulate the advertising structure may be built on a parcel that location, and to a limited degree, the type of bill- has an obscure commercial use. board erected within their jurisdiction. Although a state must prove their jurisdictional rights to The third provision allows designated scenic by- control outdoor advertising on Indian Reserva- ways to be segmented and excluded from fed- tion lands and have a written statement from the eral control. An amendment to the HBA, passed State Attorney General, local governments may (2) Outdoor advertising can be framed by natural materials and landscaping and built into the ground in by Congress with the 1995 National Highway coordinate with the Bureau of Indian Affairs to order to limit scenic distractions. System Designation Act, allows states to exclude determine a course of action to limit the nega- portions of a scenic byway that conflict with the tive visual impacts of billboards. Design standards state’s standards for denoting scenic byways and that address height, size, color, spacing/frequen- utilize only local restrictions for billboard control. cy, and context are a valuable method for direct- As a result, areas of lower scenic quality become ing outdoor advertising. For example, signs can be (3) Billboards should consider proximity to road, distance more unattractive and reduce the overall scenic relocated if they block visual resources. Material between one to the next, distance from the ground, and character of the byway. choices and architectural detail can be improved overall size in order to lessen negative visual impacts. to reduce the visual distinction between the sign Nevada Statutes and the surrounding environment. Communities Removing billboards in Nevada became more dif- can regulate the location of billboards to reduce ficult in 2001 due to the Nevada Revised Statute the scenic impact of billboards and improve visu- (NRS) 278.0215. The regulation prohibits the use al quality along the state’s highways. Important of amortization – a method used by many states viewsheds and scenic corridors may be designat- (4) Outdoor advertising should compliment the adjacent environment while informing travelers of services to come. – for sign removal. Rather than utilizing the tradi- ed within the county, and land use regulations can tional cost approach, it defines the methodology be developed that discourage or prohibit outdoor for determining “just compensation” to include advertising. 1.15 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

NEVADA SCENIC BYWAYS DESIGNATION The Nevada Commission on Tourism and the Local groups and agencies nominate and manage FHWA are responsible for promoting scenic by- scenic byways and local tourism routes. The des- Nevada’s Scenic Byways program was established ways. To facilitate an integrated system, tourism- ignation “scenic byway” is reserved for routes ap- in 1983. Since then, twenty-one scenic byways related facilities such as visitor centers, rest areas, proved by NDOT. The State Scenic Byways Com- have been designated. Three prominent byways and the Place Name Sign Program should main- mittee (comprised of representatives of NDOT, are located within the Tahoe Basin and are includ- tain coordinated informational materials. Scenic the Nevada Commission on Tourism, the Nevada ed in the corridor study: US 50, SR 28, and SR 431 designation increases local awareness about the Division of State Parks, and the US Bureau of Land (see Figure 6 on following page). Brochures and in- roadway, attracting volunteers who want to help Management) reviews and suggests approval, formation on the roadways are available through craft the story of the byway and share in making however, it is the NDOT Director who makes the the Nevada Commission on Tourism. In addition it a vital component of the community. final designation. The Nevada Commission on to the benefits provided by the designation, the Tourism is responsible for the Local Tourism Route roadways are also subject to design standards es- Opportunities for Partnerships program. It reviews and approves all promotional (1) The Lake Tahoe Basin includes several scenic byways. Additional design guidelines using heightened tablished by local governing agencies. The Tahoe Scenic designation can promote and expand material to ensure that the “scenic byway” desig- treatment levels have been developed to protect and Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) and Washoe public and private partnership opportunities. For nation is not used for local tourist routes. enhance the area’s high visual quality and significance to state tourism. County have drafted roadway design guidelines example, America’s Byways Resource Center pro- that will be reflected in the final Corridor Plan. vides technical assistance and, together with the Levels of Designations Available FHWA, can provide seminars and workshops to Two levels of scenic byway designation are avail- According to the FHWA, designating a roadway further facilitate the partnering process. able: basic and advanced. Byways of both clas- as scenic has several benefits. These benefits in- sifications are placed on state tourism maps, in clude preservation, promotion, pride, partner- The scenic roadway plan consists of federal, state, visitor information packages, and in other sce- ship, and specifically, the protection of scenic and local programs that provide assistance in nic byway promotional materials. The state pre- and roadside vistas, and historic buildings. In ad- achieving scenic designation in Nevada. pares and distributes a brochure about the byway. dition, the Highway Beautification Act of 1965 Routes with an advanced designation are eligible prohibits the erection of new billboards along • The federal BLM Back Country Byways and for federal and state funds. Advanced designation US Forest Service Scenic Byways plans fo- designated scenic byways that are inter-state, a requires a corridor management plan and a five cus on infrequently traveled paved, un- part of the National Highway System, or feder- paved and four-wheel drive roads that ac- year re-certification obligation. (2) The visual quality of Carson Valley and Washoe Lake could be preserved through the use of a scenic ally-aided primary roads. The National Highway cess back country or wilderness areas. byway designation. Roadway scenic quality can also be Designation Act of 1995 amends the law to allow • The Nevada Scenic Byways program focus- Interstate highways have not been included in regulated with scenic or conservation easements and es on year-round accessible roadways. The segmentation of portions of the byway, particu- the state program primarily because encourag- partnerships between local, state, and federal agencies. program identifies, promotes, and protects larly if sections of the roadway fail to meet the the state’s most exceptional roadways. ing travel on non-interstate routes increases the scenic byway criteria. The segments in question These byways must provide access to rec- tourism economic base of rural communities. are then controlled by local regulations only, al- reational areas or historic sites. lowing new billboards to be erected, subject to • The Local Tourism Routes program encourages communities to promote special road- existing state or local controls. Roadway scenic ways and other modes of travel (like boat, quality can also be regulated with scenic or con- balloon and train rides, bicycling or rafting servation easements. These easements preserve trips) that are not included under any other programs. landscape character and provide the participat- ing entity with a one-time tax deduction equal to the foregone value of the use of the land. 1.16 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Nevada Scenic Designation Gerlach Road The Director of NDOT may establish a “Scenic Designation” for any section of highway right-of- way. The Corridor Plan recommends this occur in SR 446 areas of high scenic quality, specifically Kingsbury Grade (SR 207), Carson Valley, US 395 adjacent to Washoe Lake, and Jacks Valley Road, to limit the number of billboards and signage that obstructs Sutcliffe/Nixon Road view. Pyramid Lake Highway SR 447 (1) Scenic byways should include a specific pictorial graphic that is related to the place, as part of the SR 445 Statewide Place Name Sign Program.

Mount Rose Highway Washoe Lake (New Designation)

SR 431 North Shore Road

SR 28 (2) The Director of NDOT makes the final designations for Nevada scenic byways. Scenic byways receive US 50 Jack’s Valley Road (New Designation) stricter outdoor advertising controls than other highways, including the removal of billboards in some cases. US 50 Carson Valley (New Designation)

US 395 Kingsbury Grade (New Designation) SR 207

LEGEND Existing Scenic Byways Recommended Scenic Byways

Figure 6 - Existing and Recommended Nevada Scenic Byways in Northern Nevada

1.17 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

ANTI-LITTERING CAMPAIGN AND SIGNAGE

Fast food containers, bottles, trash bags, and rusty kitchen appliances found alongside the road are distracting and imply general neglect and disre- gard for the environment. A statewide anti-littering campaign would represent a significant step towards maintaining and improving Nevada’s highways. The campaign should be advertised in such a way as to command the attention of residents and travelers. Similar to the “Don’t Mess with Texas” anti-littering campaign, this program (1) The negative visual impact of litter along the could become a marketing showpiece for the highway significantly effects the motorist’s experience. Removing and managing litter along the highways is state of Nevada. The program would be promoted an important topic of the Corridor Plan. through roadway signage, magazine advertisements, and bumper stickers.

Distribution of campaign materials would be focused at travel-oriented locations such as welcome centers, rest areas, and truck stops. Coupled (3) Highway graphics and signage posted along the highway where trash accumulation is the most significant will be part of the anti-trash program. with promotional materials, an “Adopt-A-High- way” or “Sponsor-A-Highway” program would engage residents of Nevada, encouraging active participation in maintaining clean and beautiful (2) The anti-littering campaign’s promotional materials need to grab the attention of motorists and residents. highways. This plan recommends implementing An edgy and provocative campaign will keep the issue an anti-littering campaign using highly visible of litter very visible to travelers. signage, easily distributed collateral materials, and an active volunteer clean-up program.

(4, 5, 6) Examples of anti-littering signage. 1.18 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

MAIN STREET APPROACH formation. The Center can provide direct fee-for- As an example of the success of this program, service technical assistance to cities and towns, seven communities in rural Iowa participated in Vibrant main streets are a critical component of both independently and in conjunction with state the program for ten years. On average, each town all communities. Rural communities are especially and citywide main street programs. Revitalization renovated 97 downtown buildings, gained 24 busi- dependant upon vital commercial districts. Bisect- programs funded largely by local sources are more ness starts, and saw $1.6 million in private sector ed and altered by the interstate highway system likely to succeed than those relying solely on state reinvestment. and suburban sprawl, main streets across America or federal funds. The Main Street Program offers have declined both economically and physically, educational sessions related to facilitating local Anyone can start a Main Street Program in their to a point where they are no longer viable com- support and generating public and private part- community. The first step is to contact the state- munity centers. Vacant buildings and declining nerships. Local involvement in, and coordination wide coordinating program for support, technical businesses often line the highway. In some areas, with, the program helps communities find solu- assistance, training, networking, and encourage- (1) Main Street Approach uses street trees and other tions that work best for them. ment. Because Nevada does not currently have a streetscape enhancements to improve the aesthetics revitalized commercial districts indicate contin- and create a safe environment for pedestrians ued community growth. coordinating program, contact should be made and motorists. Streetscape plantings, accentuated The accomplishments of Main Street organiza- with the National Main Street Center in Washing- pedestrian crossings, lighting, and banners create a pedestrian friendly environment and invigorate Main Street Approach, developed by the National tions are many: improving aesthetics and safety of ton D.C. A self-initiated program may be created commercial districts. Trust for Historic Preservation, assists in revital- downtown areas, restoring historic buildings, and without a state program. The National Main Street izing the older, traditional business districts while revitalizing economic viability. The organization Center provides contacts to assist in networking simultaneously preserving the history and char- identifies potential economic niches, assists with with other independent programs and nearby acter of downtowns. The program combines “his- promotional and fund-raising efforts, supports state programs. Communities are welcome to uti- toric preservation with economic development to joint marketing efforts among local businesses, lize principles and tools from the Main Street Ap- restore prosperity and vitality to downtowns and encourages and trains new business owners, and proach regardless of whether they qualify for the neighborhood business districts.” finds grants for facade, streetscape, and landscap- program or wish to follow it exactly. The program ing improvements. Reduced vacancy rates, and incorporates historic preservation with commu- The Main Street Approach does not promote a renovation and restoration in the downtown are nity revitalization. Communities like Goldfield, “quick fix.” It is a long-term, comprehensive strat- a few examples of its results. which was recently designated as a National His- egy designed to meet local needs and opportu- toric District, now qualify for more assistance nities. The strategy is based on a four-point ap- Physical improvements are quickly evident. Long- through the program. Additional information can (2) The Main Street Approach is a long-term, comprehensive strategy designed to meet local needs proach that includes organization, promotion, term economic improvements may take up to be obtained by visiting the Main Street Program’s and opportunities. It is a volunteer-based program that design, and economic restructuring. It is a vol- three years to accomplish. However, the program’s web site at www.mainstreet.org. relies on community support. unteer-based program that relies on community impact on communities nationwide is indisput- support. Volunteers form the governing board and ably positive and long-lasting. Communities have standing committees, and a paid program manag- experienced net gains in new businesses and job er coordinates and supports the operation. generation, and a surge in local investment. Most importantly, community pride grows as personal The National Main Street Center, or the local coor- involvement in the volunteer-driven program in- dinating agency, provides assistance in the form creases. of technical services, networking, training, and in-

1.19 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION THREE: Background Inventory

Total Increase in Population 2005 to 2026 SECTION THREE: Trend forecasts indicate continued prosperity for federal lands with small and large in-holdings by Carson City 22,030 the Reno/Sparks region. Economic diversification, other public agencies and private landowners. In Douglas County 15,956 Background Inventory favorable tax climate, and proximity to California northern Nevada, most land is managed by BLM, Lyon County 41,0556 have been, and will continue to be, important eco- US Forest Service (USFS), Bureau of Indian Affairs Storey County 1,923 nomic growth factors for the region. (BIA), and private landowners. Within urban areas, SOCIAL RESOURCES Washoe County 189,404 most land is privately owned, with the exception (1) Population projections per the Nevada State Towns along the corridor range in population of land within the Lake Tahoe Basin and the moun- Demographer, 2006. Community Settlement Patterns and from as few as 5,907 people in the City of Day- tains visible from the highway, most of which are Growth ton to approximately 206,735 in the City of Reno. owned by the USFS. Land ownership patterns in Annual Population Estimate for 2005 Urban Patterns Though their demographics may, these com- the state have not changed significantly over Carson City 57,104 Northern Nevada’s historic settlement is tied to munities have settlement pattern similarities. In the last several decades, and this stability in land Douglas County 50,108 travel and mining. The majority of communities general, the towns and cities within the study ownership has provided a level of visual continu- Gardnerville 5,165 throughout the region are located along the Cali- area can be classified in one of three categories. ity within the state. Minden 2,983 fornia emigrant trail or were established as a result Urban areas, such as Carson City and Reno, are Lyon County 48,860 of the Comstock Lode discovery. Historic down- host to the region’s government and commercial Land ownership affects land use and the visual Storey County 4,012 towns, ranches, and railroads serve as reminders Virginia City 938 centers. These cities serve as the population and character of the landscape. Public agencies such of pioneer days and the era of gold and silver dis- Washoe County 396,844 service center for the northern Nevada region. as BLM and USFS operate under a multiple-use covery. Although glimpses of the past are still vis- Reno 206,735 Due to the recent growth in Carson City and the mandate. To the casual observer, a vast majority ible through the region’s rich heritage, recent and Sparks 85,618 Reno/Sparks area, quiet agricultural communities of the state may appear vacant and wild, but a rapid growth and development have left a much such as Dayton, Minden and Gardnerville have closer look reveals that much of Nevada is a work- (2) Population estimates per the Nevada State more noticeable mark on the landscape. Demographer, 2005. transformed into rapidly growing bedroom coming landscape. From the highway, evidence of

munities. Over the ten year period between 1990 grazing, mining, power generation, and tourism is The corridor passes through a number of counties and 2000, Dayton experienced a 166% increase in found on the multiple-use federal lands. Although and cities that have recently experienced signifi- its population. The final area is the Tahoe region NDOT’s jurisdictional influence over the land- cant increases in population. New residents are with its dispersed communities and resort atmo- scape only extends to the edge of the right-of- drawn to Nevada by the high quality of life and sphere. Unlike other cities in the corridor study, way, agreements with other public agencies make the favorable economic conditions, including the greater Tahoe region is gradually experienc- it possible for NDOT to develop a common vision steady growth in employment opportunities. Ser- ing a decrease in primary resident population and that will shape visual character and land use deci- vice sector jobs, trade, construction, and manu- an increase in the second home population. In re- sions for areas adjacent to the roadway as well. facturing employ the greatest number of people cent years trends indicate that northern Nevada and are experiencing the fastest rate of growth. is seeing an increase in second homeowners as Implications to the Corridor In addition to these sectors, the Truckee Mead- people are leaving the area in search of a lower The anticipated changes over the next twenty (3) The anticipated population growth of urban ows 2002 Regional Plan outlines that the Greater areas and rural areas such as Douglas County may cost of living. years most likely to influence the corridor include encourage the continued expansion of residential Reno/Sparks region will encourage and support completion of major roadway facilities such as suburban growth, business park development, and growth in diversified industries such as clean neighborhood commercial uses. Land Ownership the Carson City Freeway and I-580, anticipated manufacturing, technology, recreation, eco-tour- The State of Nevada contains the highest per- population growth in urban areas such as Carson ism, business, and healthcare services. centage of federal lands among the contiguous City and Reno, and continued expansion of bed-

48 states, almost 83% (BLM, 2000). The Bureau room communities. In general, these changes will of Land Management (BLM) owns the bulk of the encourage residential suburban growth, business 1.20 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory park development, and neighborhood commer- render a place unique. State highways can improve Rest areas should be planned and designed in a cial uses. However, the changes may also result in their role in promoting and facilitating travel to consistent and comprehensive manner. In the excess road capacity along sections of highway key local, state, and national tourism destina- vast rural areas of the highway, travelers can suf- that are bypassed. Reduced traffic pressure may tions. For example, it is not easy for travelers to fer from driving fatigue. Rest areas are an impor- eliminate the need for existing travel lanes and discern the fact that they are driving along a Pony tant safety element of highway corridors. One thereby allow for improvements such as multi- Express route or through the oldest town in Ne- rest area located every hour is typical; however, use trails and planted medians. vada. Signage notifying drivers of upcoming view- important historical, cultural, and/or natural site points can be more consistent. Signs pointing to features should also serve as criteria for determin- Travel and Tourism historic markers can be updated to provide proper ing specific rest area locations. Major site features

Travel Patterns direction to the marker, and the sign color can be to be considered in the location and design of rest (1) (2) Northern Nevada is home to many natural and modified to minimize the impacts of fading. En- areas include topography, views and vistas, veg- historic treasures. The Nevada Commission on hancements should make markers easier to notice etation patterns, cultural or historical features, Tourism refers to the area incorporating Reno, and give the driver advance warning of turn-offs. water elements, geological features, wetlands, Carson City, Dayton, Carson Valley, and Tahoe Marker sites should be reviewed as the surround- and other inherent site and environmental quali- as the “Reno-Tahoe Territory.” Characterized by ing development changes in order to minimize ties. In addition, there is potential for rest areas both the scenic beauty of Lake Tahoe and the signs in obscure and unattractive locations. and/or viewpoints to be located and designed as mining history which helped to shape Reno and part of a larger trail or recreation system, such as Carson City, the territory offers numerous oppor- Travel and tourism facilities consist of rest areas a gateway to public lands, parks, and other tourist tunities for tourism. A majority of tourists within and information centers. These facilities can pro- attractions in the region. the Reno-Tahoe Territory begin their trips in the vide both traveler services and information regard- (3) (4) Reno/Sparks area due to the presence of the Inter- ing historical, cultural, and environmental features Community rest areas can be developed as part of a (1),(2),(3),(4) Highways play an important role in national Airport. in the region, as well as important information partnership with the town. These facilities provide connecting people to outdoor recreation opportunities such as skiing, boating, balloon races, and mountain about tourist destinations. Only a few highway services to travelers and encourage visitors to stop biking. Travel patterns typically include visiting down- services (such as formal rest areas, truck stops, in a town, rather than on its outskirts, to rest. town Reno, Lake Tahoe, and the historic mining and/or pull-outs) accommodate highway travel- town of Virginia City. Therefore, some of the re- ers along the corridor. The existing facilities can Adequate rest area facilities should include region’s most heavily traveled roads for tourism in- be improved by taking full advantage of an area’s strooms, picnic area, pet exercise areas, paved clude US 395 north to I-80 and south from Reno to unique features and incorporating an enhanced parking, fresh drinking water, interpretive exhib- Carson City, SR 431 to Incline Village, US 50 from overall design and architectural consistency. its, and local area information. Viewpoints and Carson City to Stateline, and SR 341 to Virginia points-of-interest within the Lake Tahoe Basin City. Commuters regularly travel the highways Opportunities to Enhance Travel Facilities should be properly signed in order to allow travel- from Carson Valley to Reno and Tahoe and from The rest area provided along US 395 near Hol- ers to locate safe pull-offs. Regional architecture, Dayton to the Carson/Reno area. brook Junction is an example of a facility that sensitive to the mountain and Great Basin envi- could incorporate the corridor’s history, regional ronments, should be encouraged for all structures (5) Rest areas should provide a comfortable separation Overview of Existing Travel Facilities architectural styles, and environmental features. and facilities. In addition, where landscaping is from the highway. Siting should consider views and vistas, vegetation patterns, cultural or historical Highways play an important role in connecting Throughout the corridor an opportunity exists to implemented, attention to drought tolerant land- features, and other site and environmental qualities. people to their surroundings. Visitor centers, view present a better image of the state through the scape treatments is not only sensible, but essen- points, and community signage help travelers un- design and placement of highway facilities that tial to the success of highway landscaping. derstand the natural and cultural features that connect people to the places they are visiting. 1.21 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION THREE: Background Inventory

NATURAL RESOURCES Water Use Regulations Sagebrush is the most prevalent type of vegetation. Due to the limited water availability, significant At low elevations the sagebrush communities are Water Resources regulations have been implemented to protect dominated by three varieties; Wyoming Big Sage- Natural Systems existing water resources and water quality. Wa- brush (Artemisia tridentata var. wyomingensis), Ba- The primary hydrographic regions underlying the ter resources for the majority of the urban study sin Big Sagebrush (Artemisia tridentate tridentate), corridor are the Lake Tahoe Basin, the Carson River area are administered by the Reno/Sparks Truckee and Black Sagebrush (Artemisia nova). Upper eleva- and Truckee River Basins, and the Western Hydro- Meadows Water Authority. The 1997 Regional Wa- tion sagebrush communities occur at 5,800 feet graphic Region. The Lake Tahoe Basin, visible along ter Management Plan indicates that the adequacy and are dominated by Mountain Big Sagebrush US 50 near the California state line, is famous for of Truckee River water rights to meet future de- ( Artemisia tridentata var. vaseyana) with Low Sage- its scenic beauty, clear blue water, and abundant mands of the growing Reno-Sparks area is a con- brush (Artemisia arbuscula) occurring over ridges wildlife and recreation opportunities. The Carson straint to development. Many communities and and/or passes. Rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus spp.) (1) The Carson River, visible along much of US 50 from water districts have landscape ordinances and and Mormon Tea (Ephedra spp.) also occur in these Dayton through the Carson Valley, provides recreation River and many small bodies of water and tributar- opportunities and contributes to the scenic value of the ies are visible along much of US 50 from Dayton policies that focus on water conservation. The cor- plant communities. corridor. through the Carson Valley. The Truckee River and ridor plan recognizes the need to promote water its tributaries traverse the eastern Sierra front conservation through design that incorporates Plant communities and native vegetation pat- range from the rim of Lake Tahoe to the river’s low-water use vegetation. NDOT requires interlo- terns should be used as a reference for landscape terminus in Pyramid Lake. Many of the smaller cal maintenance agreements with communities design along the corridor. Understanding these surface water features that are part of this hy- in order for irrigation to be used on projects. different vegetation community types is critical drologic system contribute to the scenic value to the success of revegetation projects associ- of the corridor, particularly Washoe Lake and the Vegetation ated with highway improvements. Each commu- many small creeks that drain eastward from the The Vegetation Community information for this nity has unique soil and hydrologic characteris- Sierra Nevada Range. The northern stretch of US report is based on “Mapping Ecosystems Along tics that must be considered to ensure successful 395 from Reno to the California state line crosses Nevada Highways and the Development of Speci- revegetation. the Western Hydrographic Region. This portion of fications for Vegetation Remediation” completed the corridor is characterized by more ephemeral by the University of Nevada at Reno for the Ne- Wildlife Habitat and Migration (2) Low-water use plant species selected for landscape improvements along roadways help to conserve water. hydrologic features typical of the Great Basin, but vada Department of Transportation. The highways Nevada is home to a diversity of wildlife. Lack of Native vegetation patterns should be used as a refer- also includes Honey Lake, a large shallow lake that within the corridor are situated in the transition water, combined with extensive federal govern- ence for landscape design. serves as a primary water source for small com- zone between the Great Basin and Sierra Nevada ment landholdings, renders much of rural Nevada munities in the area. ecological communities. The region is character- as open and undeveloped, providing excellent ized by the north-south and often snow-capped wildlife habitat for a number of species. Much of the corridor lies within the rain shadow mountain ranges bounding adjacent valleys. Pin- of the Sierra Nevada Range. Although the region yon/juniper/sagebrush plant communities occur Availability of quality habitat largely determines receives limited rainfall, it benefits from the run- at higher elevations and Salt Desert Shrub com- the abundance and distribution of all wildlife spe- off generated by the substantial precipitation munities occur at valley floors with sagebrush in cies. Habitat fragmentation occurs because of the that falls as snow at higher elevations. Most of between. Generally, the land along the highway is spread of human activities, including road con- the runoff is channeled into the Lake Tahoe Basin, arid, with the exception of agricultural fields, ar- struction. By identifying habitat areas adjacent however, the Carson River and Truckee River wa- eas where rivers and streams are sustaining pock- to the highway and wildlife movement corridors, tersheds also receive a portion. ets of riparian vegetation, and pine/fir forested the corridor plan will serve as a tool for reducing areas in western Nevada near Lake Tahoe. vehicular/wildlife conflicts and preserving exist- 1.22 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory ing wildlife resources. Locations along highways ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Public agency coordination is essential to main- where significant collisions occur are prime can- tain environmental and visual quality. Many of didates for wildlife crossing retrofit projects. Fu- Mapping of Environmental Features the environmental features that should be inter- ture improvement projects should pay particular The landscape of northern Nevada has many preted or protected are located on land outside attention to the location of existing high quality special environmental features, including plant of NDOT jurisdiction. Therefore, coordination be- habitat areas to ensure that wildlife crossings and communities, rivers, lakes, playas, wildlife, rock tween public agencies is crucial to creating a co- warning signage can be appropriately located. outcroppings, cliffs, and mountain ranges. These hesive vision that will affect land use decisions, Throughout the Lake Tahoe Basin, particular at- resources provide opportunities to create view- facility placement, and environmental standards tention should be given to retrofitting existing points, preserve natural systems, and enhance utilized on adjacent lands. highway facilities that have disrupted wildlife wildlife movement corridors. corridors. The Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) is a (1) A unique rock outcropping along US 50 to Lake To assess the environmental features, data was bi-state regional environmental planning agency Tahoe adds visual interest to the corridor. It also The species most commonly associated with ve- gathered from a variety of sources and analyzed charged with protecting the lake and surround- influences the type of design features that should be considered for use along the highway. hicular/wildlife collisions within the corridor are according to its relationship to the corridor ing environment of the Tahoe Basin. The agency deer and bear. Road kill data collected for the cor- highways. Data included in the analysis includes adopted environmental quality standards, called ridor indicates conflict areas near Holbrook Junc- wildlife habitats, lakes and playas, and riparian thresholds, as well as ordinances to achieve the tion north of Topaz Lake and along US 50 around systems. Additional data obtained from the BLM thresholds. Consistent coordination with the Dayton. Black bear habitat includes the foothills identifies unique features of significant influence, agency is key to developing a comprehensive of the Sierra Nevada Range and other nearby including: Sand Dunes, Wildlife Refuges, National project that addresses a range of environmental mountains such as the Carson Range. Addition- Conservation Areas, and Areas of Critical Environ- issues in the highly regulated area. ally, the Lake Tahoe Basin has the second highest mental Concern (ACEC). The BLM designated areas density of black bears in North America. Crossing as ACEC to preserve areas with unique biologi- signs are located along US 50 to instruct drivers cal, geological, historical, or scenic features. The to be aware of potential bear crossings. Deer are boundaries shown are taken from the BLM data- common throughout the corridor, and have been base. shown to consistently cross a stretch of US 395 (2) Wild horses and many other wildlife species can be between Reno and Carson City. Wilderness areas and ACEC are specially desig- found along the corridor. Agency coordination with the Division of Wildlife is critical to providing appropriate nated areas that should be carefully considered crossing structures. with all highway construction projects. Stands of pinyon-juniper are unique plant communities that should also be considered as they provide a unique experience along the highway corridor. All stands that are visible from the highway were mapped.

1.23 3 Round Hill 26 US 50 CONTINUE ON MAP EC2 ALT 95 2 Kingsbury Walleys Hot 25 SR 207 1 Springs Weed Heights Yerington C 24 a Bridge St r Lake Tahoe s 0 Stateline 23 o Buckeye n Minden Range

SR 88 22 Gardnerville Toler Ave SR 207 Mason 21 Artesia Mottsville 20 Lake 19 SR 756 Pinenut Rd 18 Sheridan Dresslerville 17 Ranchos 16 US 395 Nordyke 15 DEER CORRIDOR 14 Simpson 13 LEGEND 12 5 6 DEER Bullionville SR 824 Hudson US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and CORRIDOR 11 SR 431 Corridor with Mile Markers BIDWELL HISTORIC TRAIL 10

Interstates SR 823 SR Highways / State Routes 9 Local Roads Nevada 8 SR 208 Railroads California Smith Railroads (historic) 7 County County Line 6 SR 208 County BEAR CORRIDOR

Streams / Rivers 5 Lakes W Wellington SR 829 4 Wellington Springs Playas Holbrook a s s Sand Dunes 3 Junction u r k Rang ve Mixed Conifer and Pinyon/Juniper Plant Communities Ri that are Visible from the Highway er 2 alk W Desert National Wildlife Refuge t e s 1 e Wildlife Management Area W SR 338 Topaz Nevada Wilderness Area 0 Lake National Conservation Area Area of Critical Environmental Concern Pine Grove WILDLIFE CORRIDORS Antelope

Douglas County

Bear Lyon County Deer DEER CORRIDOR BEAR CORRIDOR 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES EC1 Sand County Studios ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 1.24 JW Zunino & Associates TOPAZ LAKE TO MINDEN UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM DEER 21 41 NEW HIGHWAY (I-580) CONTINUE ON MAP EC3 20 CORRIDOR 11 SR 341 Pleasant Valley 19 Mount Rose 40 Range 18 C Wilderness 10 17 a WILLIAMS lowery 16 39

Washoe County r 9 County Storey F s COMBLEAF o 8 15 n Washoe City HABITAT 14 38 Range Storey County virginia city PONY EXPRESS HISTORIC TRAIL 7 13 Lyon County SR 431 37 12 6 New Washoe City 11 36 US 50 US 395 Gold 10 iver Weeks Franktown 5 Hill Sutro 9 ORIC TRAIL son R r 35 ange a 4 8 C Incline Washoe 34 SR 429 Churchill SR 28 7 Village 3 Lake Silver

ALT 50 rson R 33 a City C 2 6 CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT HIST 32 Crystal Bay 5 Dayton

California 1 DEER 3 4 2 31

Nevada CORRIDOR 1 ains 0 unt 30 Lakeview 42 Arrowhead Dr 41 16 LEGEND 29 15 5 6 40 Nut Mo US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, SR 14 e 431 Corridor with Mile Markers 28 39 13 Empire n Washoe County 12 i New Bypass/Freeway 38 New Empire P Deer Run Rd Interstates 27 Carson City 5th St. Como carson city Highways / State Routes 37 Fairview Dr Local Roads 26 Railroads 36 25 BEAR Railroads (historic)

CORRIDOR SR 28 Koontz Ln Lyon County Snyder Ave County 35 CARSON CITY FREEWAY Carson City 1 3 4 County Line 2 5 CONSTRUCT CONTROLLED 6 7 County 0 ACCESS FACILITY (2 PHASES) 14 US 50 34 Streams / Rivers Sand Harbor 13 Stewart DEER Lakes 12 33 CORRIDOR Playas Lake Tahoe Glenbrook 11 10 Carson City Sand Dunes 32 Douglas County Mixed Conifer and Pinyon/Juniper Plant Communities 9 that are Visible from the Highway 31 Desert National Wildlife Refuge 8 30 Wildlife Management Area

7 Nevada Wilderness Area 29 6 National Conservation Area

SR 206 28 Johnson Ln Skyland on River Area of Critical Environmental Concern 5 rs a n River

US395 o C 27 4 rs WILDLIFEa CORRIDORS Zephyr Genoa C 4 Antelope Cove 3 26 Round Hill SR 206 Bear 2 Walleys 25 Deer SR 207 1 Hot Springs Kingsbury 24 SR 757 0 Stateline 23 MINDEN 1.5 US 395 Buckeye 0 3 6 NORTH 22 CONTINUE ON MAP EC1 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan DESIGN WORKSHOP MAP PLACES ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Sand County Studios EC2 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH MINDEN TO WASHOE VALLEY JW Zunino & Associates 1.25

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill DEER y T CORRIDOR r u ANTELOPE c k CORRIDOR e y Valle r e River

Petersen Mountain a Cold Springs g n Border Town u 42 White H 41 Lake Stead 40 Olinghouse 39 Spanish 38 Springs SR 447 California Copperfield US 395

Nevada 37 36 WADSWORTH 35 ORIC TRAIL 34 Golden Valley 33

Black Springs SR 445 32 Rah Range PRE-HISTORIC Pah 31 Panther ALT 50 Raleigh Heights Sun ROCK ART Fernley CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT HIST 30 Valley ad unio 29 n pacific railro I-80 LEGEND 56 28 SR 650 5 6 US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, SR 27 sparks Truckee River 431 Corridor with Mile Markers 55 DEER SR 651 ALT 95 reno 26 New Bypass/Freeway CORRIDOR Patrick 54 Verdi Interstates

Virginia St. Highways / State Routes Mogul I-80 25 Mustang 53 Local Roads 24 Railroads 52 Railroads (historic) 23 Lockwood County 51 County Line 22 County McCarran Blvd 50 Streams / Rivers 21 Lakes 49 Playas 20 Fernley Township Limits inia Range Sand Dunes 19 Virg 48 Mount Rose Mixed ConiferTalapoosa and Pinyon/Juniper Plant Communities Wilderness that are Visible from the Highway 47 18 Desert National Wildlife Refuge 46 17 Wildlife Management Area 45 16 Nevada WildernessSILVER Area SPRINGS 31

Storey County Storey 30 Washoe County Washoe National Conservation Area 44

Silver Springs Township Limits

Stagecoach 15 Township Limits 29 Area of Critical Environmental Concern28 GEOLOGICAL / 27 43 BOTANICAL 14 SR 431 Steamboat 26 DEER WILDLIFE CORRIDORS25 42 Storey County CORRIDOR 13 US 50 24 Lyon County Antelope 12 SR 341 Stagecoach NEW HIGHWAY (I-580) US 395 23 41 22Bear 11 Pleasant Valley 21 Deer 20 40 WILLIAMS 10 COMBLEAF 9 HABITAT 39 8 Washoe City 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP EC2 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles 38 MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES EC3 Sand County Studios ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 1.26 JW Zunino & Associates WASHOE VALLEY TO BORDER TOWN UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM y SECTION THREE: Background Inventory Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

y Valle r VISUAL RESOURCES Middleground Zones Viewshed and Distance Zones Mapping a g Viewers can perceive details such as forms, lines, and Viewsheds and distance zones along the corridor n u H Viewsheds and Distance Zones colors in masses located from one-quarter mile to are shown on the maps beginning on page 1.29. This Viewshed refers to all areas that are visible from a three miles away. analysis sets the foundation for visual quality man- section of highway. Similar to the boundaries of a agement along the corridor. Darker shading denotes watershed, the boundaries of viewsheds are usu- Background Zones an area that can be seen most often from points on ally high points in the landscape, such as ridges and Background is the area beyond the middleground, the highway. These areas usually coincide with land- hills. Viewsheds are determined by analyzing digital extending to the horizon or limit of the area that scapes of high visual quality and scenic values such

elevation models in a Geographic Information Sys- is seen. For this Corridor Plan, the background ex- as mountain ranges. Management of these areas (2) Viewers perceive details such as forms, lines, and Rah Range tems (GIS) program. All areas that are visible from tends up to 25 miles from the centerline of the through multi-jurisdictional cooperation can protect color in the foreground zone. This zone, located up to Pah a 1/4 mile distance from the road is the most easily the highway are combined to create the viewshed. highway. Viewers can perceive broad forms, lines, them from billboards and other land uses that ob- manipulated because it includes the highway right-of- ad wide valleys, distant hills, and mountains. struct views and detract from the travel experience. way. u nion pacific railro Areas within a viewshed are perceived by drivers with varying levels of detail. The detail that a driver perceives is related to the distance between the Area of landscape seen from one viewpoint. driver and the feature being observed. Distance zones, including foreground zones, middleground Area of landscape seen zones and background zones, define the traveler’s from two viewpoints. viewing distances. Distance zones are delineated through a process developed by the USFS that relates the detail and importance of distance to the driver on the highway. Identifying the portions of a viewshed that are most frequently seen helps de- (3) Middleground zones extend from 1/4 mile to 3 miles inia Range Virg termine what portions of the landscape are most from the highway. Forms, lines, and color are perceived in masses. Potential development and signage impact critical to establishing the highway’s visual charac- these areas. ter and what areas are most sensitive to change.

Foreground Zones Viewers can perceive details such as forms, lines and colors up to a one-quarter mile distance. Changes to the landscape are most significant within the foreground view because they are most immediate to the viewpoint. This zone can be most easily manipulated through the Landscape and Aesthetic Area of landscape seen from multiple viewpoints. (4) Background zones extend to the limit of area that Program, in part because it includes the highway is seen. Viewers perceive broad forms, wide valleys, and Viewpoint located along distant mountains. right-of-way. the highway.

(1) This illustration describes the concept of a viewshed and how a viewshed analysis is conducted.

1.27 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION THREE: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

Scenic Resources Visual Analysis The corridor offers some of the most scenic and A visual analysis was conducted along the corridor diverse views found in the state, ranging from to evaluate the viewsheds and rank them relative to highly developed urban areas to dramatic alpine their quality. Scenic resources were identified and lakes. Spectacular views occur throughout the highly visible landforms, such as mountain ranges drive around the Lake Tahoe Basin and over the and unique cliffs, were located. Verified through high mountain passes. The highways also pass site visits, the visual analysis is shown on Maps through vast agricultural valleys flanked by dra- VA1-VA3. Areas of highest scenic value include: matic mountain vistas, reinforcing the inherent natural and rugged beauty of the area. The com- • Lake Tahoe and its surrounding mountains offer spectacular vistas within a unique bination of scenic and contrasting landscapes landscape. Views to the lake, combined creates a memorable impression for visitors, and with filtered views through the forest, en- (1), (2) Scenic resources in the Tahoe Basin include the crystal blue water of the lake and the surrounding for- provides an indelible sense of identity for those hance the traveler experience. Open mead- ests. Unnatural rock cuts negatively influence the vi- who live in the region. ows and granite outcroppings impart an sual quality and can affect a roadway’s scenic catego- added scenic interest. rization. • Portions of Carson Valley southwest of LEGEND The Tahoe Basin has unique scenic regulations as Gardnerville are especially scenic because US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, SR 431 Corridor with Mile Markers part of the Scenic Quality Improvement Program of the contrast of open ranchlands and high mountains. Interstates established by TRPA. The program divides the Highways / State Routes roadway into units that are rated by the visual • Topaz Lake lies on the California border Major Roads along US 395. The lake provides scenic in- Railroads quality of both natural and man-made environ- terest in contrast to the surrounding arid Railroads (historic) County ments. Criteria such as unity, vividness, variety landscape. County Line County and intactness are used to evaluate how well a • The Carson Range provides a scenic back- Truckee Meadows Service Area Boundary road unit fits within its surroundings. Sections of drop and enhances the visual quality of the City Boundary western side of Washoe Valley. Streams / Rivers road that blend with their surroundings are con- • The open sagebrush country of Washoe Lakes sidered to be in scenic attainment. Those not in Valley is bounded by the Carson Range. Playas attainment can upgrade their rating by making Scenic wetlands and ranchlands enhance VIEWSHEDS improvements outlined by TRPA. As of the sum- the visual setting. FOREGROUND DISTANCE ZONE • The Carson Range and Virginia Range west mer of 2006, the following units are not in scenic MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCE ZONE and east of Reno are scenic resources of attainment: Spooner Summit and the Casino Area AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE northern Nevada. Attractive evening shad- HIGHWAY in Stateline. Recommendations for improvement ows accentuate the mountain backdrop. VISIBLE FROM ONE TO SEVERAL include enhancing roadcuts, replacing oversized, POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY VISIBLE FROM MULTIPLE reflective guardrails, and sensitively designing POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY night lighting. (TRPA 2001 Threshold Evaluation) VISIBLE FROM LARGE PORTIONS OF THE HIGHWAY

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles

1.28 15 3 Round Hill 26 US 50 CONTINUE ON MAP VS2 ALT 95 2 Kingsbury 14 Walleys Hot 25 SR 207 12 11 10 1 Springs Weed Heights 13 Yerington 24 Bridge St Lake Tahoe 0 Stateline 23 Buckeye Minden SR 88 Gardnerville 22 Toler Ave SR 207 Mason 21 Artesia Mottsville 20 Lake SR 756 19 Pinenut Rd Sheridan 18 Dresslerville 17 Ranchos 16 Nordyke US 395 15 Simpson 14

12 Bullionville SR 824 Hudson LEGEND 11 5 6 10

US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, 823 SR SR 431 Corridor with Mile Markers 9 Interstates Nevada SR 208 Highways / State Routes California 8 Smith Major Roads Railroads 7 SR 208 Railroads (historic) 6 County County Line County 5 W Truckee Meadows Service Area Boundary Wellington SR 829 a Wellington Springs 4 Holbrook City Boundary s s Streams / Rivers Junction u 3 er k Rang Lakes iv er R Playas alk 2 W t e s SR 338 VIEWSHEDS e 1 FOREGROUND DISTANCE ZONE W

MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCE ZONE 0 Topaz AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE HIGHWAY Lake Pine Grove

VISIBLE FROM ONE TO SEVERAL POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY

VISIBLE FROM MULTIPLE

POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY Douglas County

Lyon County

VISIBLE FROM LARGE PORTIONS OF THE HIGHWAY

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan DESIGN WORKSHOP MAP PLACES VIEWSHEDS Sand County Studios VS1 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH TOPAZ LAKE TO MINDEN JW Zunino & Associates 1.29

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill 21 41 NEW FREEWAY (I-580) 12 SR 341 CONTINUE ON MAP VS3 20 Pleasant Valley nge 19 Ra 40 18 11 17 10 Flowery 9 16 39

Washoe County Storey County Storey 8 15 Washoe City 14 38 Storey County 7 virginia city SR 431 13 Lyon County 37 12

US 395 6 New Washoe City 11 36 US 50 Gold 10 Weeks 5 iver Hill Sutro 9 on R Incline ange Franktown s ar 35 SR 429 C Village 4 8 Churchill 34 SR 28 Washoe Silver rson R 7 33 ALT 50 a 3 Lake City C 6 2 32 Crystal Bay 5 Dayton

California 3 4 1 2 31 Nevada 1 ains 0 unt 30 Lakeview 42 Arrowhead Dr 41 16 29 15 40 Nut Mo 14 e 39 13 LEGEND Empire n 12 i Washoe County P 5 6 38 New Empire

Deer Run Rd US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, Carson City 5th St. Como SR 341 Corridor with Mile Markers carson city New Bypass/Freeway 37 Fairview Dr Interstates Highways / State Routes 36 Major Roads SR 28

Koontz Ln Lyon County Snyder Ave 35 CARSON CITY FREEWAY Carson City Railroads 1 3 4 2 5 6 7 CONSTRUCT CONTROLLED Railroads (historic) 0 County 14 US 50 34 ACCESS FACILITY (2 PHASES) 13 Stewart County Line County 12 33 Lake Tahoe Glenbrook Truckee Meadows Service Area Boundary 11 City Boundary 10 Carson City 32 Carson City Limits Streams / Rivers Douglas County 9 Lakes 31 Playas 8 VIEWSHEDS 30 FOREGROUND DISTANCE ZONE 7 29 MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCE ZONE 6 28 Johnson Ln AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE Skyland SR 206 n River o HIGHWAY 5 rs a

C US395 27 VISIBLE FROM ONE TO SEVERAL Zephyr 4 Genoa POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY 4 Cove VISIBLE FROM MULTIPLE 3 26 Round Hill SR 206 POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY 2 Kingsbury VISIBLE FROM LARGE PORTIONS Walleys 25 OF THE HIGHWAY SR 207 1 Hot Springs 24 SR 757 0 Stateline 23 US 395 MINDEN Buckeye 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH 22 CONTINUE ON MAP VS1 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES VS2 Sand County Studios VIEWSHEDS 1.30 JW Zunino & Associates MINDEN TO WASHOE VALLEY UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM C a r so n River

F lowery

nge

C a r s on R

iver U S 3 95, W

est UN California U

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING

42 S Nevada Copperfield 41 Verdi

50 Border Town LV

White Petersen 40 Lake

, Mountain Cold Springs SR 39 NEW FREEWAY(I-580)

38 28 37 ,

SR Black Springs 36

207

Raleigh Heights US 395 US 35 , and I-80 Stead 34 33 SR

SR 651 reno 32 McCarran Blvd 431 31 SR 431 8 30 Golden Valley landscape and aes 29

Washoe City

Panther 9 Street Virginia 28 21 Steamboat 10 27 20 26 22 25 1 23 24 US1 395

19 Hun 12 ga

Pleasant Valley r SR 650 SR y Valle 18 Valley Sun sparks 17

13 16 y 15 14

SR 445 thetics corridor

Spanish Springs SR 341 SR

Washoe County Mustang Storey County Lockwood CONTINUE ONMAP VS2 pla n Patrick WASHOE VALLEY TOBORDER TOWN

Virg Truckee River

inia Range I-80

Pah

Rah Range 15 VIEWSHEDS 16 17 Stagecoach 18

Olinghouse

Storey County n i

19 o

Lyon County n

pacific railro 20

21 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles 3 equals inch 1 SCALE: CONSULTANT TEAM 0

5 5 CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP

County

22 County

US 50 ad Fernley Township Limits Township Fernley

1.5 Silver Springs 23 Township Limits

6 6

Talapoosa

24 447 SR

LEGEND

MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCE MIDDLEGROUND ZONE FOREGROUND DISTANCE FOREGROUND ZONE

VIEWSHEDS

County Line County

OF OF HIGHWAY THE

VISIBLE FROM LARGE PORTIONS LARGE FROM VISIBLE

VISIBLE FROM MUL FROM VISIBLE

POINTS POINTS ALONG HIGHWAY THE

VISIBLE FROM ONE ONE FROM VISIBLE TOSEVERAL

HIGHWAY

AREAS NOT AREAS FROM VISIBLE THE

POINTS POINTS ALONG HIGHWAY THE

Playas

Lakes

New Bypass/Freeway New

Streams / Rivers / Streams

Railroads (historic) Railroads

Railroads

Major Roads Major

Highways / State Routes State / Highways

Interstates

Mile Markers Mile

US 395 and West and 395 US with Corridor 50 US

City Boundary City Truckee Service Meadows Boundary Area

3 r u

25 c

k SILVER SPRINGS e e River e 26 Fernley WADSWORTH 27

1 TIPLE TIPLE

28 6

58 7 38 39 95 ALT 57

40 NORTH 29 56 41 55 42 1.31 MAP 54 VS3 0 43 53 52 44 46 47 45 51

48 ALT 50 ALT 30 50 1 49 31 15 3 Round Hill 26 US 50 CONTINUE ON MAP VA2 ALT 95 2 Kingsbury 14 Walleys Hot 25 SR 207 12 11 10 1 Springs Weed Heights 13 Yerington 24 Bridge St Lake Tahoe 0 Stateline 23 Buckeye Minden SR 88 Gardnerville 22 Toler Ave SR 207 Mason 21 Artesia Mottsville 20 Lake SR 756 19 Pinenut Rd Sheridan 18 Dresslerville 17 US 395 Ranchos 16 Nordyke

15 Simpson 14 LEGEND 13 5 6 12 SR 824 US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, Bullionville Hudson SR 341 Corridor with Mile Markers 11 Interstates

Highways / State Routes 10 SR 823 SR Major Roads 9 Nevada SR 208 Railroads California 8 Railroads (historic) Smith County County Line 7 County SR 208 City Boundary 6 Streams / Rivers

Lakes 5 Wellington W Playas SR 829 a Wellington Springs 4 Holbrook s s VISUAL ANALYSIS Junction u 3 er k Rang iv OUTSTANDING VIEWPOINTS er R (SAMPLE SYMBOL IS LOOKING NORTH) alk 2 W t e s SR 338 HIGHLY VISIBLE LANDFORMS WITH e 1 SCENIC VALUE W

SCENIC OPPORTUNITIES 0 Topaz AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE HIGHWAY Lake Pine Grove

MODERATE VISUAL QUALITY

HIGH VISUAL QUALITY

Douglas County

Lyon County

HIGHEST VISUAL QUALITY

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES VA1 Sand County Studios VISUAL ANALYSIS 1.32 JW Zunino & Associates TOPAZ LAKE TO MINDEN UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 21 41 NEW FREEWAY (I-580) 12 SR 341 CONTINUE ON MAP VA3 20 Pleasant Valley nge 19 Ra 40 18 11 17 10 Flowery 16 39

9 County Storey

Washoe County 8 15 Washoe City 14 38 7 Storey County SR 431 13 Lyon County 37 12

US 395 virginia city 6 New Washoe City 11 36 Gold 10 US 50 Weeks 5 iver Franktown Hill Sutro 9 son R Incline ar 35 SR 429 C Village ange 4 8 34 SR 28 Washoe Silver City Churchill 7 3 Lake 33 ALT 50 rson R a 6 C 2 32

Crystal Bay 5 California Dayton 3 4 31

Nevada 1 2 1 ains 0 unt 30 Lakeview 42 Arrowhead Dr 41 16 LEGEND 5 6 29 15 US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, 40 Nut Mo 14 SR 341 Corridor with Mile Markers e 28 39 13 Empire n New Bypass/Freeway 12 i Washoe County P 38 New Empire Interstates Deer Run Rd Highways / State Routes 27 Carson City 5th St. Como carson city Major Roads 37 Fairview Dr Railroads 26

36 Railroads (historic) 25 County SR 28 County Line Koontz Ln Lyon County Snyder Ave County 35 CARSON CITY FREEWAY Carson City 1 3 4 2 5 CONSTRUCT CONTROLLED City Boundary 0 6 7 ACCESS FACILITY (2 PHASES) Streams / Rivers 14 US 50 34 13 Stewart Lakes 12 33 Playas Lake Tahoe Glenbrook 11 VISUAL ANALYSIS 10 Carson City 32 Carson City Limits Douglas County OUTSTANDING VIEWPOINTS 9 31 (SAMPLE SYMBOL IS LOOKING NORTH)

8 HIGHLY VISIBLE LANDFORMS WITH 30 SCENIC VALUE 7 29 SCENIC OPPORTUNITIES

6 28 Johnson Ln AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE Skyland SR 206 n River o HIGHWAY 5 rs a

C US395 27 MODERATE VISUAL QUALITY Zephyr 4 Genoa 4 Cove HIGH VISUAL QUALITY 3 26 Round Hill SR 206 HIGHEST VISUAL QUALITY 2 Kingsbury Walleys 25 SR 207 1 Hot Springs 24 SR 757 0 Stateline 23 US 395 MINDEN Buckeye 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH 22 CONTINUE ON MAP VA1 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan DESIGN WORKSHOP MAP PLACES VISUAL ANALYSIS Sand County Studios VA2 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH MINDEN TO WASHOE VALLEY JW Zunino & Associates 1.33

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill y T r u c k e y Valle r e River

Petersen Mountain a Cold Springs g n Border Town u 42 White H 41 Lake Stead 40 Olinghouse 39 Spanish Springs SR 447

38 California Copperfield US 395 37

Nevada 36 SR 445 WADSWORTH 35 34 Golden Valley 33

Black Springs 32 Rah Range 7 Sun Pah 1 31 ALT 50 Raleigh Heights Fernley 0 Panther Valley 58 1 30 ad un 57 29 ion pacific railro I-80 LEGEND 56 28 SR 650 5 6 SR 651 US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, 27 Truckee River SR 341 Corridor with Mile Markers55 sparks New Bypass/Freeway ALT 95 reno 26 Patrick Interstates 54 Highways / State Routes

Virginia Street I-80 25 Mustang Major Roads 53 Railroads Verdi 24 Railroads (historic) 52 County 23 Lockwood County Line County 51 22 City Boundary McCarran Blvd Streams / Rivers 50

21 Lakes Playas 49 20 Fernley TownshipVISUAL Limits ANALYSIS inia Range Virg 48 19 Talapoosa Storey County OUTSTANDING VIEWPOINTS 47 (SAMPLE SYMBOL IS LOOKING NORTH) Lyon County 18 46 HIGHLY VISIBLE LANDFORMS WITH 17 SCENIC VALUE 45 16 SCENICSILVER OPPORTUNITIES SPRINGS 31

Storey County Storey 30 Washoe County Washoe 44

Silver Springs Township Limits 15 29 AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM28 THE HIGHWAY 27 43 SR 431 14 Steamboat MODERATE26 VISUAL QUALITY 25 42 13 US 50 24 SR 341 Stagecoach HIGH VISUAL QUALITY NEW FREEWAY (I-580) 12 23 41 22 11 US 395 Pleasant Valley 21 HIGHEST VISUAL QUALITY 20 40 10 19 9 18 39 8 17 0 1.5 Washoe City 16 3 6 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP VA2 15 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles 38 MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES VA3 Sand County Studios VISUAL ANALYSIS 1.34 JW Zunino & Associates WASHOE VALLEY TO BORDER TOWN UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Landscape Design Segments

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Highway Zones ...... 2.4 SECTION TWO: Great Basin Forest ...... 2.13 SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads ...... 2.20 SECTION FOUR : Lake of the Sky ...... 2.32 SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra ...... 2.43

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Introduction Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

INTRODUCTION be further divided into highway zones. These cat- interface zone. Within this zone, traffic-calming tech- COMPREHENSIVE DESIGN CONCEPT egories establish program elements and goals that niques are appropriate and pedestrian needs domi- This chapter establishes the design direction for should always be considered when addressing proj- nate. As communities develop and adjacent land uses The corridor design concept can be articulated highway landscape and aesthetics. The chapter is or- ects located along roads with similar characteristics change, the highway zone associated with the new for both rural and urban segments. In rural ganized into five sections. The first section describes (downtowns, transition areas, etc.). land use and development can be updated. Figures 9 or predominately undeveloped areas, the program elements that relate to the highway type -11 (pages 2.5, 2.6, and 2.10) illustrate the design highway should blend into the natural under consideration and its surrounding land uses. For example, every low-speed road that travels objectives associated with the General Highway landscape. The presence of the road is muted Sections two through five describe the design ob- through a downtown area is considered a community Categories. by design interpretations of naturally occurring jectives associated with each landscape design seg- patterns of geology, vegetation, and soils. The ment and its theme. These design objectives clarify Figure 7 - Corridor Organizing Elements successful emulation of these patterns results how the program elements should look. GENERAL HIGHWAY CATEGORIES* in a landscape environment that avoids the distinct separation between road and land HIGHWAY TYPES HIGHWAY ZONES/ that often characterizes rural highways. Figure 7 illustrates the two main categories used DESIGN OBJECTIVES to organize highways as they relate to landscape URBAN CONFLUENCE URBAN FREEWAYS In urban areas, the perception of community and aesthetics. Information derived from both cat- High-speed, high-volume, controlled access egories is analyzed to design both the functional roads. Includes elevated highways and URBAN BACKGROUND character is often shaped by the highway’s some bypasses. aspects and physical form of highway facilities. MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER design and its features. This is especially evident when a highway also serves as a General Highway Categories consider factors such community’s “Main Street.” Creating a COMMUNITY INTERFACE as the road type, speed and volume of travel, type CITY STREETS coherent visual environment that builds unity High-volume, slower-speed roads that pass of access, and the densities of adjacent land use. through a community with the potential for many COMMUNITY TRANSITION in the community fabric is key to the success different adjacent land uses. of the highway system. The highway should MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER • Goals associated with the general catego- consist of a range of landscape treatments that ries represent planning and design ideas focus attention on important places, reveal that should always be considered for roads with similar functions. RURAL HIGHWAYS PRESERVED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER community character and information, and blend the roadway with surrounding uses. High-speed, lower volume road with very low- density residential, agricultural, or open space Context-Sensitive Categories consider place spe- adjacent land uses. SCENIC DESIGNATION cific features – environment, culture, and history. CONTEXT-SENSITIVE HIGHWAY CATEGORIES** • Goals describe how general design objec- THEME tives should look. DESIGN OBJECTIVES LANDSCAPE DESIGN Section One: Highway Zones/ SEGMENT SPECIFIC FEATURES Design Objectives The Master Plan organizes road systems into differ- DESIGN INTERPRETATION ent highway types: urban freeways, city streets, and * General: Includes design goals and objectives that should always be considered during the design of a project as it relates to the types of surrounding land uses, development, and street patterns regardless of the landscape design segment in which rural highways. Highway types are categorized ac- they are located. cording to the type of road, the speed and volume of ** Context-sensitive: Includes themes, design goals and objectives, and projects that relate specifically to the landscape design segment in which they are located. The goals and objectives should be considered in addition to the general goals travel, and the type of access. Each classification may and objectives. 2.1 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments Introduction

Sections Two through Five: Landscape Using the Landscape Design Segments Theme and Design Interpretation Landscape design segments provide an orga- The segment theme describes the vision for how the highway Design Segments should appear. Images depict how the theme may be interpreted The last four sections describe the design objec- nizational tool for applying design concepts and applied through individual project design. tives, theme, and specific features associated along the highway. After understanding the with each landscape design segment. Landscape project components that may be applied design segments organize the highway into areas within each highway zone (community in- of similar character based upon elements such terface, managed landscape character, etc.), as topography, plant communities, and commu- it is important to understand the theme and nity development. Segments set the major design design objectives of the segment. These el- theme and provide a unifying design concept that ements describe how the features should Specific Features look. Design interpretation images provide Potential projects and improvements are identified within the is interpreted during individual project design. segment. Projects are grouped into six categories – community, Figure 8 describes the way in which landscape de- physical examples of potential projects. Sup- travel and tourism, planting, natural resource and wildlife, views and landmark, and roadway practices and structures. sign segments are used to develop context sensi- porting maps, sections, aerial photos, and tive designs. imagery illustrate the design objectives and appropriate application throughout the cor- Because landscape design segments relate to ridor. place and community character, design objectives express special features that should be considered The segments designated for the Northern and describe the appearance of general program Corridor include the Great Basin Forest, Capi- elements designated by the highway zone. tal Crossroads, Lake of the Sky, and Edge of the Sierra as shown on the following page.

Figure 8 – Landscape Design Segment Themes, Maps, and Sections CONTEXT-SENSITIVE HIGHWAY CATEGORIES

Design Objectives - Plan View Design Objectives - Section View Design objectives and landscape and aesthetic elements are Landscape treatment types and interpretive themes provide located within the segment. additional direction for design objectives and the development of landscape and aesthetic elements.

Corridor Landscape Design Segments A group of highways is evaluated to address a Sections of the highway are organized according to the topic such as landscape and aesthetics. surrounding environmental and cultural context. Themes correlate with the segment name and location. 2.2 SCALE: 1inchequals8miles 0 LEGEND U S 4 C 3 D B A 95, LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT EDGE OFTHESIERRA LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT LAKE OFTHESKY LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT CAPITAL CROSSROADS LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT GREAT BASINFOREST 8 W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S 16 50, LV LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT NORTH SR 28, EDGE OFTHESIERRA SR LAKE OFTHESKY 207and SR D C 431 preliminary corridor plan Lake Tahoe Stateline

C Verdi

a 40

rson R Border Town US 50 ange C SR 28 SR 207

SR 431 35 395 US carson reno city 5 30 0 25

Washoe 10

40 30

US 395 35 20 25 California Lake City Washoe D

Minden

20 15 Nevada Gardnerville

Douglas County

Carson City

15 US 50 0 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS 10

I Virginia City US 395 US - 8 0 A

5 ( re 5 0 fe Dayton B r to I

Topaz -

10 8 Lake 0

Nut Mo County Lyon ine unt o

TOPAZ LAKE TOBORDERTOWN P

ains r

i d

o US 50 (refer to Central US 95, West US 6, r

and Central US 50 Corridor Plan) P C la

a Storey County n

r ) s

o Lyon County

n Rive

r A B LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT GREAT BASINFOREST LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT CAPITAL CROSSROADS

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP LDS1 MAP 2.3 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones SECTION ONE: described beginning on page 2.10 and include more to the fact that the majority of road systems de- specific information on preserve landscape charac- scribed fall into the city streets or rural highways Highway Zones ter and scenic designation zones. category. The exception includes the Carson City Freeway, I-580, and US 395 through Reno. Design URBAN FREEWAYS objectives that relate specifically to these high- Design objectives form the parameters for land- ways may be found in the description of the in- scape and aesthetics along the roadway. The gen- Description dividual landscape design segment. Refer to the eral categories of urban freeways, city streets, and Urban freeways include high-speed, high-volume Master Plan for additional discussions regarding rural highways are illustrated in Figures 9, 10, and 11. roadways. The built environment dominates the urban freeways. (Pattern and Palette of Place, 2002, The general objectives for city streets are reviewed visual experience, significantly contributing to p. 38-47) in Figure 9, followed by a more detailed description the driving experience. Only a brief description of of community interface, community transition, and urban freeways is provided in this document due managed landscape character. Rural highways are

CARSON CITY

COMMUNITY INTERFACE US 395 •Pedestrian needs dominate with frequent intersections and crosswalks •Slower design speeds COMMUNITY TRANSITION •Shorter block lengths •Zone between downtown and •Traffic calming features undeveloped edge •On-street parking •Curb cuts and cross streets •Buildings, sidewalks and generously spaced parking in close proximity •Buildings set back from right to travel lanes SCENIC DESIGNATION of way •High-cost treatments are •Existing scenic byway •Vehicular and pedestrian needs appropriate •Potential scenic byway are balanced •Unique scenic, cultural, his- •Pedestrian crossings at signal- toric, recreational, and/or ized intersections natural qualities •Bike lane or shared-use path •High level of visual easily integrated management •Buildings have parking in front •Mid-cost treatments are •Low to mid cost treatments appropriate are appropriate N

(1) Highway zone design objectives are associated with development zones along the roadway. As growth becomes more dense design objectives move from community transition zones to community interface. 2.4 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Figure 9 - Urban Freeways – Highway Zones GENERAL HIGHWAY CATEGORIES: URBAN FREEWAYS – HIGHWAY ZONES

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER URBAN BACKGROUND URBAN CONFLUENCE Adjacent Land Uses: Vary from residential to industrial. Adjacent Land Uses: Commercial development along Adjacent Land Uses: Highly visible location. Use of Located in areas of current growth or planned growth interstates or elevated highways. Noise walls are used interchange is of high importance within the state. at community edges along interstates or elevated in residential areas. highways.

Managed Landscape Character Urban Confluence Urban Background

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER URBAN BACKGROUND URBAN CONFLUENCE “Urban Zones” in the Master Plan “High Visibility Zones” in the Master Plan “Transition Zones” in the Master Plan •Typical urban highway segments • High traffic volumes and special character such as • Create a transition from rural to urban character •Consider pedestrian overpasses to connect casino districts • Establish gateways into urban areas regional systems • Create a distinctive design that complements the • No-cost to low-cost treatments are appropriate •Utilize a consistent soundwall design design theme •Emphasize segment design theme at inter- • Utilize special retaining walls and land graphics changes through art, plants, materials, and • Incorporate complex plantings and artwork signage • Mid- to high-cost treatments are appropriate •Low- to mid-cost treatments are appropriate

2.5 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

Figure 10 - City Streets – Highway Zones GENERAL HIGHWAY CATEGORIES: CITY STREETS – HIGHWAY ZONES

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER COMMUNITY TRANSITION COMMUNITY INTERFACE Adjacent Land Uses: Vary from residential to industrial. Adjacent Land Uses: Range from commercial to Adjacent Land Uses: Typically commercial, but may Located in areas of current growth or planned growth residential with larger setbacks. Located between a include other uses. Travel speeds are lower with at community edges. community’s downtown and its undeveloped edges. frequent curb cuts and cross streets.

Community Transition Community Interface

Managed Landscape Character COMMUNITY TRANSITION COMMUNITY INTERFACE “Suburban Zones” in the Master Plan “Urban Zones” in the Master Plan •Zone between downtown and undeveloped •Pedestrian needs dominate with frequent intersec- MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER edge tions and crosswalks •Curb cuts and cross streets generously spaced •Slower design speeds “Transition Zones” in the Master Plan •Buildings set back from right of way •Shorter block lengths • Areas of growing or planned development •Vehicular and pedestrian needs are balanced •Traffic calming features • Indications of potential community expansion in •Pedestrian crossings at signalized intersections •On-street parking an otherwise natural setting •Bike lane or shared-use path easily integrated •Buildings, sidewalks and parking in close proximity • Vehicular needs dominate this zone •Buildings have parking in front to travel lanes • Infrequent pedestrian crossings •Low- to mid-cost treatments are appropriate • Mid- to high-cost treatments are appropriate • Frontage roads are common • Low-cost treatments are appropriate 2.6 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

CITY STREETS

Community Interface Description In many communities, highways provide the central point of access to all parts of the community. In small towns, the highway often becomes Main Street, a key component of the community’s economic and social vitality. Pedestrian amenities are of primary importance in these areas. The highway must be compatible with pedestrian activities, unifying, not dividing, the town center.

Community interface zones are characterized by lower travel speeds, frequent curb cuts, cross streets, traffic control devices, and increased pedestrian and (1) A 60’ right-of-way provides space for on-street parking and widened sidewalks. Streetscaping and pedestrian amenities other non-vehicular traffic. Adjacent land uses are (3) The primary design objective for community enliven the downtown area. typically commercial, but may include residential ar- interface zones is the highway’s ability to accommodate a variety of town-center activities eas, schools, parks, and other civic uses. Block lengths without reducing its function as a through street. On- are generally shorter, with buildings, sidewalks, and street parking buffers pedestrians from travel lanes and helps slow traffic through town. parking in close proximity to the travel lanes.

Program Elements The primary design objective for community interface zones is the highway’s ability to accommodate a variety of town-center activities without reducing its function as a through street. Roadway design in these areas must incorporate traffic calming features that minimize conflicts between pedestrians and vehicles. The following goals establish the approach:

• Manage speed by reducing the appearance of (2) An 80’ right-of-way accommodates dual travel lanes and a planted median. A striped bike lane accommodates cyclists wide roadways. Install raised or planted medi- through the community center. Pedestrian amenities may be enhanced with widened sidewalks. ans to create pedestrian refuge islands that (4) Incorporating seating areas into the design of pedestrian space enhances the separation from the can double as speed-reduction devices. street. • Reduce vehicle-pedestrian conflicts with consolidated curb cuts and planted medians. • Increase pedestrian safety and reduce cross-

2.7 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

Trees and planting Parallel Wide Minimum lane Curb extensions (bulb outs) add ing distances by combining angle or Community Transition soften the street parking sidewalks widths slow traffic sidewalk space, provide place parallel parking with bulb-outs at cross- Description and help slow for trees, bike parking, etc. and walks. Bollards, located at the bulb-outs, traffic shorten crossing distance a buffer zone separating travel lanes, and Community transition zones include stretches angled parking offer additional levels of of highway between the center of a communi- pedestrian safety. Parallel parking is rec- ty and its undeveloped edges. These zones pro- ommended in areas of limited right-of- vide access to outlying areas of a community way. • Install pedestrian-activated signals for and form a buffer between pedestrian-oriented heavily used mid-block crossings or town centers and open stretches of highway where the distance between crosswalks on their outskirts. Vehicle needs are balanced exceeds one-quarter mile. with pedestrian needs in these areas. Travel speeds vary, but are generally midway between Adding pedestrian-scale amenities within a those in community interface zones and those streetscape also encourages slower travel on open highway. Curb cuts and cross streets speeds. The following goals establish the ap- are used less frequently than in community proach: interface zones; pedestrian crossings may be present at intersections. Adjacent land uses • Utilize street trees for shade and visual may be commercial, residential, industrial, or (1) Traffic-calming features such as street tree planting, on-street parking, and curb extensions accentuate downtown interest. community areas. • Provide lighting that is appropriate in agricultural, but setbacks are typically greater height, style, and intensity. than in community interface zones. Where ad- Pedestrian crossings Appropriately sized Trees and planting Bike lane incorporated • Provide signage that is compatible with jacent uses are commercial, building setbacks use a change of pav- sidewalks provide soften the street and into road design preferred architectural styles and is vis- ing materials pedestrian space help slow traffic commonly consist of large parking lots acces- ible to pedestrians and vehicles. sible from the highway. • Provide street furnishings, including seating, shelters, trash containers, and wayfinding aids, such as sidewalk inlays. Program Elements Design objectives for community transition Clearly marked bike lanes must be incorporat- zones emphasize pedestrian safety in areas ed into these stretches of highway. Where on- that accommodate heavier or higher speed street parking exists, parallel parking is most traffic conditions. Objectives for project de- compatible with bike lanes, particularly when sign include the following goals: combined with crosswalk bulb-outs. Where an- • Provide gateway features to mark the gle parking exists, parking areas must be deep edge of a community. Utilize these op- enough to ensure adequate visibility of cyclists. portunities to showcase locally relevant In all cases, it is important to coordinate efforts artwork, signage, or plantings. with local multi-modal transportation plans. • Increase visual interest and reinforce reduced speed limits with median land-

scape treatments.

(2) Five lane highways can be softened through raised, planted medians. Roadway design incorporates bike lanes to promote multi-modal transportation through downtown. 2.8 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

• Improve pedestrian safety at crosswalks Program Elements with elements such as refuge islands, sig- Objectives for project design include the follow- nals, improved lighting, and signage. ing goals: • Provide separated, shared-use paths in higher speed or heavy traffic areas. Where frontage roads are present, create buffered • Emphasize safe pedestrian and bicycle access. shared-use paths between the frontage • Provide adequate right-of-way for a sepa- road and highway. rated, shared-use trail. • Require developers to revegetate roadside • Provide regional bike and pedestrian linkages. disturbance to an appropriate level. • Use earth forms and vegetative materials, in- • Plant street trees to calm traffic and sepa- stead of sound walls, for acoustic mitigation. rate vehicular and pedestrian travel lanes. • Identify locations for new wildlife crossings. • Integrate transit and provide shaded bus stops. Manage the corridor to maintain existing (1) The potential for streetscape improvements exists in crossings and corridors. community transition zones, as shown below.

• Provide sufficient right-of-way for land- Managed Landscape Character scape screening. Description • Improve litter control. The managed landscape character zone is distin- • Preserve views of surrounding mountains guished by areas of growing or planned develop- and scenic vistas. ment at community edges. The frequency and • Manage outdoor advertising to maximize scenic views and minimize ridgeline ob- density of residential, commercial, or industrial structions. development indicates potential community ex- • Apply uniform design criteria to blend the pansion in an otherwise natural landscape setting. roadway with surrounding landscape. Built elements interrupt the natural environment • Revegetate disturbed roadsides. in a more regular pattern, but without the inten- • Prevent the practice of spreading asphalt sity of urban density. millings on road shoulders and promote the use of materials that blend with the natural

landscape. (2) Streetscape improvements have the ability to change the character of the roadway and provide a more inviting atmosphere.

2.9 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

Figure 11 - Rural Highways – Highway Zones GENERAL HIGHWAY CATEGORIES: RURAL HIGHWAYS – HIGHWAY ZONES

COMMUNITY INTERFACE PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER SCENIC DESIGNATION Adjacent Land Uses: Commercial and local community Adjacent Land Uses: Typically includes agricultural or Adjacent Land Uses: Varies from conservation and development. low-density residential. Federal or state land ownership recreation to significant, historical commercial uses. dominates. Includes scenic byways and other portions of the highway that travel through areas of high scenic, cultural, or recreational value.

Preserve Landscape Character Scenic Designation Community Interface

PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER COMMUNITY INTERFACE “Rural Landscape Segments” in the Master Plan • High speeds SCENIC DESIGNATION “Rural Communities” in the Master Plan • Maintain integrity of existing landscape – “do “Rural Landscape Segments” in the Master Plan • Pedestrian needs dominate with frequent intersec- no harm” • Existing scenic byways or potential scenic byway tions and crosswalks • Agriculture or low-density residential develop- • Located along rural highways, city streets, and • Slower design speeds ment urban freeways • Shorter block lengths • Native vegetation and landforms dominate • Unique scenic, cultural, historic, recreational, and/ • Traffic calming features views or natural qualities • On-street parking • Low-cost treatments are appropriate • High level of visual • Buildings, sidewalks and parking in close proximity management to travel lanes • Low- to mid-cost treatments are appropriate • Mid- to high-cost treatments are appropriate 2.10 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

RURAL HIGHWAYS • Re-grade, stain, and revegetate rock cuts opportunities, trailheads, and stopping to blend with the adjacent hillside. points along shared-use trails. Preserve Landscape Character • Prevent degradation of surrounding land- • Limit vegetative clearing to the extent scape. Minimize vegetation removal during feasible. Allow for safety considerations Description construction and maintenance practices. and vehicle recovery within the clear zone. Landscape character is best preserved in rural highway • Prevent the practice of spreading asphalt Minimize vegetation removal during con- design. In rural areas, roadside development consists millings on road shoulders. Use materials struction and maintenance practices. of agricultural uses or low-density residential. The po- that blend with the natural landscape. • Reduce the number of superfluous signs. • Revegetate disturbed highway areas with • Minimize the visual distraction of reflec- tential for significant future growth appears to be low. native seed mix or salvaged plant materials tors. Allow reflector components to blend Land ownership is dominated by Federal or State enti- where possible. with the background while maintaining ties such as the USFS or Nevada Division of State Parks • Identify locations for new wildlife cross- the effectiveness of the reflector. (NDSP). Built elements and human interventions are ings and opportunities for improvements • Create structures that blend with the land- sparsely distributed throughout the landscape. Native to existing wildlife crossings. scape by incorporating interesting tex- • Screen or visually blend maintenance facili- tures and earth-tone colors. vegetation, geologic features, and landforms, domi- ties from roadway. • Preserve downhill trees to screen the road- nate the views. • Improve litter collection along the corridor. way from off-site locations. • Provide activity pull-offs along the highway for • Align highway to blend facilities into the Program Elements recreation area access and pull-over traffic. surrounding landscape. • Re-grade, stain, and revegetate rock cuts Objectives for project design include the follow- to blend with the adjacent hillside. ing goals: Scenic Designation • Revegetate disturbed highway areas with Description native seed mix or salvaged plant materials • Utilize existing native vegetation to pre- where possible. serve the aesthetic integrity of the road- Scenic designation includes existing and pro- side. posed scenic byways where scenic, cultural, his- • Locate signage for scenic viewpoints at (1) Scenic byways and highways through areas of high least 600’ prior to entry. Provide screening visual quality warrant special design treatments equal • Preserve scenic views and viewsheds from toric, recreational, and/or natural qualities domi- for safety and enhanced visual quality. to their natural setting. the highway. nate the highway landscape. Facilities in these • Reduce glare of traffic signs by painting • Restrict outdoor advertising in scenic loca- areas require the highest level of management the backsides. tions. Coordinate with local jurisdictions to prevent billboards from obstructing scenic and should incorporate enhanced treatment levels • Provide barrier systems that define the views. Promote outdoor advertising re- and a higher level of detail. Designation is based travel corridor but do not dominate the setting. Barrier systems should become an quirements. on scenic preservation, visual management, and integral part of the roadway and surround- • Provide pedestrian and bicycle access to access to recreational opportunities. ing landscape. recreation destinations. • Identify locations for new wildlife cross- • Incorporate a separated, shared-use trail ings and opportunities for improvements within the right-of-way. Program Elements to existing wildlife crossings. • Incorporate the Place Name Signage pro- Objectives for project design include the follow- • Screen or visually blend maintenance facili- gram and audio interpretation (radio trans- ing goals: ties from roadway. mission) at areas with significant historical or natural features. • Incorporate the Place Name Signage pro- • Preserve existing view corridors. gram at locations with significant histori- • Partner with federal and state agencies to • Protect scenic areas by prohibiting struc- cal or natural features. Integrate interpre- coordinate the Corridor Plan with long- tures that obscure views. tative elements throughout the corridor. term planning. • Incorporate a separated, shared-use trail • Form partnerships with federal and state • Blend the highway alignment with existing within the right-of-way. agencies to coordinate the long-term plan- topography in order that structures may • Provide rest areas that serve a diversity of ning measures for the Corridor Plan. also blend into the surrounding landscape. purposes, including access to recreational 2.11

SECTION TWO: Great Basin Forest Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION TWO: DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES

Great Basin Forest The Great Basin Forest design segment runs from the California state line at Topaz Lake to the southern edge of Carson Valley. Design objectives THEME include enhancing the sense of community in To- paz Lake and preserving the visual quality of the The Great Basin Forest design segment provides roadway through the pinyon-juniper forests. The entry to Nevada along US 395 from the south. It is following objectives have been established spe- marked by Topaz Lake and surrounding mountain cifically for this segment. vistas. Stretching from the state line to Carson

Valley, this rural section of US 395 is characterized Preserve Landscape Character by pinyon-juniper forests and rock outcroppings with views to the Sierra Mountains. • Preserve scenic views of Topaz Lake. • Coordinate with Douglas County to im- The gateway to the state creates an important prove the visual quality of the roadside. impression and introduces the state to visitors. Partner with community to screen or re- (1) Great Basin Forest (Segment A) key map. locate cluttered and unattractive develop- Overlooking Topaz Lake and mountains beyond, ment adjacent to the roadway. the gateway utilizes rustic materials and simple • Utilize pinyons and junipers as part of land- architectural forms to capture the essence of the scape palette. rural and scenic landscape. Subtle colors derived • Provide a statewide gateway monument from the surrounding pinyon-juniper forest help at the California-Nevada border. Utilize signage that both welcomes and thanks to blend the facility with its environment. travelers. Coordinate signage with the surrounding landforms and vegetation. Con- The Great Basin Forest Corridor rises over the Sier- sider bi-state cooperation opportunities. ra foothills before dropping back into the Carson • Relocate existing pull-off to an appropriate Valley. Preserving the rural and rugged character viewpoint of Topaz Lake. Buffer viewpoint from the highway’s travel lanes. Create a of the landscape will ensure that visitors continue pleasant facility for travelers. to be impressed by this stretch of eastern Sierra • Provide gateway viewpoint at the Califor- (2) Preservation of landscape character can be achieved highway. nia/Nevada state line that offers views of through the use of pinyons and junipers as part of the the lake and travel information regarding roadside revegetation. tourism opportunities within Nevada. In- corporate rough-hewn timbers, stone, and dark earth-tone colors in the design. • Incorporate Bidwell Trail interpretation into road service facilities.

2.13 CONTINUE ON MAP B1 P in e N

A1 Mineral County

Lyon County Visual Gateway to Carson Valley ut Mountains 15 US 395

SR 824 r ive alker R GREAT BASIN FOREST W st 10 e LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 823 SR W Nevada SR 208 California Preserve Landscape Character Smith

SR 208

5 Wellington SR 829 Holbrook BIDWELL HISTORIC TRAIL Junction

SR 338

0 Statewide Gateway Location Topaz Lake

Antelope P in Valley e G LEGEND Douglas County Lyon County rove

GREAT BASIN FOREST Hills LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

Preserve Landscape Character

Landscape and Aesthetics Element

Key Highway Intersection

Existing Regional Trail

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles

MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES A1 Sand County Studios GREAT BASIN FOREST – DESIGN OBJECTIVES 2.14 JW Zunino & Associates US 395: TOPAZ LAKE TO DOUGLAS CO. MM 16 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM

i n

e G e

rove Hills 5000 FT 5500 FT 4500 FT 6000 FT 6500 FT U S 3 95 , W MILE 0 est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S

50, LV Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment SR MILE 2 A 28, 1 SR 20 STATEWIDE GATEWAY NEVADA /CALIFORNIA MILE 4 Native Revegetation 7, and Accentuated SR GREAT BASINFORESTLANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT

431 MILE PRESERVE LANDSCAPECHARACTER (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) 6 preliminary corridor plan Native Revegetation Standard MILE GREAT BASINFOREST –LONGITUDINAL SECTION 8 MILE 10 US395:TOPAZ LAKETODOUGLAS CO.MM16 Native Revegetation VISUAL GATEWAYTO Accentuated CARSON VALLEY MILE 12 MILE 14 MILE 16 Visual GatewaytoCarsonValley Nevada/California StatewideGateway Preserve LandscapeCharacter CONSULTANT TEAM stone local of feature architectural simple a Provide 2. EstablishentrytoandexitfromCarsonValley. 1. CreateviewpointtooverlookTopazLake. 5. InterpretNativeAmericanhistory. 4. Incorporateroughhewntimbers. 3. Provideviewpointatentry. 2. Markentryandexit. 1. 4. Maintainaestheticintegrityoflandscape. 3. Identifywildlifecrossingopportunities. 2. GardnervilletoTopazLake. Incorporateseparatedshared-usepathfrom 1. and regionalcharacter. billboards. mitigate to Affairs Indian of Bureau with Work CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP ELEMENTS SECTION 2.15 A1 P ine N

Mineral County ut Lyon County Mountains

SR 88

15 US 395 STATEWIDE GATEWAY 1 3 WASHOE TRIBE PLACE NAME SIGN LEGEND BILLBOARD SCENIC COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES 2 WILDLIFE CROSSING IMPROVEMENTS SR 824 er MITIGATION 2 Riv 1. Statewide gateway FOR BEARS AND OTHER WILDLIFE alker 2. Community gateway (MM 6 TO MM 13) W 3. Pedestrian linkage and circulation st 10 e 4. Bike and multi-use trail linkage CARSON RIVER PLACE 823 SR 3 W 5. Highway archaeology, cultural, or historic NAME SIGN BUFFER REST AREA FROM awareness Nevada 1 SR 208 HIGHWAY 6. Highway and community compatibility VISUAL GATEWAY California improvement 4 Smith TO CARSON VALLEY SEPARATED, SHARED-USE 7. Partnerships and resource leveraging 4 PATH FROM MINDEN TO TRAVEL AND TOURISM OPPORTUNITIES SR 208 TOPAZ LAKE 1. Roadside services 2. Viewpoints and points of interest 3. Travel information program 5 4. Highway art Wellington SR 829 5. Community rest area Holbrook BIDWELL HISTORIC TRAIL SLOPE REVEGETATION FOR 2 Junction PLANTING OPPORTUNITIES EROSION CONTROL 1. Ground treatment 2. Revegetation with native grasses, forbs and herbaceous plants Antelope 3. Enhanced native planting GATEWAY TO SMITH VALLEY/WELLINGTON 2 Valley SR 338 4. Great Basin regionally adapted planting 5. Great Basin ornamental planting

REDUCE ASPHALT AT INTERSECTION 7 1 STATEWIDE GATEWAY NATURAL RESOURCE AND WILDLIFE 0 OPPORTUNITIES Topaz 1. Environmental resources preservation Lake 7 POTENTIAL PARTNERSHIP WITH USFS, 2. Wildlife movement enhancement DOUGLAS COUNTY, CALTRANS, NEVADA 3. Water resources enhancement STATE PARKS, NEVADA DEPARTMENT 4. Rare, unique, or special natural resource enhancement OF FORESTRY AND CALIFORNIA P in DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY VIEWSe G AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES

Douglas County

Lyon County 1. Highwayrove scenic designation 2 3 VIEWPOINT OF TOPAZ LAKE (NORTH- 2. Highway scenic improvement BOUND). INCLUDE TRAVEL INFORMATION Hills ENTIRE CORRIDOR FOR RECREATION OPPORTUNITIES AND ROADWAY PRACTICES AND STRUCTURE INTERPRETIVE INFORMATION FOR BIDWELL OPPORTUNITIES 2 BILLBOARD MITIGATION 1. Sound protection or acoustic wall TRAIL, THE HISTORY OF TOPAZ LAKE, AND 2. Bridge and structure aesthetic FOREST FIRE REVEGETATION. 3. Information and directional signage 1 PRESERVE HIGH QUALITY VIEWS 4. Highway maintenance practices Note: Includes maintenance practices for milled REPAIR AND MAINTAIN FENCING asphalt bi-products for entire corridor 2 5. Highway facility enhancement AND CREATE WILDLIFE OVERPASSES 6. Landform or contour grading enhancement OR UNDERPASSES 7. Geometrics, alignment, and land relationship REVEGETATE ROAD CUTS FOR enhancement 3 8. Sustainable corridor practice opportunity EROSION CONTROL 1 USE EARTH FORMS FOR SOUND TRAILS ABATEMENT, WHERE POSSIBLE Existing Regional Trail 4 ADDRESS MILLINGS PRACTICES AND REMOVE STOCKPILED MILLINGS 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles

MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES A2 Sand County Studios GREAT BASIN FOREST – SPECIFIC FEATURES 2.16 JW Zunino & Associates US 395: TOPAZ LAKE TO DOUGLAS CO. MM 16 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SECTION TWO: Great Basin Forest Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Aerial Landscape and Aesthetic Treatment Simulations The following aerial images are meant to illustrate landscape and aesthetic treatments at key points along the Great Basin Forest Landscape Design Segment.

GARDNERVILLE Pine Nut Mountains

SR 208

Preserve Landscape Character

TOPAZ LAKE US 395 US

Topaz Lake

P in e G rove

Hills Topaz Lake Viewpoint Enhanced Native LEGEND Accentuated Statewide Gateway Preserve Landscape Character Native Revegetation

Accentuated Landscape and Aesthetics Element GREAT BASIN FOREST A LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

(1) This aerial view looks north towards Carson Valley along US 395 from Topaz Lake. The statewide gateway is located at the California border. Native revegetation and standard hardscape treatments are used along the segment.

2.17 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION TWO: Great Basin Forest

Design Interpretation Summary – Great Basin Forest Interpretation of the segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The corridor plan establishes the direction for project level design. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accomplish the stated design objectives.

(1) Preservation of vegetation and revegetation of disturbed areas strengthens the area’s natural beauty and draws attention to (2) Structure design can reflect the natural forms of the its distinctive pinyon/juniper plant community. landscape.

(3) Structures marking community entries reinforce the (4), (5) Hand-crafted structures and simple forms express the rugged quality of the Great Basin Forest Landscape Design (6) Overlooks highlight unique and scenic landscape character of an area. Segment. features.

2.18 SECTION TWO: Great Basin Forest Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

(2) The existing entry into Nevada near Topaz Lake lacks a visually inviting aesthetic.

(1) Incorporating a subtle statewide entry sign with a viewpoint pull-off area welcomes travelers and provides opportunities to learn about state resources and regional environmental resources.

(3) Opportunities exist at the statewide gateway near Topaz to view the unique Topaz Lake vista. Combinations of shaded seating areas and interpretive elements provide traveler amenities and enhance the overall experience. 2.19 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads SECTION THREE: travel information provided at viewpoints and on DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES place name signs. Roadside development is care- Capital Crossroads fully managed, preserving views of the Carson The Capital Crossroads segment includes the Car- Range and adjacent ranches within Carson Valley. son City, Carson Valley, and Dayton areas. These Sculptural earth forms and revegetation soften developing communities create unique pressures THEME the edges of new developments. on the highway. In response, design goals include creating pleasing downtown environments, man- The Capital Crossroads design segment is notable The vernacular architecture and historical features aging community transition areas, and preserving because of its pioneering history and role as the of each community add diversity and enrichment the scenic character of the roadway. In addition civic capital of northern Nevada. The segment to the traveler’s experience. In Carson City, the to general goals associated with community tran- includes US 395 from Carson Valley through Car- immediate view from the roadway focuses on the sition, community interface, scenic designation, son City, and US 50 from Carson City to Dayton, city center and capital grounds. Regional orna- and managed landscape character zones, the fol- a region that served as the trading center for the mental softscape and focal hardscape treatments lowing objectives have been established specifi- Comstock Lode mining district. The design theme delineate the capital grounds and adjacent civic cally for this segment. for this segment focuses on the historical signifi- uses. The new Carson City Freeway reduces traf- cance of the area. (1) Capital Crossroads (Segment B) key map. fic in the downtown core, facilitating enhanced Community Transition

pedestrian use. Wide sidewalks, well-marked and In downtown Minden and Gardnerville, signage designed roadway crossings, and traffic calming • Provide gateway entries and exits that re- with an historic focus highlights unique aspects flect community character and the land- provide for comfortable pedestrian circulation. of each community. Similar to Carson City, the scape setting. Ample signage informs visitors of numerous his- downtown core areas transition to pedestrian- • Consolidate community entry signage. toric sites, recreational opportunities, and com- Simplify the number of signs and boldly oriented roadways with traffic calming, widened munity facilities. represent the community character. sidewalks, pedestrian crossings, and signage in- • Coordinate the location of gateways with forming visitors of unique opportunities for visit- community goals and future growth plans. Stretching from the eastern side of Carson City ing community sites. • Continue regional trails through the right- to Dayton on US 50, the roadway is designed to of-way. Incorporate a separated, shared- accommodate high daily traffic volumes. Right- use trail. Carson City, Minden, and Gardnerville utilize con- (2) The construction of the Carson City Freeway creates of-way management considers the area’s growth • Support efforts to reduce vehicular speeds sistent background landscape treatments. Pe- the opportunity to enhance streetscape amenities and desire to maintain viewsheds and rural char- as motorists enter town. Increase densities within the Historic Downtown/Capitol Mall area of destrian connections and median safety islands of roadside plantings. Incorporate transit Carson City. Wider sidewalks and pedestrian safety acter. Revegetation efforts are implemented and offer safe crossing zones. Median and sidewalk stops. islands create a friendlier environment. maintained as needed to provide dust control. ATV enhancements provide relief for large spans of disturbance is considered during segment design. roadway. Managed curb cuts for parking entries Community Interface - Carson Valley The right-of-way encourages pedestrian and bicy- allow for safe and well-planned access. Upgraded cle travel and provides safe crossings. Continuing plantings and hardscape highlight key intersec- • Soften roadway appearance and visually east, signs demarcate nearby community sites. mitigate large parking areas fronting the tions that serve recreation sites such as Lake Traffic calming measures in Dayton slow motor- highway through plantings. Tahoe. In the rural areas, the highways bisect the ists and facilitate well-managed access to com- • Incorporate a separated, shared-use trail landscape with minimal disturbance. Recreational within right-of-way where feasible. Incor- mercial areas. Signage appropriate to the town’s opportunities, such as horseback riding and fish- porate streetscape planting to separate historic character highlights tourist opportuni- bike paths and sidewalks from travel lanes. ing in the Carson Valley, are highlighted with ties in adjacent Old Town Dayton. 2.20 SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

• Provide bike lane through community cen- Community Interface - Carson City • Use a simple palette of materials that blend ter to connect regional trails to commer- with the contextual landscape. cial destinations. • Enhance the pedestrian character of the • Maintain view corridors of surrounding • Within Carson City, and potentially downtown area. Improve sidewalks and mountain ranges. Minden and Gardnerville, evaluate poten- streetscape amenities. Provide enhanced • Incorporate wildlife crossings to accom- tial streetscape improvements resulting refuge zones and pedestrian crossings. modate wild horses. from the Carson City Freeway and other • Reduce road widths or the number of travel potential bypasses. Allow for the addition lanes. The freeway creates an opportunity of planted medians, street trees, and bike to reinvent the Historic Downtown/Capitol lanes. Mall’s streetscape character and introduce • Recognize historic districts through enhanced enhanced pedestrian facilities. Enhance streetscape and pedestrian amenities. median and streetscape plantings. • Incorporate street tree programs in Minden, • Coordinate tourism information and (1) Within downtown community interface areas, Gardnerville, Carson City, and Dayton. signage to direct visitors to historic sites. pedestrian-oriented roadways include traffic calming • Improve the safety of pedestrian crossings. • Create a corridor that prominently empha- features such as widened sidewalks, on-street parking, Create bulb-outs and refuge islands, and and pedestrian crossings. Signage should inform sizes civic quality. visitors of unique opportunities for visiting community add signage. sites. • Incorporate safe facilities for multi-modal transportation. Provide shaded bus stops Urban Background - Carson City Freeway with plantings. • Provide directional signage to the commu- • Reflect the importance of surrounding en- nity historical destinations such as the His- vironmental features such as the moun- toric Downtown/Capitol Mall and Old Town tains to the west and the hills to the east. Dayton encouraging travelers to visit. • Utilize native revegetation seed mixes to blend features into existing landscape. • Utilize landscape boulders on highly visible Scenic Designation freeway slopes. • Utilize boulders excavated during con- • Preserve scenic views of the Carson Range struction for aesthetic treatments. and ranches along the design segment. • Contour slopes with gentle undulations to • Improve riparian areas and river crossings simulate a natural terrain. with plantings and erosion control features (2) Pressure from developing communities, such as the Dayton area, create unique pressures on the highway. that mimic natural features and enhance Design goals include coordinating new development to riparian habitat. Managed Landscape Character maintain a revegetated buffer along highway. • Apply for scenic byway designation through Carson Valley and along Jack’s Valley Road. • Incorporate shared-use trail in right-of-way • Manage the roadway system to maintain to connect Carson City and Dayton. Provide the area’s rural character. Utilize earth connections to regional trails. forms and vegetative buffers to mitigate • Maintain adequate right-of-way width to conflicts with roadside development. buffer new development with earth forms • Revegetate disturbed areas and allow the and vegetative screening. roadway to fit within the natural environ- • Revegetate disturbed roadsides. ment. • Interpret and provide connections to the • Allow motorists to connect to the surround- V&T Railroad, Virginia City, and the Com- ing environment by providing place name stock Lode. signage and interpretative information.

2.21 CONTINUE ON MAP D1

20 15 California Nevada Stagecoach ge SR 341 an 20 Pleasant Valley ery R w o 15 10 Fl

Washoe County Storey County Storey 10 Washoe City 15 Virginia city CALIFORNIAORIC TRAIL HUMBOLDT Storey County HIST SR 431 New Washoe City Lyon County US 395 PONY EXPRESS nge Mount Rose B4 HISTORIC TRAIL 5 Gold Hill 10 US 50 5 Incline n Ra Washoe Lake Sutro Managed Landscape Character o C s Franktown State Park arson River Village SR 28 r a Washoe Silver City C Community Transition 10 Lake Dayton State Park

5 Dayton

Crystal Bay F B3 5 l

u Community Interface m

e B2 Lakeview Community Transition

T 0 r 0 Gateway to Carson City a Arrowhead Dr

i Gateway to Virginia City l Community Transition 15 40 Managed Landscape Character Empire Washoe County 0 New Empire Gateway to Carson City

Deer Run Rd Carson City Sand Harbor 5th St. State Park carson city Community Transition Community Interface Fairview Dr Community Transition Lyon County

Carson City LEGEND Community Transition Koontz Ln 35 Snyder Ave 5 0 CAPITAL CROSSROADS 0 Urban Background US 50 Stewart

LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Visual Gateway to Carson Valley

Glenbrook T Lake Tahoe a B1

10 h Carson City o

Scenic Designation R Douglas County

Managed Landscape Character i l 30 CAPITAL CROSSROADS iver on R LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Community Transition rs a Johnson Ln Scenic Designation 5 C US 395 Urban Background Mormon Station Zephyr State Park Genoa Cove Round Hill untains Community Interface

5 25 Mo

Landscape and Aesthetics Element SR 207

0 Stateline Nut

Minden e n

Community Interface i

Key Highway Intersection 10 Gardnerville P

20 Existing Regional Trail Gateway to Washoe Tribe Community Transition

0 2 4 8 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 4 miles SR 88 15 CONTINUE ON MAP A1 MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES B1 Sand County Studios CAPITAL CROSSROADS – DESIGN OBJECTIVES 2.22 JW Zunino & Associates CARSONUS 395: CARSON VALLEY, VALLEY, CARSON CARSON CITY, AND CITY, DAYTON AND DAYTON UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM C a rs on R

ive

F lo w ery R

Pine Nut Mountains

C arson

River 4500 FT 5000 FT U S 3 95 , W MILE est 16 UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S MILE

17 50, LV Enhanced Native Accentuated Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment SR MILE 18 B1 28, MILE SR 19 20 TRIBE GATEWAY TOWASHOE MILE 20 7, and Enhanced Native GARDNERVILLE Accentuated HISTORIC DISTRICT Opportunitytoreinventmain • Communitygateways • Connectionstoregionaltrails • Stripedbikelane • Streettreeprogram • COMMUNITY INTERFACE MILE street ifFreewayiscreated CAPITAL CROSSROADSLANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT-US395 Regionally Adapted 21 SR Focal MILE

22 431

HISTORIC DISTRICT (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) MINDEN preliminary corridor plan MILE 23 COMMUNITY TRANSITION MILE CAPITAL CROSSROADS –LONGITUDINAL SECTION 24 INTERSECTION SR 88/US395

Regionally Adapted Highlightranchingcharacterandhistorical • • MILE 25 Accentuated connections toGenoa Preserve openviews MILE 26 US 395:DOUGLAS CO.MM16 TODOUGLASCO. MM33 MILE SCENIC DESIGNATION Native Revegetation 27 Accentuated MILE 28 MILE 29 Enhanced Native VISUAL GATEWAYTO Accentuated Enhanced Native CARSON VALLEY MILE Accentuated 30 MILE 31 MILE 32 MILE 33 Visual GatewaytoCarsonValley SR 88/US395Intersection Gateway toWashoeTribe Scenic Designation and Minden Gardnerville - Interface Community CONSULTANT TEAM and stone local of feature architectural simple Provide 2. EstablishentryintoandexitfromCarsonValley. 1. Considerutilizingaroundabout. 5. Utilizematerialsconsistentwithhistoriccharacter. 4. Interpretranchingandwildlifecharacter. 3. Reducepaving. 2. ProvidegatewaytoMinden/Gardnerville. 1. Native respect to how about information Provide 2. InterpretNativeAmericanculture. 1. 3. connec- historical and character ranching Highlight 2. Preserveopenviews. 1. spaced regularly Provide program. tree street Enhance 7. Utilizeconsistentstreetlightingfixtures. 6. Utilize brick masonry compatible5. with historic buildings. 4. trails bike signed and marked with trails regional Link 3. EstablishcommunitygatewayatSR88intersection. 2. Providesignagetohistoricmainstreet. 1. regional character. regulations, of permits, andwaystoberespectfulatkiosk. awareness Increase lands. American to intersection south ofJack’sValleyRoadintersection. 88 SR from byway scenic Designate tions toGenoa. a creating Consider districts. planted mediantocalmtraffic. distinguish to trees Preserve downtowncharacter. through town. CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP ELEMENTS SECTION 2.23 B1 ELEMENTS Community Interface 1. Establish civic presence. CAPITAL CROSSROADS LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT - US 395 2. Recognize historic significance and city’s importance to the state. 3. Utilize cut stone and historical elements.

US 395 / Carson City Freeway COMMUNITY COMMUNITY TRANSITION INTERFACE COMMUNITY TRANSITION Interchange (South) 1. Establish the entry into the state Capital. Enhanced Native 2. Emphasize unique landforms and geologic features. Enhanced Native Accentuated Accentuated Stewart Street / US 395 Intersection 1. Establish the gateway to the Historic Downtown/Capi- Regional Ornamental tol Mall area traveling north along US 395. Focal Washoe County

US 50 (East) / US 395 Intersection Carson City 1. Establish the gateway to the Historic Downtown/Capi- tol Mall area. 5500 FT Douglas County

Gateway to Carson City US 395 / Carson City CARSON CITY Carson City Freeway Interchange (North) 1. Create a stately civic gateway into the Capital City. 5000 FT Stewart St. William St. 2. Incorporate historical elements. 3. Include access to trailheads.

4500 FT US 395 / CARSON US 50 (EAST) / US 395 CITY FREEWAY INTERSECTION INTERCHANGE (SOUTH) Regional Ornamental Regionally Adapted Landmark 4000 FT Focal GATEWAY TO CARSON CITY US 395 / CARSON CITY FREEWAY STEWART STREET / US 395 INTERCHANGE (NORTH) INTERSECTION Regionally Adapted Regional Ornamental B2 Focal Landmark

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES B2 Sand County Studios CAPITAL CROSSROADS – LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.24 JW Zunino & Associates US 395: DOUGLAS CO. MM 33 TO CARSON CITY/WASHOE CO. BOUNDARY UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 4800 FT 4900 FT U S 3 95 , W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING MILE 1 S

50, LV Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment SR MILE See SectionB2 INTERCHANGE (SOUTH) US 395/CARSONCITYFREEWAY 2 B3 28, Regionally Adapted SR Focal 20 MILE 3 7, and CAPITAL CROSSROADSLANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT-CARSONCITYFREEWAY SR MILE 4

431 (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) US 50(EAST)/CARSONCITY preliminary corridor plan MILE FREEWAY INTERCHANGE 5 Regionally Adapted URBAN BACKGROUND Native Revegetation Accentuated CAPITAL CROSSROADS –LONGITUDINAL SECTION Standard MILE 6

MILE 7 MILE 8 US 395/CARSONCITYFREEWAY GATEWAY TOCARSONCITY MILE See SectionB2 9 INTERCHANGE (NORTH) Regionally Adapted CARSON CITY FREEWAY Focal MILE 10 MILE 11 Interchange (North) US 395/CarsonCityFreeway Gateway toCarsonCity Interchange US 50(East)/CarsonCityFreeway Interchange (South) US 395/CarsonCityFreeway Urban Background CONSULTANT TEAM 3. Rail- V&T the from elements historical Incorporate 2. CreateastatelycivicgatewayintotheCapitalCity. 1. Establish a civic presence to provide entry into the His- 1. Emphasizeuniquelandformsandgeologicfeatures. 2. EstablishtheentryintostateCapital. 1. Create pedestrian linkages to ensure the community is 4. 3. 2. de- as landforms and geology surrounding Emphasize 1. Include accesstotrailheads. road. toric Downtown/CapitolMallarea. not separatedbytheFreeway. Incorporate rockoutcroppingswhereappropriate. ally recedeintothecontextuallandscape. visu- and coordinate to facilities highway Paint/stain sign elements. CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP ELEMENTS SECTION 2.25 B3 ELEMENTS Community Interface - Dayton 1. Provide gateway connection to Old Downtown. CAPITAL CROSSROADS LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT - US 50 (EAST) 2. Establish community gateways that are integrated into highway facilities and include historic features. 3. Minimize access through Moundhouse area. Provide revegetated median. COMMUNITY TRANSITION 4. Coordinate new development to maintain revegetated buffer along highway. MANAGED LANDSCAPE COMMUNITY COMMUNITY MANAGED LANDSCAPE 5. Address floodplain issues during highway design. COMMUNITY TRANSITION CHARACTER INTERFACE TRANSITION CHARACTER Gateway Viewpoint and Point of In- Enhanced Native Native Revegetation Native Revegetation terest to Carson City (V&T Railroad Accentuated Standard Standard Bridge) Enhanced Native Enhanced Native 1. Create gateway announcing the entry into Carson City and the State Capital. Locate at the visual entry into Regionally Adapted Accentuated Accentuated the valley. 2. Integrate built elements into the hillside. Accentuated DAYTON 5500 FT • Connection to US 50 / SR 431 Intersection and Old Downtown Gateway to Virginia City • Gateways to 1. Establish entry into Virginia City. 5000 FT community Lyon County

2. Provide thoughtful interpretation of Comstock Lode Carson City and V&T Railroad. 4500 FT Managed Landscape Character 1. Revegetate disturbed areas. US 50 (EAST)/ US 395 US 50/SR 341 INTERSECTION 2. Utilize scattered rock mulch for dust control. 4000 FT INTERSECTION AND GATEWAY TO VIRGINIA CITY Regional Ornamental Enhanced Native GATEWAY VIEWPOINT AND Landmark POINT OF INTEREST TO CARSON Accentuated See Section B2 CITY (V&T RAILROAD BRIDGE) Regionally Adapted Accentuated

US 50 (EAST) / CARSON CITY FREEWAY INTERCHANGE Regionally Adapted B4 Accentuated See Section B2

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 12 14 16 2 4 6 8 10 (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES B4 Sand County Studios CAPITAL CROSSROADS – LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.26 JW Zunino & Associates US 50: CARSON CITY TO SIX MILE CANYON ROAD UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SCALE: 1inchequals4miles 0 TRAILS U 8. Geometrics, alignment,andlandrelationship 7. Landform orcontourgradingenhancement 6. 5. Note:Includesmaintenancepracticesformilled Highway maintenancepractices 4. Information anddirectionalsignage 3. Bridge andstructureaesthetic 2. Sound protectionoracousticwall 1. OPPORTUNITIES ROADWAY PRACTICESANDSTRUCTURE Highway scenicimprovement 2. Highway scenicdesignation 1. VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES enhancement Rare, unique,orspecialnaturalresource 4. Water resourcesenhancement 3. Wildlife movementenhancement 2. Environmental resourcespreservation 1. OPPORTUNITIES NATURAL RESOURCEANDWILDLIFE Great Basinornamentalplanting 5. Great Basinregionallyadaptedplanting 4. Enhanced nativeplanting 3. herbaceous plants Revegetation withnativegrasses,forbsand 2. Ground treatment 1. PLANTING OPPORTUNITIES 5. Communityrestarea Highway art 4. Travel informationprogram 3. 2. Roadside services 1. TRAVEL ANDTOURISMOPPORTUNITIES Partnerships andresourceleveraging 7. improvement 6. Highway archaeology,cultural,orhistoric 5. Bike andmulti-usetraillinkage 4. Pedestrian linkageandcirculation 3. Community gateway 2. Statewide gateway 1. COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES LEGEND S Sustainable corridorpracticeopportunity enhancement Highway facilityenhancement asphalt bi-productsforentirecorridor Viewpoints andpointsofinterest Highway andcommunitycompatibility awareness 2 3 95,

Existing Regional Trail W 4 est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S 50, 8 LV NORTH SR 28, ENTIRE CORRIDOR SR 4 1 3 2 1 2 MULTI-USE TRAILCONNECTIONS CARSON CITYCOMMUNITY STREETSCAPE ANDPLANTINGS REMOVE STOCKPILEDMILLINGS ADDRESS MILLINGSPRACTICESAND ABATEMENT, WHEREPOSSIBLE USE EARTHFORMSFORSOUND EROSION CONTROL REVEGETATE ROADCUTSFOR OR UNDERPASSES AND CREATEWILDLIFEOVERPASSES REPAIR ANDMAINTAINFENCING PRESERVE HIGHQUALITYVIEWS BILLBOARD MITIGATION COMMUNITY GATEWAYS(3) MINDEN/GARDNERVILLE 207and COORDINATE STREETSCAPE (PER COMMUNITYPLANS) STATE CAPITALCOMPLEX COMMUNITY GATEWAYS PLANTINGS WITHURBAN PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PEDESTRIAN CROSSING DEDICATED BIKELANE DEDICATED BIKELANE FORESTRY PROGRAM INVERTED SIPHON PLACE NAMESIGN INTERPRETATION ENHANCEMENTS ENHANCEMENTS COMMUNITY SR 431 preliminary corridor plan 3 3 4 3 4 2 4 4 4 3 2

Lake Tahoe 10 California

Washoe County

Carson City

Cove Zephyr Crystal Bay

Village Incline Glenbrook Nevada 5

0 10 28 SR CAPITAL CROSSROADS –SPECIFIC FEATURES Round Hill Stateline

T 5 r 5

SR 207 a

u i l

l l i SR 431

a h o T m

R Ca rson Ra

CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT 0

Franktown nge HIST Mount Rose 10 5 ORIC TRAIL 10

US 50 carson city

PONY EXPRESS Lakeview

HISTORIC TRAIL 15 Genoa

Franktown Loop Franktown

CARSON VALLEY, CARSONCITY, ANDDAYTON a

on R on 5

5 395 US 20

ive 0 Washoe r Washoe City Lake 10 SR 88 US 395 35 40 25 30

New WashoeCity Snyder Ave Snyder Koontz Ln Arrowhead Dr Minden Pleasant Valley Fairview Dr Johnson Ln Stewart

Douglas County

Carson City 5th St. 15 Gardnerville 20

15 ar Deer Run Rd Run Deer son R Silver City

0 15 ive County Washoe

2 4 4 3 4 2 4 2 3

3 r County Storey NAME SIGN CROSSING PLACE RAILROAD V&T HISTORIC WITH INTERPRETIVEKIOSK GATEWAY TOWASHOETRIBE TO EXISTINGROUTES BIKE SYSTEMCONNECTIONS CROSSINGS ANDENHANCELANDSCAPING REDUCE PAVING,IMPROVEPEDESTRIAN US 395/SR88GATEWAYINTERSECTION. PARK PLACENAMESIGN GENOA ANDMORMONSTATIONSTATE CARSON CITYTOMINDEN CONNECT BIKETRAILSFROM TO CARSONVALLEY VISUAL GATEWAY INTERSECTION ENHANCEMENTS GATEWAY TOLAKETAHOE BIKE/PEDESTRIAN LINKAGES

Gold Hill SR 341 SR virginia city Sutro 5 4

3 Carson City Carson F Dayton CONNECTION FRANKTOWN BICYCLELOOP

lo PLACE NAMESIGN ROCK POINTMILL Lyon County Lyon w ery R 10

Storey County an Lyon County US 50 ge

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP Mountains e Nut DAYTON COMMUNITY 3 Pin 2 2 2 4 4 3 5 3 2 TRAILS PONY EXPRESSHISTORIC CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDTAND PLACE NAMESIGNSFOR AND THECOMSTOCK GATEWAY TOVIRGINIACITY REPLACE GLAREDEFLECTORS WILD HORSECROSSING INCORPORATE BIKELANES STREETSCAPE ANDPLANTINGS CITY PLACENAMESIGNS PONY EXPRESSANDVIRGINIA OLD DOWNTOWNSIGNAGE PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS GATEWAYS (2) DAYTON COMMUNITY 20 2.27 MAP B2 25 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads

Aerial Landscape and Aesthetic Treatment Simulations The following aerial images are meant to illustrate landscape and aesthetic treatments at key points along the Capital Crossroads Landscape Design Segment.

Carson Range Carson Range Duck Hill Duck Hill Community Transition CARSON CITY Community Interface Community Transition Community Transition

US 50/US 395 Intersection US 50 (West) Regional Ornamental US 50 (East) US 395 Landmark Ste

US 395 US 395/Carson City Freeway wart Interchange (South) CARSON CITY Jacks Valley Road Regionally Adapted Street Focal Community Transition 5th Street

Community Interface

Carson Valley Visual LEGEND LEGEND Gateway Community Transition Community Transition Native Revegetation

Accentuated Community Interface Community Interface

Landscape and Aesthetics Element Landscape and Aesthetics Element CAPITAL CROSSROADS B CAPITAL CROSSROADS B LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

(1) This aerial view looks north towards Carson City along US 395 from Carson Valley. The US 50/ US 395 intersection creates (2) This aerial view looks north through Carson City along US 395. The Historic Downtown/Capitol Mall distinguishes itself a gateway to Lake Tahoe. Along Us 395, Community Background stretches toward the Historic Downtown/Capitol Mall in the from the surrounding community background with heightened landscape types and treatments. The Us 50/US 395 intersection center of Carson City. enhances the entry into historic downtown Carson City. *Note: The Carson City Freeway is not shown on these aerials due to the date of aerial information, but they are illustrated on the maps and sections.

2.28 SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Design Interpretation Summary – Capital Crossroads Interpretation of the segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The corridor plan establishes the direction for project level design. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accomplish the stated design objectives.

(1), (2), (3) Civic buildings and historic structures reinforce community character. Architectural styles and (4) The legacy of ranching and mining sets the tone of community elements express dignity and have a timeless quality. the Capital Crossroads segment.

(5) Gateway elements denote community boundaries and (6) Tree-lined boulevards define space and mark the establish the character of a place. transition to downtown areas.

(7) City centers include spacious pedestrian walkways and site amenities that (8) Historic districts comprise an important (9) Safe pedestrian crossings include a change in paving (10) Regional materials reflect elements of ranching strengthen the local economic development. component of the segment. Signage materials, flashing signage, and safe zones at medians. and the historic importance of railroads within the and interpretation elevate the traveler’s area. awareness of the resources.

2.29 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads

(1) The existing community entry into Minden lacks visual interest and is dominated by asphalt paving.

(2) A new community entry establishes a sense of arrival. Materials reinforce the overall community character set throughout the downtown area.

2.30 SECTION THREE: Capital Crossroads Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

(2) The wide appearance of the existing roadway encourages faster travel speeds and discourages pedestrian movement.

(1) Traffic-calming features such as a planted median aesthetically define the roadway and create a more inviting pedestrian environment.

(4) The existing trail in east Carson City can be connected to other regional trails. (3) Continuation of the shared-use trail to regional trail connections creates a connected system for alternative transportation. Separating the trail from the highway and providing enhanced native plantings promotes use.

2.31 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FOUR: Lake of the Sky SECTION FOUR: the existing landscape character. Grading that DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES mimics the natural landform, and repair, resto- Lake of the Sky ration, and re-coloration of disturbed slopes are The Lake of the Sky design segment includes roadway design improvements that enhance the those roadways located within and providing ac- scenic quality and views from the lake. Concrete THEME cess to the Lake Tahoe Basin. The spectacular nat- barriers and other structures are simple in form ural setting drives the design objectives, which and materials, and are consistently used to create are focused on visually integrating the roadway The Lake Tahoe area, known for its scenic and rec- a visually cohesive system. into the environment and improving facilities to reational opportunities, attracts both national enhance the traveler’s recreational experience. In and international visitors. The roadways included Enhancing circulation, traveler amenities, and addition to general goals associated with scenic in the Lake of the Sky design segment include US connections to activity access points will improve designation, community interface, and communi- 50 from the US 395 intersection, SR 28, SR 207, recreational opportunities. A system of informa- ty transition, the following objectives have been and SR 431. US 50, SR 28, and SR 431 are scenic tional and directional signage points travelers to established specifically for this segment. byways, and SR 207 should receive a scenic byway recreational opportunities and highlights the ar- designation. Within the Tahoe Basin, all roadways ea’s natural history. Aesthetically improved view- Scenic Designation fall under the purview of standards set by TRPA. (1) Lake of the Sky (Segment C) key map. points include travel information, and facilitate a The guidelines set by TRPA will be considered for safe exit off the roadway for photo opportunities. • Apply for scenic byway designation for SR design elements of this segment. 207. Promote and provide signage for the ex- Recreation is incorporated into the roadway sys- isting scenic byway designations of US 50, SR tem with shared-use trails and bike lanes in the 28, and SR 431. The Tahoe Basin presents a range of constraints right-of-way. In addition, parking areas for recre- • Support the removal of outdoor advertis- that must be considered and addressed during the ational activities are provided. Partnerships are ing along scenic byways. Coordinate with design and implementation of vision for this seg- local jurisdictions to prevent billboards developed to provide transit systems and park- ment. Constraints such as steep terrain, narrow from blocking scenic views. and-rides to relieve roadways of heavy traffic and rights-of-way, funding, erosion control, and envi- • Coordinate signage elements with appro- provide travelers with alternative means to reach priate architectural styles. Ensure that siz- ronmental regulations present significant chal- their destination. es and heights do not detract from scenic lenges. However, the segment currently is used views. Select colors to reduce visual dis- by a large number of recreators, a trend that is ex- tractions. Improvements in the relationship between the pected to increase. The proposed improvements of • Repair and restore rock cuts. Stain, highway and adjacent communities must be fac- rest areas and trail linkages serve to address the revegetate, and/or re-contour disturbed tored into this design theme. Community areas areas to improve their visual quality. Uti- safety and conflicts among existing users. (2) Promotion of multi-modal transportation within such as Stateline, Incline Village, and Crystal Bay lize a combination of rock armoring and re- the corridor improves traffic circulation and visitor vegetation to secure slopes. Remove rock satisfaction. Access to destinations can be provided provide pedestrians and bicycles with ample room gabions and repair rock cuts through a through shared-use trails and shuttle systems. The design theme integrates the roadway as an for movement. Streetscape enhancements utilize combination of retaining walls with simple aesthetic component of the landscape. Roadway local materials. As SR 431 approaches Reno, the finish, rock armoring, re-grading, and re- features complement, rather than detract from, vegetation. The design of rock cuts should roadway environment is managed by scenic pres- the visual setting. Materials, textures, and colors consider erosion control, just as erosion ervation efforts and buffers for new development. reflect the natural setting. Appropriate material control projects should consider aesthetics as part of design. choices include rough-hewn wood, stone, and • Maintain spectacular lake views. weathered steel. A color palette of flat earthen tones – tans, browns, and grays – complements 2.32 SECTION FOUR: Lake of the Sky Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

• Improve the view of highways as seen from utility upgrades and environmental im- • Incorporate a bike lane through downtown the lake. Minimize cut and fill. Sensitively provement projects. areas. blend roadway facilities in the landscape. • Utilize materials that respond to and blend • Provide accentuated transit stops that pro- • Coordinate road services with recreation with the natural surroundings. Examples in- vide winter shelter. opportunities around the lake and on SR clude muted, dark tones; granite stone; na- • Utilize materials that respond to the con- 431. Create a recreation system that pro- tive plant material; and rough-hewn timbers. text and setting. A wider range of materials motes alternative transportation. Develop • Utilize a consistent type of hardscape treat- are acceptable outside of areas designated a series of rest areas connected by a sepa- ment for structures such as concrete barri- as scenic. rated, shared-use path. Allow for lake and ers and walls. Treatments may slightly vary recreational access from facilities. between the highways, but should be coor- • Partner with agencies such as the USFS, dinated with an overall appearance. Community Transition NDSP, TRPA, and Regional Transportation Commission (RTC) to create a transit sys- • Re-contour and revegetate roadside berms tem to recreation destinations, includ- Community Interface to blend smoothly into landscape. (1) Constraints such as steep terrain, narrow rights- ing beaches along SR 28, Mount Rose, and • Maintain shared-use trails and connect to of-way, funding, erosion control, and environmental Tahoe Meadows. Create park-and-ride facil- • Partner with Caltrans to promote trail systems within Lake Tahoe. regulations present significant challenges. ities to promote transit use. Provide tour- streetscape improvements along US 50 • Incorporate pedestrian amenities and ap- ism information notifying motorists where through Stateline. Improve pedestrian propriate lighting. appropriate parking facilities are located to amenities and create safe crossings. • Maintain appropriate right-of-way width reduce parking in undesignated areas. • Enhance the aesthetic quality of the street to provide vegetative buffer for new devel- Partner with USFS and NDSP to utilize ex- environment, especially for pedestrians. • opment. isting pull-off facilities as rest areas. • Enhance the statewide gateways. Provide • Enhance existing viewpoints. Provide ap- gateway signage welcoming and thanking propriate signage before viewpoints to motorists as they enter and exit the state. safely direct travelers off the road. Enhance • Create or enhance gateways to mark the viewpoints through structured interpretive community entry/exit. Coordinate the lo- facilities, improved viewing opportunities, cation of gateways with community goals and appropriate softscape treatments. and future growth plans. • Significantly improve wildlife crossings. Re- • Incorporate pedestrian amenities and ap- move existing fill and create bridge struc- propriate lighting. tures at appropriate canyon crossings to • Support street tree programs within the allow for enhanced wildlife movement. communities. • Incorporate a separated, shared-use path • Provide safe pedestrian crossings through within the corridor. Utilize opportunities a variety of methods – enhanced signage, to coordinate with other projects such as flashers, signals, and bridges or underpasses.

2.33 CONTINUE ON MAP D1 Shuttle Park-and-Ride Community Transition 15 25 20 C4 Scenic Designation Stagecoach ge SR 341 an 20 Pleasant Valley ery R Washoe Valley Viewpoint w o 15 10 Fl

Washoe County Existing Mount Rose Rest Area 10 County Storey Washoe City 15 Existing Activity Pull-Off SR 431 virginia city Storey County MOUNT Lyon County ROSE New Washoe City US 395 PONY EXPRESS Lake Tahoe Viewpoint (southbound) HISTORIC TRAIL 5 Gold Hill 10 US 50 5 Franktown Sutro C Existing Lake Tahoe Viewpoint (northbound) arson River Scenic Designation Incline Washoe Silver City nge SR 28 Village Community Interface 10 Lake CALIFORNIAORIC TRAIL HUMBOLDT

n Ra HIST 5 o Crystal Bay s 5 Dayton r Existing Statewide Gateway Location a

F C

l Lakeview u 0

Community Interface m 0

T Shuttle/Park-and-Ride r 15

a 40

i l Empire untains Existing Memorial Point Welcome Center Washoe County 0 New Empire Existing Sand Harbor State Park Carson City carson city Mo

Nut

Rest Area C3 e

n Carson Viewpoint i

Lyon County P Rest Area 35 Carson City 5 Existing Park-and-Ride 0 0 Existing Spooner Lake State Park US 50 C2 Carson City Carson City LEGEND Glenbrook 10

Douglas County T LAKE OF THE SKY

a Existing Tahoe Rim Trailhead LAKE OF THE SKY h 30 o LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT e r

R ive First View of Lake Tahoe

LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT i

on R

Lake Tahoe T s r r Community Interface

a a Existing Logan Shoals Viewpoint i

Scenic Designation l C 5 Zephyr US 395 Existing Cave Rock Lake Access Genoa Community Transition Cove Round Hill Scenic Designation Community Interface 5 25

SR 207 Existing Statewide Gateway Location 0 Landscape and Aesthetics Element Stateline Minden 10 Carson Valley Viewpoint Gardnerville Key Highway Intersection Scenic Designation C1 20 Nevada Existing Regional Trail Existing Park-and-Ride California

US 395 0 2 4 8 NORTH US 88 SCALE: 1 inch equals 4 miles 15 CONTINUE ON MAP A1 MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES C1 Sand County Studios LAKE OF THE SKY – DESIGN OBJECTIVES 2.34 JW Zunino & Associates LAKE TAHOE BASIN UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM DESIGN OBJECTIVES Wildlife Crossings LAKE OF THE SKY LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT - SR 207 1. Reconnect habitat areas segmented by SR 207. Provide large underpasses at canyon locations. 2. Coordinate efforts with USFS and Nevada Division of ange Wildlife to provide appropriate structures. ery R w o Fl COMMUNITY Park-and-Ride Pull-offs INTERFACE SCENIC DESIGNATION 1. Provide pull-off for transit pick-up / drop-off. Coordi- nate park-and-ride locations with transit opportunities Native Revegetation to provide access to recreation destinations. 9000 FT Accentuated Viewpoints 1. Relocate existing historical marker to a pull-off at the Carson Regionally Adapted Carson Valley viewpoint. River 8500 FT 2. Provide appropriate signage notifying motorists of up- Accentuated coming pull-off. nge 3. Incorporate low wall at edge of pull-off to improve 8000 FT safety. Coordinate materials with viewpoint marker. n Ra o s r STATELINE a Rock Cuts and Slope Treatments C 7500 FT IMPROVED WILDLIFE CROSSINGS 1. Repair and revegetate rock cuts. 2. Consider using a simple retaining wall treatment for select cuts in order to stabilize slopes. 3. Replace gabion wall structures. Utilize simple wall fea-

7000 FT Tahoe Basin untains ture consistent with others within the segment. Other options include laying back slope to revegetate or pro- Mo 6500 FT viding plantings to screen gabion structures.

Nut

e Stateline Area n 6000 FT i 1. Within developed areas, provide sidewalk areas for pe-

P CARSON VALLEY VIEWPOINT US 50/SR 207 destrian movement. INTERSECTION Native Revegetation 2. Incorporate pedestrian refuge islands to designate the 5500 FT transition into urban areas and provide pedestrian vis- Enhanced Native Accentuated ibility. 3. Powder-coat light fixtures within the Stateline area. 5000 FT Accentuated US 207/SR 206 4500 FT INTERSECTION/ r EXISTING PARK-AND-RIDE ive Enhanced Native on R rs a Accentuated C C1

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 preliminary corridor plan DESIGN WORKSHOP SECTION PLACES LAKE OF THE SKY – LONGITUDINAL SECTION Sand County Studios C1 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH SR 207 JW Zunino & Associates 2.35

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill DESIGN OBJECTIVES Wildlife Crossings 1. Reconnect habitat areas segmented by US 50. Provide LAKE OF THE SKY LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT - US 50 large underpasses at canyon locations. 2. Coordinate efforts with USFS and Nevada Division of Wildlife to provide appropriate structures.

Viewpoints COMMUNITY 1. Improve signage notifying motorists of upcoming pull- INTERFACE SCENIC DESIGNATION off areas. 2. Separate parking from travel lanes where possible. 3. Provide interpretive information and information re- Native Revegetation garding proper access points and parking areas. Accentuated 4. Utilize granite, rough-hewn timbers, and muted colors as aesthetic treatments. Regionally Adapted IMPROVED WILDLIFE CROSSINGS Park-and-Ride Pull-offs Accentuated 1. Provide pull-off for transit pick-up / drop-off. Coordi- CAVE ROCK PULL-OFF nate park-and-ride locations with transit opportunities 7500 FT STATELINE- CARSON VIEWPOINT to provide access to recreation destinations. Native Revegetation ROUNDHILL Enhanced Native 7000 FT Accentuated Non-motorized Transportation Accentuated 1. Consider utilizing old Lincoln Highway as a shared-use Douglas County

trail connection from Glenbrook to Spooner Summit. Tahoe Basin 2. Incorporate a designated Class II bike lane. 6500 FT Carson City 3. Incorporate a shared-use trail from Stateline to Spoon- er Summit. 6000 FT 4. Provide connection for Tahoe Rim Trail across US 50. US 50/SR 207 Consider an overpass option that also serves as a gateway to the Tahoe Basin. INTERSECTION TAHOE RIM TRAIL 5500 FT See Section C1 TRAILHEAD Rock Cuts and Slope Treatments 1. Repair and revegetate rock cuts. 5000 FT NEVADA / CALIFORNIA Enhanced Native 2. Consider using a simple retaining wall treatment for STATEWIDE GATEWAY Accentuated select cuts in order to stabilize slopes. 3. Stain rock cuts to blend with surrounding landforms. 4500 FT Regionally Adapted 4. Utilize muted colors for retaining walls. Structure should visually recede and not be noticable from Lake Accentuated US 50/SR 28 Tahoe. LOGAN SHOALS VIEWPOINT INTERSECTION See Section C3 US 395/CARSON CITY FREE- Native Revegetation WAY INTERCHANGE (SOUTH)/ Accentuated FIRST VIEW OF LAKE TAHOE EXISTING PARK-AND-RIDE Native Revegetation Regionally Adapted C2 Accentuated Focal

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 7.6

(HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES C2 Sand County Studios LAKE OF THE SKY – LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.36 JW Zunino & Associates US 50: STATELINE TO US 50/US 395 INTERSECTION UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM DESIGN OBJECTIVES Rest Area / Transit System LAKE OF THE SKY LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT - SR 28 1. Provide a series of rest areas and trailheads. Coordinate with USFS. 2. Link rest areas with a shared-use trail. 3. Incorporate a transit stop at rest areas to provide recreation access to the lake, mountain bike trails, and COMMUNITY SCENIC COMMUNITY other destinations. Shuttles should be equipped to carry recreation accessories. SCENIC DESIGNATION INTERFACE DESIGNATION INTERFACE 4. Provide central park-and-ride areas at Spooner Summit and Incline Village. 5. Incorporate signage and recreation information noti- Native Revegetation Regionally Native Regionally fying travelers of appropriate parking areas. Adapted Revegetation Adapted 6. Provide interpretive signage on environmental sensi- Accentuated tivity and the highway’s role in creating a sustainable Accentuated Accentuated Accentuated landscape. 7. Create partnerships with USFS, NDSP, and TRPA to create rest area system. 8. Link trails with waterborne transit where appropriate SPOONER VISITOR CENTER SR 28/SR 431 to provide a connected system. 9. Utilize pedestrian underpass where necessary to re- Douglas County Enhanced Native INTERSECTION duce the number of pedestrians crossing the highway.

Carson City SAND HARBOR STATE PARK Accentuated Enhanced Native Enhanced Native Accentuated 7500 FT Washoe County Accentuated Carson City INCLINE 7000 FT VILLAGE CRYSTAL BAY

6500 FT US 50 / SR 28 INTERSECTION REST AREA 6000 FT TRANSIT STOP/PARK-AND-RIDE Enhanced Native TRANSIT STOP/P ARK-AND-RIDE Enhanced Native Accentuated Enhanced Native Accentuated Accentuated

EXISTING MEMORIAL POINT NEVADA / CALIFORNIA PREY MEADOW REST AREA WELCOME CENTER STATEWIDE GATEWAY Enhanced Native Enhanced Native Regionally Adapted Accentuated Accentuated Accentuated C3

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 0 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

(HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 preliminary corridor plan DESIGN WORKSHOP SECTION PLACES LAKE OF THE SKY – LONGITUDINAL SECTION Sand County Studios C3 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH SR 28 JW Zunino & Associates 2.37

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill DESIGN OBJECTIVES Rest Areas and Pull-off Facilities 1. Provide designated pull-off and parking areas to pro- LAKE OF THE SKY LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT - SR 431 vide access to recreation opportunities. Coordinate with public agencies. 2. Utilize aesthetic treatments to highlight architectural features. Incorporate treatments consistent with USFS Built Environment Image Guide. SCENIC DESIGNATION COMMUNITY TRANSITION Community Transition - Reno 1. Incorporate pedestrian refuge island at major pedestrian crossings to highlight the transition into the urban Native Revegetation Regionally Adapted area. 2. Coordinate planning with Washoe County to maintain Accentuated Accentuated a planted setback area and minimize the need for noise walls. ACTIVITY PULL-OFF MOUNT ROSE REST AREA 3. Revegetate and recontour existing roadside berms, Native Revegetation Native Revegetation 4. Establish a community gateway to Reno from the Lake Tahoe area. Accentuated Accentuated 9000 FT Non-motorized Transportation RENO 1. Incorporate a designated Class II bike lane. 8500 FT Tahoe Basin 2. Provide signage for direction to trails and parks. WASHOE VALLEY VIEWPOINT Native Revegetation 8000 FT Accentuated PARK-AND-RIDE / TRANSIT STOP 7500 FT Enhanced Native Accentuated 7000 FT VIEWPOINTS Native Revegetation 6500 FT Accentuated SR 28/SR 431 6000 FT INTERSECTION See Section C3 5500 FT RENO GATEWAY Enhanced Native 5000 FT Focal

4500 FT US 395/SR 341 C4 INTERSECTION See Section B4

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES C4 Sand County Studios LAKE OF THE SKY – LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.38 JW Zunino & Associates SR 431 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM US 50,SR28,207,AND431 DESIGN SEGMENT LAKE OFTHESKYLANDSCAPE ENTIRE CORRIDOR 5 5 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 4 4 1 3 2 1 2 U REPAIR ROCKCUT REMOVE GABIONWALLSAND ENHANCEMENTS ROCK CUTSANDEROSION TENT TREATMENTTYPE RAILS ANDUSEONECONSIS- BARRIER RAILSANDGUARD REDUCE VISUALCONTRASTOF IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM ACCORDING TOTRPASCENIC VISUAL QUALITYIMPROVEMENTS LINES UNDERGROUND UTILITY REMOVE BILLBOARDSAND IMPROVE WILDLIFECROSSINGS MARKER PROGRAM COMPLETE THEWOODENMILE PULL-OFF LOCATIONSIDENTIFIED INFORMATION WITHPARKINGAND PROVIDE CONSOLIDATEDTRAVEL BIKE TRAILSANDRESTAREAS CREATE COORDINATEDSYSTEMOF REST AREAS AROUND THELAKEWITH SHARED-USE PATHSYSTEM REMOVE STOCKPILEDMILLINGS ADDRESS MILLINGSPRACTICESAND ABATEMENT, WHEREPOSSIBLE USE EARTHFORMSFORSOUND EROSION CONTROL REVEGETATE ROADCUTSFOR OR UNDERPASSES AND CREATEWILDLIFEOVERPASSES REPAIR ANDMAINTAINFENCING PRESERVE HIGHQUALITYVIEWS BILLBOARD MITIGATION S 3 95, W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S 50, LV SR COORDINATE IMPROVEMENTSWITH CALTRANS ANDTHEHWY 50 PLAN CANYONS ANDREDUCEFILLUNDERROADWAY SHUTTLE SYSTEMPARK-AND-RIDETOPROVIDE RECREATION POINTSONSR28.PARTNERSHIPS TO ASERIESOFPARKINGAREAS,RESTAREAS PEDESTRIAN CONNECTIONENHANCEMENTS SEPARATED SHARED-USEPATHCONNECTED 28, STREETSCAPE ANDPLANTINGS PEDESTRIAN AMENITIESAND ENHANCE SIGNAGEANDTRAFFICACCESS CREATE WILDLIFECROSSINGSATMAJOR DESIGNATED BIKELANESALONGUS50 COMMUNITY GATEWAYS ENHANCE CAVEROCKTUNNELENTRY SR AND COORDINATEDBEACHSIGNAGE SEPARATED SHARED-USEPATHAND WITH STATEPARKS,TRPAANDRTC VIEWPOINT OFLAKETAHOEAND TO LOGANSHOALSVIEWPOINT MT. ROSE(SOUTHBOUNDLANE) WASHOE VALLEYANDTRUCKEE PROVIDE TRAILHEAD/CENTRAL 207and PARKING AREAFORSHUTTLE COMMUNITY GATEWAYTO CONSIDER PULL-OFFFOR CROSSINGS MEADOWS VIEWPOINT STATEWIDE GATEWAY INCLINE LAKES SR CRYSTAL BAY 2 4 7 3 431 preliminary corridor plan HUMBOLDT-TOIYABE NATIONALFOREST 3 2 2 4 1 2 4 IMPROVED TAHOERIM 1 1 2 2 2 1 TRAIL CROSSINGAND AND GALENACREEKREGIONALPARK Tahoe Lake VISITOR CENTERPLACENAMESIGN PARTNERSHIP FOR PROVIDE SIGNAGE Crystal Bay COMMUNITY GATEWAYTORENO 1 10

Washoe County Cove Zephyr Glenbrook

Carson City Stateline 5

0 SR 28 SR 10 Hill Round 0 4 Village Incline 0

5 5

a T

l SR 431

m u F l

SR 207

RAIL California R IM T 0 AHOE LAKE OF THESKY–SPECIFIC FEATURES Franktown

5 PONY EXPRESS ROSE MOUNT Nevada US 50 C HISTORIC TRAIL ars 10 on Ra

nge 3 2 carson city Lakeview C 15

Genoa a rs on R

5 ive 395 US 5 20 0 Washoe

r Washoe City Lake 10 SR 88 US 395 40 35 25 30 New WashoeCity Minden Pleasant Valley

Carson City

Douglas County 2 3 CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT Gardnerville

HIST 15 20 HARVESTING. OF RAILROAD,FLUMES,ANDTIMBER CLUDE INTERPRETIVEINFORMATION SIGNAGE PRIORTOPULL-OFFANDIN- ENHANCE VIEWPOINT.PROVIDE OPTIONS) CROSSING (CONSIDEROVERPASS TAHOE RIMTRAILPEDESTRIAN ORIC TRAIL

New Empire US 395 US 15 Empire 2 1 3 3 2 2 6

Silver City

0 15 Washoe County Washoe

PRESERVE VISUALCHARACTER MOUNT ROSEANDTAHOEMEADOWS SHUTTLE SYSTEMPARK-AND-RIDEFOR

AND 10.5 WILDLIFE CROSSINGATMM7.8,9 AESTHETIC ENHANCEMENTS PARK-AND-RIDE TRAVEL INFORMATIONAT EARTH FORMS RECONTOUR ANDREVEGETATE

CARSON VALLEYVIEWPOINT Carson City Carson Storey County Storey LAKE TAHOE BASIN

Dayton Gold Hill 341 SR virginia city Sutro

5 Storey County

Lyon County

Carson City Carson Lyon County Lyon US 50 10

F lo w CONSULTANT TEAM ery R SCALE: 1inchequals4miles 0 TRAILS CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP ine Nut Mo P untains an 8. Geometrics, alignment,andlandrelationship 7. Landform orcontourgradingenhancement 6. 5. Note:Includesmaintenancepracticesformilled Highway maintenancepractices 4. Information anddirectionalsignage 3. Bridge andstructureaesthetic 2. Sound protectionoracousticwall 1. OPPORTUNITIES ROADWAY PRACTICESANDSTRUCTURE Highway scenicimprovement 2. Highway scenicdesignation 1. VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES enhancement Rare, unique,orspecialnaturalresource 4. Water resourcesenhancement 3. Wildlife movementenhancement 2. Environmental resourcespreservation 1. OPPORTUNITIES NATURAL RESOURCEANDWILDLIFE Great Basinornamentalplanting 5. Great Basinregionallyadaptedplanting 4. Enhanced nativeplanting 3. herbaceous plants Revegetation withnativegrasses,forbsand 2. Ground treatment 1. PLANTING OPPORTUNITIES 5. Communityrestarea Highway art 4. Travel informationprogram 3. 2. Roadside services 1. TRAVEL ANDTOURISMOPPORTUNITIES Partnerships andresourceleveraging 7. improvement 6. Highway archaeology,cultural,orhistoric 5. Bike andmulti-usetraillinkage 4. Pedestrian linkageandcirculation 3. Community gateway 2. Statewide gateway 1. COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES LEGEND

Sustainable corridorpracticeopportunity enhancement Highway facilityenhancement asphalt bi-productsforentirecorridor Viewpoints andpointsofinterest Highway andcommunitycompatibility awareness ge 2

C a Existing Regional Trail

4 rson

River 20 Stagecoach 8 2.39 MAP NORTH C2 25 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FOUR: Lake of the Sky

Aerial Landscape and Aesthetic Treatment Simulations The following aerial images are meant to illustrate landscape and aesthetic treatments at key points along the Lake of the Sky Landscape Design Segment.

Mount Rose Lake Tahoe Scenic Designation Community Interface

Shakespeare INCLINE Rock VILLAGE Lake Tahoe GLENBROOK Scenic Designation

Community Interface Scenic Designation

CRYSTAL BAY

Old Highway 50 SR 28 US 50

First View of Lake Tahoe Statewide Gateway Native Revegetation LEGEND Regionally Adapted LEGEND Accentuated Accentuated Scenic Designation Community Interface

Landscape and Aesthetics Element Scenic Designation C LAKE OF THE SKY C LAKE OF THE SKY Landscape and Aesthetics Element LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

(1) This aerial view looks west along US 50 towards Lake Tahoe. The first view of the lake is formalized with an accentuated (2) This aerial view looks east from the California state line at Crystal Bay towards Incline Village. The community background viewpoint. is enhanced through heightened landscape treatments. The statewide gateway welcomes travelers to Nevada.

2.40 SECTION FOUR: Lake of the Sky Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Design Interpretation Summary – Lake of the Sky Interpretation of the segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The corridor plan establishes the direction for project level design. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accomplish the stated design objectives.

(1) A separated shared-use trail connects a system of rest areas through highly used recreation areas. Increased alternative transportation access for recreation destinations relieves traffic congestion and increases the opportunities for restoration of way trails. Overlooks provide interpretive opportunities and resting points.

(2) Rest areas provide multiple opportunities for travelers. They serve many functions including, but not limited to, resting areas for travelers, viewpoints, trailheads, and staging area for recreationists.

(3) Slopes should be treated with materials that (4) Community centers include pedestrian amenities such match the context of surrounding landscape’s as seating, lighting, planting, transit stops, and spacious color and texture. walkways.

(5) Well-designed signage identifies local resources and reinforces the community’s character.

(6) Heavy stone foundations and exposed structural beams (7) Unique and scenic areas require that (8) Providing public transportation to recreational (9) Roadway design considers wildlife movement through drainages. create structures that blend with the impressive scale of the particular attention is given to the color and opportunities is critical to the economic and environmental Fill of canyons is minimized. surrounding landscape. design of roadway structures to preserve the quality of the area. visual quality of the place.

2.41 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FOUR: Lake of the Sky

(1) The state entry at Stateline is constrained by existing development and right-of-way conditions.

(2) Stateline has the opportunity to reinvent its character and provide a better connection to the redevelopment at Heavenly Village. Pedestrian connections may be improved as street systems are evaluated and alternative routes are improved through a partnership with Caltrans.

(3) Materials utilized for the road services program draw upon that segment’s architectural style. Within the Lake of the Sky facilities should use combinations of rustic elements and muted earth tones. 2.42 SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FIVE: DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES Community Transition

Edge of the Sierra Urbanization and community growth will have • Reinvent the roadway through Pleasant Valley. The construction of I-580 from the the most significant impact on aesthetics. US 395 Mount Rose intersection to Washoe City becomes an elevated highway within Reno, and THEME reduces the traffic demand through Pleas- therefore has a unique design objective – com- ant Valley and creates opportunities for the highway to respond to the surrounding munity background. Other design objectives con- The Edge of the Sierra is an area of transition be- communities. centrate on preserving views and managing the tween two major geographic areas of the state • Utilize traffic calming measures and pro- character of the roadway through the rural and – the Sierra Nevada Range and the Great Basin. vide street tree plantings to enhance the urban environment. In addition to applicable cor- community character through Pleasant The segment includes US 395 from the south end ridor-level objectives, design objectives have been Valley. of Washoe Valley northward through Reno to the • Incorporate a separated, shared-use trail established specifically for this segment. California state line. As US 395 stretches north within the right-of-way. Create connec- through Washoe Valley, the Carson Range rises to tions to the Franktown bike loop and other Scenic Designation regional trails in the Pleasant Valley/Washoe the west. Throughout the corridor, the mountains Valley area. provide an impressive backdrop that shapes the • Preserve scenic views of Washoe Valley, in- • Screen unattractive industrial develop- (1) Edge of the Sierra (Segment D) key map. region’s identity. cluding Slide Mountain and Washoe Lake. ments adjacent to the highway through • Apply for scenic byway designation through berming and vegetation. As the highway approaches Reno and Sparks from Washoe Valley. • Utilize simple structures and facilities that gracefully respond to the Truckee Mead- both the south and the north, the rural landscape • Improve riparian areas and river crossings with plantings and erosion control features ows environmental context. Use muted transitions to an urban environment. Major in- that mimic natural features and enhance colors present in the landscape. terchanges emphasize the corridor’s relationship riparian habitat. • Provide a statewide gateway monument at with the nearby mountains through designs that • Revegetate highway medians and allow the the California/Nevada border. Coordinate signage with the surrounding landforms reflect the coexistence of the natural environ- roadway to blend with the natural environment. and vegetation. Signage is secondary in ment and the urban character of the city. Other scale to interstate statewide gateways. • Encourage motorists to connect with the significant interchanges capture the character of surrounding environment by providing the place through transportation art that depicts place name signage and interpretative in- Urban Background cultural and historical motifs. Throughout the cor- formation. ridor a palette of Sierra and Great Basin materials • Utilize simple structures and hardscape el- • Establish a significant gateway at the I- ements that are visually unobtrusive. are combined to represent the corridor’s unique 580/SR 431 interchange. Create a portal • Improve litter collection along the corri- that communicates the entry into and exit (2) This segment is an area of transition between the geographic location. dor. from the following areas: Reno, Truckee landscapes of the Sierra Nevada and the Great Basin. • Restrict outdoor advertising. Meadows, and the Mount Rose/Lake Tahoe Within the Reno urban area, roadway elements are • Retrofit existing structures to visually area. Design should reflect the influence of environmental features such as the Carson softened with appropriate vegetation, textures, blend with the surrounding environment. Range and Truckee River as well as recre- barriers, railings, and lighting that are indicative ational features. of a city that cares about its image. Adjacent in- • Utilize a high standard for design appro- dustrial views are screened from the roadway. priate to Reno as an urban community and tourist destination. Key interchanges serve as portals to both the city and recreational opportunities. Therefore, significant aes- 2.43 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra

thetic improvements and heightened attention to detail improve the city’s image. Key interchanges are grouped according to their level of importance. The heirar- chy ranges from level one to level four as shown on page 2.47. • Announce the entry into Reno and connections to the Lake Tahoe area at major interchanges. Hierarchy of interchange importance reflects the facility’s role as a portal for visitors and residents. • Minimize the height of sound walls to maintain views such as the Carson Range, Mount Rose, Rattlesnake Mountain, and Peavine Mountain. • Partner with local communities to enhance the bicycle and trail network. Provide bike lane and trail connections as part of interchange design. • Consider alternatives to high mast lighting (1) Environmental management and scenic that are in scale with the roadway environ- preservation are heightened along zones of scenic ment. Tall, shiny standards distract from designation. the overall roadway aesthetic and do not relate to the density of adjacent development. • Establish a direct connection from the corridor to Reno’s downtown. • Utilize a combined palette of Sierra Nevada and Great Basin plant materials to reflect the synthesis of the two plant communities. • Upgrade older facilities and structures to new standards and to the segment’s designated landscape treatment levels as US 395 is widened through Reno. • Reinforce the visual gateway to and from Reno at the Dandini interchange. Create a gateway that announces Reno and recognizes the University of Nevada and Desert Research Institute.

(2) Design elements reflect its importance as an urban community and tourist destination.

2.44 SCALE: 1inchequals4miles 0 U S 2 3 Existing RegionalTrail Key HighwayIntersection Landscape andAestheticsElement ScenicDesignation CommunityTransition DESIGN SEGMENT ROADS LANDSCAPE EDGE OFTHESIERRACROSS- LEGEND 95, Managed LandscapeCharacter Urban Background W 4 est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S 50, 8 LV NORTH SR 28, Statewide GatewayLocation SR Managed LandscapeCharacter EDGE OFTHESIERRA LANDSCAPE DESIGN Reno VisualGateway 207and Community Transition Community Transition Scenic Designation Urban Background SEGMENT SR 431 Lake Tahoe preliminary corridor plan

10 Village Incline California Crystal Bay

Copperfield Verdi Nevada White 40 Border Town Lake Petersen Mountain Peavine Mountain

5 5 SR 28 SR

Raleigh Heights EDGE OF THESIERRA –DESIGNOBJECTIVES

l m i i

a e r

o Franktown h a T

US 395 US CR 293 10 35 Stead I-80 Lakeview 15 reno McCarran Blvd 5 US 395 SR 431 20 30 D4 Golden Valley

Washoe

Panther Virginia Street Virginia

Washoe City I-580 Lake 10 25 New WashoeCity D1 20 Hungry Valley Pleasant Valley 15 sparks Mountain Rattlesnake D3 Steamboat SR 445 15 RENO METROPOLITAN AREA D2 Gold Hill Silver City 0 Spanish Springs

Mustang

Planning Boundary Planning Truckee Meadows Regional Regional Meadows Truckee SR 341 SR

CONTINUE ONMAP B1 Washoe County

virginia city Storey County Lockwood Sutro 5 Dayton Patrick 10 P V a i h Ra r g

inia US 50 I-80 Truckee River h Range

Range CONSULTANT TEAM 15

CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP

u n

Storey County i o

n pacific r Stagecoach Lyon County

20 ailroad Fernley Township Limits Township Fernley WADSWORTH

Silver Springs Township Limits Springs Silver 2.45 MAP Fernley D1 25 ELEMENTS Scenic Designation 1. Apply for scenic byway designation through Washoe EDGE OF THE SIERRA LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Valley. 2. Re-paint Bellevue bridge to blend into scenic vista. 3. Improve signage to State Park, interpretive trails around Washoe Lake, and historic wetlands. 4. Consider place name signs for ruins, wildlife viewing, birds/perches, geothermal energy, mining, original V&T alignment, and Jumbo Grade historic railways. SCENIC DESIGNATION COMMUNITY TRANSITION

Community Transition Native Revegetation Enhanced Native 1. Reinvent highway as a result of I-580 construction. Consider reducing the number of lanes. Standard Accentuated 2. Incorporate traffic calming features. Provide planted median. 3. Incorporate shared-use path into right-of-way. Provide Washoe County

room for equestrian movement. Provide east/west bi- Carson City cycle and equestrian crossings below and above grade where appropriate. 4. Enhance local commercial districts. 5. Protect Jeffrey Pines and endangered Buckwheat at WASHOE PLEASANT Steamboat. WASHOE VALLEY STEAMBOAT VALLEY 6. Connect Franktown, Pleasant Valley, and Davis Creek CITY VALLEY with trail system. Preserve Franktown bike loop. 7. Interpret historical features and provide recreation access at Old Washoe City. 8. Preserve existing cottonwoods. 5500 FT 9. Retrofit existing structures with new color palette. 5000 FT

4500 FT

4000 FT US 395/I-580 US 395/SR 431/ SR 341 INTERSECTION INTERSECTION Enhanced Native See Section 4B Accentuated

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

(HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES D1 Sand County Studios EDGE OF THE SIERRA –LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.46 JW Zunino & Associates US 395: CARSON CITY/WASHOE COUNTY LINE TO WASHOE COUNTY MM15 UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 4500 FT 5000 FT 4000 FT 5500 FT U S 3 95 , W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S

50, LV MILE INTERSECTION US 395/SR431/SR341 16 Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment Regionally Adapted SR Accentuated MANAGED LANDSCAPECHARACTER D2 28, US 395/SOUTHVIRGINIASTREET Native Revegetation SR Regionally Adapted MILE Standard 18 20 Focal 7, and SR MILE 20 EDGE OFTHESIERRALANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT

431 (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) PLUMB LANEINTERCHANGE preliminary corridor plan MILL STREETINTERCHANGE Regional Ornamental Regional Ornamental MILE Landmark INTERCHANGE ATNEIL SOUTH VIRGINIA/MEADOWOOD Landmark 22 Regionally Adapted EDGE OF THESIERRA –LONGITUDINAL SECTION Focal US 395:WASHOE COUNTYMM15 TOWASHOE COUNTY MM30 MILE 24 URBAN BACKGROUND Enhanced Native Accentuated MILE Regionally Adapted GATEWAY ATDANDINI 26 Accentuated MILE 28 I-80 INTERCHANGE N. MCCARRANINTERCHANGE Refer toI-80CorridorPlan Regional Ornamental Enhanced Native Landmark Landmark Focal MILE 30 Interchange HierarchyofImportance CreatethevisualgatewayintoReno • CONSULTANT TEAM Bowers MansionInterchange(I-580/US395) Bellevue Interchange East LakeInterchange Level Four Bordertown Interchange Cold SpringsInterchange Red RockInterchange Lemmon Interchange Panther Interchange Golden ValleyInterchange Glendale Interchange South MeadowsParkwayInterchange Arrowcreek/Damonte RanchInterchange Level Three Establish • Parr/Dandini Interchange Stead Interchange North McCarranInterchange Oddie Interchange Moana Interchange Neil/Meadowood Interchange South VirginiaStreetInterchange Level Two Mount RoseHighwayInterchange(SR431andI-580) EstablishthegatewayintodowntownReno • Mill Street EstablishthegatewayintoRenofromairport • Plumb LaneInterchange I-80/US 395Interchange Level One paint/stain a include improvements interchange Basic (Notallinterchangesmaybelocatedonthesection) Institute retrofit andincorporationoftransportationart. CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP the gateway to UNR and the Desert Research ELEMENTS SECTION 2.47 D2 ELEMENTS Community Transition 1. Provide signage into Hungry Valley. Provide informa- EDGE OF THE SIERRA LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT tion regarding appropriate areas for OHV/ATV use and legal trailheads. 2. Coordinate with Washoe County for planned growth. Maintain adequate setback to provide native revegetation along roadside to buffer road from new development. 3. Utilize scenic views and vistas of White Lake for design COMMUNITY TRANSITION influence. 4. Retrofit existing structures with new color palette. Native Revegetation Nevada / California Statewide Gateway Accentuated 1. Subtle entry signage. 2. Incorporate into existing topography so that it aesthetically fits into the landscape.

5500 FT

5000 FT

NEVADA / CALIFORNIA 4500 FT STATEWIDE GATEWAY Native Revegetation Accentuated

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 30 32 34 36 38 40 42

(HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY) Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES D3 Sand County Studios EDGE OF THE SIERRA –LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.48 JW Zunino & Associates US 395: WASHOE COUNTY MM30 TO NEVADA/CALIFORNIA STATE LINE UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 5000 FT 5500 FT 4500 FT U S 3 95 , W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING MILE S 0

50, LV Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment (I-580/US 395INTERCHANGE) BOWER’S MANSION SR Native Revegetation Standard D4 28, SR MILE 2 20 EDGE OFTHESIERRALANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT-I-580FreewayExtension 7, and SR MILE GALENA BRIDGE 4

Native Revegetation 431 (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) Accentuated MANAGED LANDSCAPECHARACTER preliminary corridor plan Native Revegetation Standard MILE 6 EDGE OF THESIERRA –LONGITUDINAL SECTION MILE 8 I-580/SR 431INTERCHANGE Regionally Adapted MILE Accentuated 10 MILE 12 I-580 Managed LandscapeCharacter CONSULTANT TEAM Utilizecontourgradingtosoftenareasofcutandfill. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. and cuts highway new of impacts aesthetic Address 1. Stain structurestoblendwithterrain. fea- geologic tures asdesignfeatures. and outcroppings rock natural Utilize structures tomaintainmigrationcorridors. bridge Utilize movement. wildlife for Provide color. soil natural match to needed if riprap and cuts Stain fills fromtheexistingUS395corridor. CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP ELEMENTS SECTION 2.49 D4 OVERALL ROAD TREATMENT ENTIRE CORRIDOR AESTHETICALLY RETROFIT BRIDGES, 2 2 BILLBOARD MITIGATION STRUCTURES AND SOUNDWALLS Valley

Petersen Mountain

r COLOR MATCH MAINTENANCE 1 PRESERVE HIGH QUALITY VIEWS g 4 PAINTING Border Town n

STATEWIDE GATEWAY 1 u

Bordertown White H REDUCE HIGH MAST LIGHTING TO REPAIR AND MAINTAIN FENCING Stead 5 2 LEGEND Lake Spanish IMPROVE VISUAL QUALITY AND CREATE WILDLIFE OVERPASSES PRESERVE VIEWS OF WHITE LAKE 2 40 Springs White Lake OR UNDERPASSES

COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES California 1. Statewide gateway REVEGETATE ROAD CUTS FOR Copperfield US 395 3 2. Community gateway Nevada Red Rock STEAD AIR FORCE BASE Stead SR 445 EROSION CONTROL 3. Pedestrian linkage and circulation 3 PLACE NAME SIGN 35 4. Bike and multi-use trail linkage Lemmon 1 USE EARTH FORMS FOR SOUND 5. Highway archaeology, cultural, or historic Golden Valley ABATEMENT, WHERE POSSIBLE awareness Golden Valley 6. Highway and community compatibility ADDRESS MILLINGS PRACTICES AND Raleigh Heights Panther Panther 4 improvement RENO VISUAL GATEWAY 30 REMOVE STOCKPILED MILLINGS 7. Partnerships and resource leveraging 2 h Range union pacific railroad AT PARR/DANDINI Parr/Dandini ah Ra orridor Plan) TRAVEL AND TOURISM OPPORTUNITIES P C N. MCCARRAN INTERCHANGE -80 1. Roadside services 4 North McCarran I - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE 2 to 2. Viewpoints and points of interest er Truckee River Oddie sparks ef 3. Travel information program AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS (r 4 I-80 INTERCHANGE (SEE I-80 CORRIDOR PLAN) reno I-80/US 395 0 1 2 4. Highway art -8 - TRANSPORTATION ART, SOUND WALL Virginia Street I 5. Community rest area I-80 25 Mill Mustang AESTHETIC RETROFITS, BRIDGE AESTHETICS Verdi PLANTING OPPORTUNITIES 2 DESIGNATE CONNECTION TO ENHANCEMENTS 1. Ground treatment Plumb DOWNTOWN AT MILL ST. 2. Revegetation with native grasses, forbs and Moana herbaceous plants McCarran Blvd 3. Enhanced native planting South Virginia PLUMB LANE INTERCHANGE NEIL/MEADOWOOD INTERCHANGE 4 2

4. Great Basin regionally adapted planting County Storey 2 4 Neil/Meadowood County Washoe - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE 5. Great Basin ornamental planting - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE Storey LyonCountyFernley County Township Limits 20 AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS inia Range NATURAL RESOURCE AND WILDLIFE South Virginia Virg OPPORTUNITIES SOUTH VIRGINIA STREET INTERCHANGE South Meadows 1. Environmental resources preservation - BRIDGE AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS 2 2. Wildlife movement enhancement Arrowcreek/Damonte Ranch 3. Water resources enhancement 4. Rare, unique, or special natural resource South Virginia enhancement 4 2 US 395/SOUTH VIRGINIA INTERCHANGE I-580 INTERCHANGE 2 I-580/SR 431 US 395/SR 431 -TAHOE RECREATIONAL GATEWAY 15 - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS 1. Highway scenic designation HISTORIC VIRGINIA CITY UNDERPASS FOR BIKE 20 SR 431Steamboat SR 341 25 2. Highway scenic improvement 5 4 TRAVEL INFORMATION TRAIL CONNECTION STONEHOUSE AND HOT ROADWAY PRACTICES AND STRUCTURE I-580 3 MT. ROSE SCENIC BYWAY Pleasant Valley SPRINGS PLACE NAME SIGN OPPORTUNITIES 3 3 20 1. Sound protection or acoustic wall DESIGNATION SIGN ON SR 431 10 15 2. Bridge and structure aesthetic Davis 3. Information and directional signage 10 Creek 4. Highway maintenance practices SLIDE MOUNTAIN PLACE NAME SIGN Washoe City virginia city 15 Note: Includes maintenance practices for milled 3 I-580/US 395 asphalt bi-products for entire corridor Bowers New Washoe City 5. Highway facility enhancement Mansion ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS 6. Landform or contour grading enhancement 5 10 Franktown 5 Gold Hill Sutro 7. Geometrics, alignment, and land relationship REPAINT/STAIN BELLEVUE BRIDGE 2 Washoe Lake 4 SEPARATED SHARED-USE TRAIL enhancement State Park FROM WASHOE LAKE TO SR 431

8. Sustainable corridor practice opportunity T Silver City US 50

US 395 US Incline Villageh

o Washoe RETROFIT THE HIGHWAY – UTILIZE

e 6 Bellevue

10 R TRAFFIC CALMING FEATURES TRAILS i Lake m

Existing Regional Trail Crystal Bay T r

5SR 28 5

a Dayton i

Lake Tahoe l 0 2 4 8 NORTH CONNECT FRANKTOWN BIKE LOOP 4 0 SCALE: 1 inch equals 4 miles TO CARSON CITY Lakeview

Silver Springs 15 Township Limits MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207 and SR 431 corridor plan PLACES D2 Sand County Studios EDGE OF THE SIERRA – SPECIFIC FEATURES 2.50 JW Zunino & Associates RENO METROPOLITAN AREA UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Valley Aerial Landscape and Aesthetic Treatment Simulations

y r The following aerial images are meant to illustrate landscape and aesthetic treatments at key points

n u along the Edge of the Sierra Landscape Design Segment.

Mount Rose h Range union pacific railroad h Ra Pa RENO Community Transition Urban Background Urban Background

US 395/Plumb Lane Interchange South Virginia US 395/Virginia Street Interchange Street Regional Ornamental RENO Regionally Adapted Landmark Plumb Lane Accentuated Reno/Tahoe Airport Connection to Downtown Reno Range US 395/Mill Street Interchange ginia Vir US 395 SR 431 Regional Ornamental US 395/SR 431 Intersection Landmark US 395 Truckee River Regional Ornamental SR 341 Focal US 395/I-80 Interchange I-80 Regional Ornamental Community Transition Landmark

LEGEND LEGEND

Community Background Community Background

Community Transition Community Transition EDGE OF THE SIERRA EDGE OF THE SIERRA Landscape and Aesthetics Element D Landscape and Aesthetics Element D LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

(1) This aerial view looks north towards the entry into Reno along US 395. Major intersections provide gateways into the (2) This aerial view looks south along US 395 in Reno. Important interchanges include the US 395/I-80 interchange and US metropolitan area. The heightened treatments also create gateways from Reno into the Lake Tahoe recreation area. 395/Plumb Lane interchange. The latter provides the first impression of Reno and the state of Nevada to travelers entering the area from the Reno/Tahoe airport. Heightened landscape types and treatments establish a sophisticated visual image.

2.51 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra

Design Interpretation Summary – Edge of the Sierra Interpretation of the segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The corridor plan establishes the direction for project level design. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accomplish the stated design objectives.

(1), (2), (3) Plant material representative of the Great Basin and Sierra Nevada landscapes are combined (4) Hillside and slope treatments reinforce the region’s distinctive into a single plant palette in the Edge of the Sierra Crossroads Landscape Design Segment. beauty.

(5), (6) The artistic design of structures is an opportunity to express the region’s unique character.

(7) Sophisticated forms and materials reinforce the urban quality of (8) Structures within the Edge of the Sierra Crossroads should utilize colors and materials (9) Accentuated structures combined with distinctive views highlight downtown areas. representative of the surrounding landscape. The Plumb Lane interchange establishes the gateway community and recreational gateways. into the Reno/Tahoe area from the international airport, justifying landmark treatments.

2.52 SECTION FIVE: Edge of the Sierra Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

(2) The construction of I-580 provides an alternative transportation route around Pleasant Valley. The community has an opportunity to reinvent the road.

(1) The visual appearance of the highway is improved through the incorporation of a revegetated median and a shared-use trail that links to regional trails and recreation opportunities.

(4) The interchange with Mount Rose Highway (I-580/SR 431) establishes the entry into the Reno area. As the state’s second largest metropolitan statistical area, highway structures should establish a sophisticated image.

(3) A simplified bridge structure is enhanced through the reduction of slope paving and use of regionally adapted softscape treatments.

2.53 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

Design Guidelines

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines ...... 3.2 SECTION TWO: Lake of the Sky Design Guidelines ...... 3.4 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines ...... 3.6 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines ...... 3.14

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Introduction Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

PURPOSE OF DESIGN GUIDELINES The guidelines, accompanied by concept dia- How to Use the Design Guidelines grams, sketches, or photographs, demonstrate The Design Guidelines are divided into four sec- Design Guidelines provide the framework for im- ways in which to achieve the design intent. tions, described below. The full design team as proving the aesthetics of existing, new, and retro- well as potential partnering entities, such as com- fit highway projects. They are written statements NDOT will review each project design for consis- munities and other organizations, should be fa- of recommendations to meet the segment design tency with these guidelines and the overall Land- miliar with each section. objectives. Guidelines should not be mistaken as scape and Aesthetics Corridor Plan. The full de- new standards for highway design. They represent sign team – NDOT staff, communities, engineers, 1) Design Process Guidelines: recommendations for design solutions. project managers, landscape architects, consul- Describe the necessity of integrating land- tants, contractors, and maintenance crews – is scape and aesthetics at the beginning of every project. Guidelines approach corridor aesthetics as a com- strongly encouraged to: 2) La ke of the Sky Guidelines: prehensive effort, intentionally avoiding a proj- Describe the vision, components, and man- ect-to-project approach. Guidelines assist in the 1) Become familiar with design guidelines for the design segment in which a project is agement plan for the Lake of the Sky Land- development of design. Adherence to the guide- located. The guidelines direct the design scape Design Segment associated with lines in planning, design, and operations accom- toward creating aesthetic unity within the Lake Tahoe. plishes the following goals: design segment. 3) Community and Urban Context Guidelines: 2) Understand the site context. The land- Describe guidelines for facilities and ame- • Interpreting the design themes of each scape surrounding the proposed project nities that are primarily influenced by local landscape design segment. communities, depending on right-of-way (1) The Corridor Plan provides NDOT with the ability to – including predominant materials, colors, facilitate improvements and to provide highways that • Creating visual unity among all highway and structures, as well as natural and cul- extents. support the vision and needs of a community. structures and facilities. tural resources and social elements – pro- 4) Highway Facilities Guidelines: • Selecting finishes, color palettes, and sur- vides direction for enhancement. Describe guidelines that are primarily in- face patterns that are compatible with the 3) Seek early review of the project. Changes fluenced by NDOT’s standards, including surrounding landscape. are much easier to make at the beginning structures, grading, roadside services, and • Incorporating transportation art motifs of the project than at the end. Involving construction practices. and media that represent the landscape others early in the planning/design process design segment themes. helps ensure that the project is both economically and aesthetically feasible.

(2) The purpose of these guidelines is to create a cohesive highway corridor that is compatible with Nevada’s existing landscape, communities, and urban areas.

3.1 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines

SECTION ONE: 1.0 PROJECT DESIGN PROCESS LANDSCAPE AND AESTHETICS IS NOT AN AFTERTHOUGHT TO ENGINEERING, Design Process 1.1 Integrate landscape and aesthetics at the BUT THE STARTING POINT FOR INTEGRATED, CONTEXT SENSITIVE SOLUTIONS. onset of the planning, design, and engineer- Guidelines ing phases of all highway projects. These guidelines describe the necessity of inte- Landscape and aesthetics should not be an after- grating landscape and aesthetics at the begin- thought to a highway project. ning of every project. • Landscape and aesthetics are an integral part of the planning, design, and engineering of all highway projects. • NDOT’s structure inventory report regarding (1) Understanding the corridor conditions and (2) Computer simulation of a planned highway type, size, and location of highway structures context is a critical part of the design process. at the conceptualization of the project provides should include information on landscape and greater understanding of highway layout and aesthetics. It should also provide justification potential impacts to environmental resources. for proposed structures that do not meet the design guidelines. • Engineering design should incorporate landscape and aesthetics to create highway structures and facilities that are effective, safe, and aesthetically appealing.

1.2 Understand the design segment theme and select design concepts that interpret the theme. (3) Photo simulation of a highway project • Review the vision and objective for the land- allows visualization of physical design and scape design segment as described in the Cor- improves communication of design concepts. ridor Plan and ensure that the theme guides the project design. • Understand the site context, including the viewshed analysis and landscape design segment objectives described within the Plan. • Ensure project design successfully interprets the landscape design segment theme.

1.3 Understand the site context, including the surrounding landscape, and conduct a comprehensive analysis.

• Conduct a comprehensive site analysis for each project. The site inventory for each project should extend beyond project boundaries

3.2 SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

3.0 to HEADING analyze the site GOES and surrounding HERE (DG-HANGING landscape. mining3.1 This a style project’s is called baseline DG-Hanging construction Body Copy. It HEADLINESEnsure the STYLE) planning and design of the high- cost, allocationshould look of budgets like this. and Yes resources it should. for Isn’t is so way project responds to this comprehensive landscapepretty? and This aesthetics style is shouldcalled D-Gbe clearlyHanging Body 3.1 analysis. This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. outlinedCopy. at theIt should start lookof a project.like this. Yes it should. Isn’t • ConsiderIt should characteristics look like this. such Yes as it precipitation,should. Isn’t is so topography,pretty? This ground style iscover, called size D-G and Hanging location Body is so ofCopy. plant It material,should look visual like conditions, this. Yes itsoils, should. site Isn’t1.7 Estimate3.1 This maintenancestyle is called costs DG-Hanging during design Body Copy. It drainage, rock outcroppings, and other natural is so to calculateshould the look total like life this. cycle Yes cost it should. for land- Isn’t is so features that are located on, and surrounding, •the This site. Additionally, style is called cultural DG-Hanging context such Bullets. as It scapepretty? and aesthetic This style treatments. is called D-G Hanging Body archaeologicalshould look and like cultural this. resources and cat- MaintenanceCopy. It isshould a key lookcomponent like this. to Yes the it suc-should. Isn’t •e gories,This such style as is historic called settlement DG-Hanging patterns, Bullets. It cess ofis landscape so and aesthetic treatments. are shouldimportant. look like this. 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It • Designshould new look projects like this. that Yes are it low should. mainte- Isn’t is so 1.4 Useshould a variety look of like sketches, this. Yes three it should. dimensional Isn’t is so nance. pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body modeling,pretty? and This other style tools is called to visualize D-G Hanging and de- Body • Consider maintenance routines required for Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t tailCopy. the highway. It should look like this. the design program, and identify areas that mayis need so additional attention. As •the This level style of design is called progresses DG-Hanging from gen- Bullets. It • Create maintenance agreements with local eral toshould specific, look highway like this. layout and facilities agencies as necessary to establish appropriate should• This be style visualized is called through DG-Hanging a variety Bullets. of It practices and levels of maintenance over the (1) Caption goes here. methods to create a high quality system. life of the project.

1.53.0 Visualize HEADING design concepts GOES in HERE three dimensions. (DG-HANGING 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It HEADLINESPlan view design STYLE) does not accurately repre- should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so 3.1s ent This the style experience is called of DG-Hangingthe traveler along Body the Copy. It pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body highwayshould or look illustrate like this. issues Yes of it visual should. design. Isn’t is so Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t Therefore,pretty? itThis is importantstyle is called to understand D-G Hanging de- Body is so signCopy. concepts It should in look their like three-dimensional this. Yes it should. Isn’t 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It framework.is so should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so • This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body • Utilizeshould sketches, look like models, this. and digital visu- Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t alization tools. “Roadway Explorer” is an • This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It is so excellentshould toollook to like utilize this. for this purpose. 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so 1.6 Considershould landscape look like this.and aesthetics Yes it should. costs Isn’t in is so pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body conjunctionpretty? This with style baseline is called costs. D-G Hanging Body Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t LandscapeCopy. It shouldand aesthetics look like should this. be consid- (4), (5), (6), (7) This series of highway design is so ered simultaneously with a project’s capital studies shows the level of design progression • This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It from general to specific as well as the need to budgetshould and estimates.look like this. In addition to deter- use a variety of modeling tools to visualize and • This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It detail the highway. (1) Caption goes here.

3.3 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION TWO: Lake of the Sky Guidelines

SECTION TWO: 1.0 LAKE OF THE SKY DESIGN PRINCIPLES Lake of the Sky 1.1 Create an environmentally sensitive highway with recreational links to facilities Guidelines within and entering the Tahoe Basin. Guidelines for Lake of the Sky segment establish The vision for these highways is organized the vision of highway aesthetics for highways around the idea that the road is an integral within and entering into the Lake Tahoe area. part of a spectacular landscape. As such, it should respond to and be respectful of the land and the spirit of place (see illus. 1). It is recognized that a large number of people (1) Highway facilities should fit seamlessly within the use the road for access to recreation. Pro- landscape. Roadways should be sensitively sited and viding highway facilities that reduce the designed within areas of scenic importance. conflict between bicyclists and vehicles is (2) Colors and simple patterning of walls and barrier rails should be the standard in areas of national significance. important. Constraints such as steep slopes, narrow rights-of-way, funding, and environmental coordination are elements that must be considered and addressed during the design phase.

• Highlight the experience of the surrounding Sierra Nevada mountains, Lake Tahoe, drainages, meadows, forests, plants, ani- (3) Interpretive signage should reflect the relationship mals, and people. between roadway design and environmental resources and preservation. • Establish a model for future highways in environmentally sensitive areas and proj- (4) Highway design and bridges should facilitate natural ect a system of the highest quality . wildlife migration patterns along drainage ways. • Provide access to highly utilized recreation destinations. • Allocate funds from the Southern Nevada Public Lands Management Act to elevate the Lake of the Sky highway system to a level equal to the status of the landscape through which it passes.

1.2 Utilize enhanced guidelines for nationally significant areas. (5) Rest area design should provide environmentally An elevated standard is applied to areas of friendly access to the lake and reduce the impact of unrestrained roadside parking. Formalized national significance. Within the US 395, roadside facilities provide direct access to recreation (6) Boardwalks and other construction methods should West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 Cor- opportunities. Signage and parking information be used within the shorezone to minimize disturbance. should be available to direct travelers to appropriate Interpretive signage reinforces the need for users to parking areas. minimize their impact on natural resources. 3.4 SECTION TWO: Lake of the Sky Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

3.0ridor HEADING Plan area, GOES the Lake HERE Tahoe Basin(DG-HANGING is an 3.1page This 3.4). style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It HEADLINESarea of significant STYLE) importance. As such, an • Incorporateshould look wildlife like this. habitat Yes it should. corridors Isn’t is so 3.1accentuated This style is level called of DG-Hanging hardscape treatmentBody Copy. throughoutpretty? This the stylehighway is called and retrofitD-G Hanging ex- Body isting facilities to increase connectivity (see illus. 2) should be provided as the stan- It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so (seeCopy. illus. It4 andshould 5 on look page like 3.4). this. Yes it should. Isn’t dard level of treatment for the Lake of the pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body • Utilizeis so innovative design solutions to deal SkyCopy. design It shouldsegment. look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t 3.1with This the style legitimate is called implementation DG-Hanging Bodychal- Copy. It is so lenges.should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so • • T heThis base style level of is landscape called DG-Hanging treatment type Bullets. It pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body should be accentuated hardscape with na- should look like this. 1.4 CorridorCopy. management It should look plan. like this. Yes it should. Isn’t tive revegetation softscape. Shared-use Trail Connecting Rest Areas • This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It Recreationis so and the highway are inter-related • Featuresshould such look as like concrete this. barriers, retaining walls, and drainage elements should within 3.1 This the styleTahoe is Basin. called Both DG-Hanging recreation facili-Body Copy. It 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It Recreation Trail – Access to the Lake have aesthetic treatments that respond ties andshould the roads look likethat this.serve Yes them it should.have car- Isn’t is so should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so to the landscape setting. rying pretty? capacities. This Therefore style is called special D-G manage- Hanging Body pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body Waterborne Transit • Additional specific guidelines describing ment Copy. mechanisms It should are look needed like this. for Yes the it Lake should. Isn’t elevatedCopy. It should treatments look like for this.this roadway are of theis Sky so Landscape Design Segment. Every •included This style within is called the individual DG-Hanging guideline Bullets. It sections.should look like this. attempt has been made to make these guide-

lines compatible with future plans. Parking

• This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It Highway 1.3 Components. (1) Caption goes here. Shuttle Drop-off/Pick-up management plans are required Due to the high level of recreation around • Corridor for scenic byways in order to comply with Lake Tahoe, a coordinated system of rest 3.0 HEADING GOES HERE (DG-HANGING 3.1SAFETEA-LU This style (Safe,is called Accountable, DG-Hanging Flexible, Body Copy. It Shelter with Interpretive Signage and Bike Parking HEADLINESareas should STYLE) be established and linked by Efficientshould Transportation look like this. Yes Equity it should. Act - Isn’tA is so shared-use trails to identify access points Legacy for Users) funding requirements. 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body to the lake. Implementing the vision will • Include a strategy for working with feder- should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so al andCopy. state It should agencies, look TRPA, like this. Caltrans, Yes it andshould. Isn’t require innovative design solutions to deal pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body otheris so community development/resource (7) Multi-use rest areas accommodate both travelers and others in search of recreation access. with the legitimate implementation chal- Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t 3.1protection This style organizations. is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It Facilities are linked by a shared-use trail and provide waterborne transit opportunities to promote lenges posed by the narrow right of way, alternative transportation and reduce the traffic load on roadways. is so • Identifyshould methods look like to this. protect Yes and it should. enhance Isn’t is so the byway’s intrinsic qualities and char- steep• This terrain, style and is TRPA called regulations. DG-Hanging Bullets. It pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body acter. should look like this. Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t • Preserve and restore the natural settings • • Restrict This styleroadside is called parking DG-Hanging and install Bullets. a It alongis so the highway through the use of shuttleshould system look like to relievethis. traffic congestion along the roadway. 3.1site-sensitive This style ismaterials. called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It 3.1 This style is called DG-Hanging Body Copy. It • Connect trails to a waterborne transit • Establishshould scenic look like easements this. Yes it in should. areas of Isn’t is so should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t is so system where appropriate (see illus. 7). potentialpretty? future This style development is called D-Gto protect Hanging Body pretty? This style is called D-G Hanging Body scenic resources. • Promote awareness of the natural envi- Copy. It should look like this. Yes it should. Isn’t Copy. It should look like this. • Solicit public and agency input in the de- ronment through a system of signage and is so •interpretative This style information. is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It velopment of a specialized management plan that will guide highway planning • Interpretshould features look like of this. the highway that im- and design within the Lake of the Sky prove the compatibility between the high- • This style is called DG-Hanging Bullets. It segment. way and its natural setting (see illus. 3 on (1) Caption goes here. 3.5 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

SECTION THREE: SECTION TABLE of CONTENTS Community and Urban 1.0 Community Gateways ...... 3.7 Context Guidelines 2.0 Community-based Street Systems Issues ...... 3.8 3.0 Sidewalks ...... 3.9 These guidelines include facilities that are pri- 4.0 Street Trees and Planting Strips ...... 3.10 marily influenced by local community desires but 5.0 Graphics and Signage ...... 3.13 may benefit from NDOT’s support. A community’s highway is important and serves as a primary component of the public realm. Even though NDOT is not responsible for facilities outside of the right-of-way, it recognizes the need to work with local jurisdictions to create context-sensitive solutions.

NDOT understands the need for flexibility, and it functions as a facilitator in supporting a community’s vision and goals for the highway. The guidelines found in this section are meant to enhance established traffic engineering and road design practice. No single solution will transform a community’s highway through downtown. Rather, communities should carefully evaluate and consider several options and thoroughly understand the issues at hand in order to create a highway that fulfills the collective goals of the partnership established between the community and NDOT. Neither NDOT nor the community can accomplish the goals on their own.

3.6 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

1.0 COMMUNITY GATEWAYS Highlight community entrances with clear 1.1 Establish gateways that clearly express and attractive signage, using landscape community identity. materials that reflect the community char- Gateways are highly visible areas specially acter. Execute the design in a clear, consis- designed and maintained to convey the first tent, and bold manner. Repetition of the impression and identity of neighborhoods, design is the basis for the unique identity communities, towns, cities, and regions. of the corridor.

• Provide an impressive visual aesthetic. • Signage should be appropriately sized • Utilize appropriate landscape and/or struc- and incorporated into an architectural or tural techniques to screen unsightly land sculptural element consistent with the uses. community’s character, the environmental context, and the corridor’s theme (see illus. 3). 1.2 Integrate the gateway into the highway • Landscape plantings should include layers facilities. of low water-use plant material arranged (1) Avoid cluttering community entries with numerous (2) Preferred signage uses materials and forms that compliment to enhance the architectural elements and signs. Although the entry signage shown above is the Town’s unique design aesthetic. Gateways should be part of a larger design currently used, it is not advocated. reinforce the transition into the commu- intent, coordinated with community facili- nity. ties, and using materials that are repeated throughout the town (see illus. 2). Refer to 1.4 Locate gateways at likely future growth Softscape and Hardscape Types and Treat- boundaries. ments (pages 1.6-1.9) and Softscape Type Community gateways mark the entrances/ guidelines (pages 3.39-3.46), for more de- exits and designate the transition to in- tails about the types of features and plants creased development. Gateways marking to consider for community gateways. downtowns may be used to improve community identity and draw motorists into • Community gateways need to be integrated with highway structures and land- the heart of town. scape. • Architectural elements may include • Downtown gateways should comple- transportation art, rock walls, accent ment the community gateway while re- lighting, and signage. flecting the special character of the city center. • Utilize bridges to establish community identity. • Ensure that community gateways are 1.5 Engage agencies and organizations in the distinctive, memorable, and functional. planning and design process. Engage applicable State and local agencies, 1.3 Ensure community gateways contribute to as well as local stakeholders and organiza- (3) Gateways create a visitor’s first impression of a community and should therefore engage local stakeholders in the community identity and clearly define com- tions in the planning, design, and imple- planning, design and implementation of such features to ensure they reflect the community’s vision. munity identity points. mentation of community gateways.

3.7 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

2.0 COMMUNITY-BASED STREET SYSTEMS Truck traffic requires more space for turn- CARSON CITY ISSUES ing movements and increases noise levels and 2.1 Consider improvements to the surrounding fumes within the community. Wide streets street system before widening the highway discourage pedestrian activity and can harm through communities. the town’s economic potential. Wide streets discourage pedestrian activity and have a negative economic impact. Sec- • Diverting truck traffic away from the local main street may distribute traffic loads COMMUNITY INTERFACE ondary streets that are not performing well more evenly and improve the function of US 395 • Pedestrian needs dominate influence the way in which a highway oper- the main street. with frequent intersections and crosswalks ates as a community main street. Improve- • Vehicular traffic should continue through • Slower design speeds ments to other major and minor streets im- main street where feasible in order to sup- COMMUNITY TRANSITION • Shorter block lengths port community businesses and facilities. • Zone between downtown and • Traffic calming features pact the functionality of a main street. undeveloped edge • On-street parking • Parallel streets should have few interrup- • Curb cuts and cross streets • Buildings, sidewalks and tions and maintain a fairly direct connec- generously spaced parking in close proximity • Traffic improvements should be consid- tion that may be improved to accommo- • Buildings set back from right to travel lanes ered in context with surrounding trans- date truck traffic. SCENIC DESIGNATION of way • High-cost treatments are portation patterns. Improvements to • Existing scenic byway • Vehicular and pedestrian needs appropriate other streets allow potential lane width • Potential scenic byway are balanced reductions along the highway and pro- • Unique scenic, cultural, • Pedestrian crossings at signal- 2.4 Avoid bypasses and only use them in limited historic, recreational, vide additional space for landscape and ized intersections applications. and/or natural qualities • Bike lane or shared-use path aesthetics. • High level of visual Bypasses are utilized to divert traffic around easily integrated • Improvements to surrounding city streets management • Buildings have parking in front may include utilizing parallel streets, communities, particularly when heavy traf- • Mid-cost treatments are • Low to mid cost treatments appropriate implementing a truck bypass, improving fic conditions obstruct the functionality of are appropriate N the local street network, and using paral- main street. However, bypasses reduce the (1) As highways travel through communities, the function of the road changes as development increases at its edges. lel, one-way streets (see illus. 2). interaction between travelers and commu- Improvements to other streets allow the highway to function more smoothly as it incorporates landscape and aesthetic elements. nities. 2.2 Shorter blocks encourage pedestrian activity and provide more corner lots, essential • A bypass may work in certain cases where for local businesses. the highway is designated as part of the Short blocks with connecting streets char- freight system or heavy traffic volumes overload a well-designed street system. acterize traditional main streets. • If a bypass is used, maintain connectivity for bicyclists and pedestrians and provide • Utilize short blocks of up to 400 feet direct connections back to community where possible to encourage pedestrian business districts. activity in downtowns.

2.3 Consider routing trucks onto a parallel street and encourage vehicular traffic through main street. (2) Parallel, one-way street systems may be used to improve traffic patterns and provide additional space for landscape, pedestrian improvements, or additional commercial development.

3.8 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

3.0 SIDEWALKS • Provide wide sidewalks and curb exten- 3.1 Provide a 10 to 15 foot sidewalk width for sions as locations for benches. downtown areas where possible. A wider sidewalk allows for more pedestrian 3.4 Use distinctive paving to highlight sidewalk activities along the street (see illus.1-4). areas immediately adjacent to the inside face of curb. • Additional width may be required to ac- Sidewalk areas can be organized into two commodate transit shelters, outdoor din- zones – the amenity zone and the pedes- ing, and retail. (1) Eight foot sidewalks allow minimal 2-way trian zone. The amenity zone is adjacent to pedestrian traffic and street furnishings. • A sidewalk may be 8 feet wide in con- the curb and should be a minimum of 2 feet strained circumstances. Minimum sidewalk width is 6 feet. wide, but preferably 4 feet or greater, depending on the sidewalk width. (5) In areas of adequate right-of-way, wide sidewalks should be encouraged in order to promote pedestrian activity. 3.2 Provide continuous sidewalks throughout • Distinctive paving treatments may be downtown areas. used in this area to distinguish it from The ability of pedestrians to access and pedestrian movement areas. move through downtown areas depends on • Treatments should be consistent over a the connectivity of sidewalks and paths, as block length, but may vary from block to block. (2) Ten foot sidewalks provide enhanced user well as appropriate design and placement of comfort and space. crosswalks. • Street trees, planters, benches, transit shelters, signs, utility poles, and other elements are located in the amenity zone. • Establish connections to other sidewalks • Elements should be grouped together or or path systems where town centers placed in a way that leaves a minimum transition into suburban or rural areas. (6 ) Appropriate organization of lighting, street furnishings and planting areas open area of 8 feet between them, al- lead to a successful pedestrian experience. lowing passage from the sidewalk to the 3.3 In town centers, provide pedestrian ame- street. nities (benches, drinking fountains, transit 3.5 Provide pleasant seating opportunities shelters, kiosks, trash receptacles, newspa- (3 ) Twelve foot sidewalks allow room for per racks, banners, and decorations). along every block in the downtown area. outdoor dining and sidewalk displays. Streetscapes that appear lively and inviting Seating is essential in a comfortable pedes- attract travelers and support local businesses trian environment (see illus. 7). (see illus. 5 and 6). • Arrange seating to accommodate a vari- • Street furnishings should be consistent ety of views. with surrounding architectural styles and • Locate benches and gathering spaces to the overall landscape segment theme. absorb sun on cold days and provide shade • Maintain a minimum 5 feet of clear space on hot days. around street furniture to accommodate • Ensure that communities commit to main- pedestrian movement. tain and clean street furniture as part of (4 ) Fifteen foot sidewalks create area for high (7 ) Creating pleasant and protected areas for pedestrians to sit is an important levels of pedestrian activity. component of active downtown areas. Seating areas can be interspersed with on-street parking spaces. 3.9 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

maintenance agreements that are negoti- Coordinate transit stops with local transpor- ated prior to construction. tation agencies or Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPO). 3.6 Consider under-grounding utilities to provide additional space for sidewalk enhancements. • Locate bus pull-outs on the far-side loca- Utilities should be consolidated to minimize tion of intersections. poles and other sidewalk obstructions (see il- • Minimize conflicts between vehicles, passen- gers, pedestrians, and cyclists (see illus. 9). lus. 8).

• Coordinate signage with utility poles, 3.8 Consider using artistic paving and historical where feasible. marker insets to accentuate downtown areas. (9) Locate transit stops to minimize conflicts between vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists. • Avoid placing signs and utilities in pedestrian areas. • Celebrate distinctive areas with accentuated paving materials. 3.7 Incorporate transit shelters to promote pe- • Consult artists for ideas to improve the community downtown. destrian and non-motorized transportation • Paving patterns should coordinate with (NMT) opportunities. intersection designs and overall commu- (8) The placement of lighting and other utilities nity character (see illus. 10). should be considered in conjunction with providing appropriate space for unobstructed pedestrian (10) Historical markers inlaid in movement. paving enhance place-making.

4.0 STREET TREES AND PLANTING STRIPS • Consider common insect and disease 4.1 Carefully select plant species. problems that consistently require maintenance, or are life threatening. • Maintain storefront visibility and reduce • Select trees that thrive in the local cli- pedestrian conflicts by selecting trees mate and consider species whose roots, whose form remains intact when limbed seasonal flowers or fruit will not disrupt up 7 to 8 feet (see illus. 2). sidewalks (see illus. 1). • Consider tree height over traffic lanes. • Evaluate trees based on site-specific Canopies should appear natural when characteristics as well as design intent. trimmed to 13 feet. • Considerations for physical characteris- • Select plants that will provide a variety of tics include form, height, spread, height to ornamental characteristics, such as sea- canopy bottom, canopy density, trunk size, sonal color, fruit, texture, bark, and foliage. root habit, rate of growth, and longevity. • Plant species according to the softscape • Consider habitat requirements affecting type and treatment designated by the de- plant growth, including soil type, soil oxygen sign objectives. deficiency resistance, salt resistance, irrigation need, shade tolerance, heat tolerance, air • Avoid planting a single species in sub- pollution resistance, and wind resistance. urban areas due to the risk of a pest or (1) Choose tree species that are appropriately sized, do (2) Trees should be placed so that they do not block the disease destroying an entire street tree not drop fruit or seed pods, and are easy to maintain. view of business names and entries. • Minimize maintenance costs by avoid- planting. ing trees with excessive maintenance requirements including flowers, foliage, • Downtown districts may be highlighted fruit, and twigs. through a formalized street tree pattern. 3.10 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

4.2 Properly place trees in sidewalk conditions. 4.4 Utilize hanging baskets, containers, and Maximize the lifespan of trees to reduce other vertical elements where feasible. the cost of tree replacement. In areas of limited rights-of-way, hanging baskets, moveable planters, and other verti- • Protect trees from damage by car doors. cal elements may be used to provide struc- Where on-street parking is provided, allow ture or to accent street tree plantings. adequate room between trees and cars (2 feet minimum, 3 feet to 4 feet ideal, see illus. 3). Trees may be placed between park- • Hanging baskets may be incorporated into ing spaces to minimize damage. the street design and attached to light fix- • Allow for root aeration and potential water tures or buildings to provide visual relief harvesting through the use of tree wells (4 and enhance the aesthetics (see illus. 6). (4) Varied street tree types may be used to distinguish key areas and gateways. foot by 4 foot minimum, 5 foot by 5 foot ide- • Baskets may be replaced with wreaths or al). Dry-set pavers may also be used, ensuring other seasonal accents during dormant adequate root aeration. seasons. • Consider light placement as part of tree • Moveable planters add flexibility to the spacing and placement (typically 25 feet to streetscape design (see illus. 7). 40 feet). • Avoid placing containers within clear zones • Place trees so they do not block vehicular site and immediately adjacent to curbs where lines or building access ways. Maintain visibil- high levels of heat and vehicle exhaust are ity of traffic signals, directional signage and more prevalent. access to entry drives. • No container should be used if planter widths exceed 25% of the entire sidewalk width. • Select neutral container colors that har- (3) Place street trees where they are protected from car (5) Used consistently, street trees help define the extent 4.3 Street tree plantings may be varied to dis- of downtown districts and neighborhoods. A change in monize with brick pavers, concrete side- door damage and in areas where they easily facilitate tinguish downtown areas from transition pedestrian movement. planting type and spacing can be used to signal transition walks, most building facades, and the zones between downtown and outlying areas. zones and accentuate wayfinding. myriad color combinations produced by Small trees in combination with medium annual plantings. and large trees can reinforce wayfinding in • Container design should be simple and towns. understated (see illus. 8). • Use a consistent planter type within communities and provide groupings where • Distinctive trees may be used within possible. Containers should be sited near downtown areas to distinguish them street corners (as long as clear visibility is from other commercial areas. maintained for drivers), to flank entranc- • Key intersections and gateways may be es to landmark buildings, or to physically designated by clustering smaller trees or and visually define outdoor café spaces. other distinctive groupings (see illus. 4 • Combined height of containers and and 5). plantings should not obstruct the view of either motorists or pedestrians at street intersections and access drives.

(6) Baskets may be hung from light poles in (7) Coordinate container colors with (8) Container color and form should areas that have limited room for street trees. sidewalk and other site features. be simple and understated.

3.11 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

4.5 Buffer sidewalks from the roadway through 4.7 Use engineered planting soil for street tree the use of planting strips or raised planters plantings. where possible. Trees planted in urban conditions and as Planting strips provide opportunities to ab- part of street tree programs face unique sorb runoff water and decrease overall drain- challenges. The soil under adjacent side- age requirements. Additionally, they create walks and roadways is typically compacted areas to store snow during removal periods to support the paving. This compaction in- throughout the winter. hibits root growth and spread, causing shallow root growth and tree stress. Engineered • Where space is not required for widened planting soils (see illus. 11) include mixtures sidewalks or on-street parking, provide of soil, loam, stone, water, and a moisture- planting strips (ideal 5 feet minimum width) or raised planters (see illus. 9 and 10). retaining polymer or sand that transfers • Planting strip design should consider weight-bearing loads from stone to stone the placement of benches, signs, bicycle in the gravel, leaving the soil between the racks, and other street furniture. stones unaffected by compaction. This type • Raised planters should incorporate seat of engineered soil creates a larger root vol- walls to provide additional pedestrian seating. ume with increased porosity, nutrient-hold- • Consider providing 3 feet of hard surface ing capacity, and drainage for a healthier between planting strips and parallel on- tree root growth environment. (9) Street trees can be combined with planting strips to (10) Raised planters create a buffer between vehicles and street parking to accommodate motor- buffer pedestrian zones from traffic. Plant height should pedestrians, and offer additional seating options. ists upon exit from their vehicles. • Engineered planting soils should be used not block sight distances. around root balls of street trees. 4.6 Ensure that communities commit to maintain • Continuous trenches of engineered plant- and provide irrigation for streetscape plantings. ing soil are recommended between street trees. Sidewalk The success of a streetscape program within • Locate trenches parallel to curbs and un- Continuous communities requires dedication to mainte- der non-mortared brick pavers. Trenches soil trench Tree Grate nance and irrigation of planted areas. provide greater volumes of soil for root Engineered Gravel base growth and permit air and water to reach planting • Streetscape plantings should not be provided tree zones. soil without community endorsement and support. • Avoid spray irrigation systems where possible, and do not overspray onto walkways and into gutters. • Irrigation and maintenance may be funded (11) Engineered planting soil can increase the lifespan of through community beautification commit- street trees by allowing tree roots to grow and expand into areas that otherwise would be inaccessible. tees and other community organizations.

3.12 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

5.0 GRAPHICS AND SIGNAGE 5.4 Use distinctive signage to direct motorists 5.1 Create a standard system of signage that aids through the heart of the community. wayfinding within communities while also Truck traffic is often not desired within providing information about local facilities downtown areas and separate truck routes and organizations. may be established. Vehicular and tourist traffic, however, is desirable. • Provide a coordinated signage system that reflects the distinctive character of • Ensure that signage appropriately directs special districts (see illus. 1). vehicular traffic to promote tourism and • Graphics can take the form of signs, ban- support local businesses. ners, information kiosks, or pavement in- scriptions or inlays (see illus. 3). 5.5 Coordinate light fixture design with graphics • Materials and designs should be clear and simple, so as to be easily read and quickly and signage. understood by pedestrians or motorists, as appropriate. • Banners may be incorporated into light fixtures and should be considered as part of the design. Graphics should be consis- 5.2 Locate and size signage and graphics so that tently displayed (see illus. 4). they are easily read and understood by both • Customized light fixtures reinforce con- cars and pedestrians. text-sensitive solutions. (1) Clear and distinctive signage serves as (2) Signage scaled for pedestrians can be used to identify wayfinding for both motorists and pedestrians. individual business within a downtown area.

• Pedestrian-scaled signage should be 5.6 Utilize a consistent color palette within lo- placed at heights that can be easily seen from the sidewalk (see illus. 2). cal communities. • Signage designed for motorists can be Local jurisdictions may choose a color pal- larger, and placed at heights and intervals ette for fixtures and amenities that corre- that can be easily seen and understood at sponds with the community’s vision. higher traveling speeds. • Colors should respond to the natural set- 5.3 Provide community graphics such as banners ting and subtly enhance the community without overpowering the streetscape to promote special events and define special design. districts and neighborhoods. • Color should complement the NDOT col- or palette for structures within the right- • Create a coordinated system of signage of-way. that describes community events and reinforces community character (see illus. 5). (3) This kiosk provides community event (4) Banners promote special districts (5) Banners can be used to identify • Banners that span the roadway should be information and reflects the character and reinforce community character. festivals or seasonal activities that used sparingly and in more commercial of the Carson City capital complex. may be of interest to local citizens and visitors. locations. Banners can be installed per- manently, or as seasonal and temporary forms of signage.

3.13 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

SECTION FOUR: SECTION TABLE of CONTENTS Highway Facilities 1.0 Non-interstate Statewide Gateways ...... 3.15 2.0 Rest Areas, Viewpoints, and Pull-offs ...... 3.16 Guidelines 3.0 Transportation Art ...... 3.19 These guidelines pertain to highway facilities that are 4.0 Signage ...... 3.21 primarily influenced by NDOT’s standards, including 5.0 Color Palette Application ...... 3.23 structures, grading, roadside services, and construc- 6.0 Roadway Design ...... 3.24 tion practices. The guidelines found in this section are 7.0 Medians ...... 3.25 meant to enhance established traffic engineering and 8.0 Pedestrian Crossings ...... 3.26 road design practice. No single solution will transform 9.0 Non-motorized Transportation Systems ...... 3.28 the highway. Partnerships may be created with com- 10.0 Bridges ...... 3.29 munities and other agencies and organizations to ac- 11.0 Noise Reduction and Walls ...... 3.32 complish landscape and aesthetic treatments in addi- 12.0 Concrete Barriers and Guard Rails ...... 3.34 tion to supporting landscape and aesthetic elements 13.0 Lighting ...... 3.34 that impact areas outside of the right-of-way. Estab- 14.0 Fencing ...... 3.35 lished partnerships and design teams should carefully 15.0 Grading and Retaining Walls ...... 3.35 evaluate and consider several options and thoroughly 16.0 Rock Cut and Excavation ...... 3.36 understand the issues at hand in order to create a 17.0 Drainage ...... 3.37 highway that fulfills their collective goals. Neither 18.0 Erosion Control ...... 3.37 NDOT, communities, nor other agencies or organiza- 19.0 Water Harvesting ...... 3.38 tions can accomplish the goals on their own. 20.0 Irrigation ...... 3.39 21.0 Softscape Types and Treatments ...... 3.39 22.0 Wildlife Crossings and Protection ...... 3.47 23.0 Construction Practices ...... 3.48 24.0 Maintenance Facilities and Practices ...... 3.49 25.0 Recommendations for Sustainable Highway Environments ...... 3.50

3.14 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

1.0 NON-INTERSTATE STATEWIDE GATEWAYS 1.1 Provide statewide gateway features crafted from the land where US 50 and US 395 enter Nevada from California. Identify statewide entry points to welcome travelers to Nevada.

• Non-interstate gateways should be understated and relate to the scale of the road (see illus. 1 and 2). • Include the Nevada name and state seal. (2) Non-interstate gateways create a memorable entry • Utilize vernacular forms and stone mate- experience and respond to the scale of the road. rial from local sources. • Use softscape treatment types identified in the landscape design segment.

(1) Statewide gateways located in urban areas may be (3) Architectural features at gateways utilize local integrated into the streetscape design to welcome and thank materials that reflect the surrounding landscape. visitors upon entrance and exit.

(4) Use combinations of vernacular materials and (5) Bridges can subtly reinforce entries by echoing local forms to reinforce local character. architectural character. 3.15 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

2.0 REST AREAS, VIEWPOINTS, AND illus. 1 and 2). PULL-OFFS • Utilize vernacular forms and local materi- 2.1 Provide a comprehensive roadside service als to create rest areas that blend seam- program. lessly with the surrounding landscape. Roadside services are key components of the • Avoid using makeshift, adapted site facilities with no distinctive architectural highway corridor, particularly where long style. distances separate developed areas. Provide • Concrete barriers and brightly painted a comprehensive roadside service program pole bollards should not be used for park- throughout the corridor. The road services ing delineation or site boundaries at rest areas and pull-offs. matrix on the opposite page describes vary- • Sustainable architecture may be appropri- ing levels of service stops and associated pro- ate for many highway service areas where gram elements. Refer to the Specific Corridor water, energy, and landscape resources Features maps (pages 2.16, 2.27, 2.39, and 2.50) are difficult to secure and maintain. for potential road service facility locations. • Provide lighting in scale with the site de- (1) Rest area architecture should blend vernacular forms with sustainable (2) The design of rest area structures velopment. technology to preserve the character and resources of a place. Complete rest should incorporate plantings, areas include picnic facilities with shade structures. materials, and landscape features that • Locate rest areas to provide safe stop- • Articulate space, frame views, and pro- reinforce the corridor’s design theme. ping points. vide shade through the use of landscape • Connect rest areas located in highly utilized plantings and/or architectural features. recreation areas with a shared use trail. • Incorporate facilities for transit stops 2.3 Retrofit existing rest areas. where necessary. Analyze existing rest area structures, build- • Buffer roadside services from the high- ings, amenities, and layout for their visual way, or provide an access road when located off the highway. interest. Renovate to improve the aesthet- • Consider major site resources and fea- ics and user comfort of existing road service facilities. tures such as topography, views and vis- (3) Rest stops should be situated within the environment to take tas, unique vegetation, geological fea- advantage of impressive views of the surrounding landscape. tures, wetlands, and other qualities native 2.4 Locate viewpoints and points of interest to to the site and its surroundings. take advantage of visual access to the fea- • Consider siting activity pull-offs where they provide access to activities located tures of interest. adjacent to the highway. Give special attention to existing or po- • Locate truck parking so as not to disrupt tential views, vistas, and cultural or histori- views and other features. cal attractions (see illus. 3, 4 and 5) that are unique to the site or have outstanding re- 2.2 Ensure rest area design reflects the local source value, such as Native American heri- setting. tage and emigrant history. All rest areas, viewpoints, and pull-offs should readily accommodate travel needs • Locate viewpoints at the following locations: (4) This rest area location takes advantage of unique site qualities (5) A sheltered structure at a point of interest gives and reflect the corridor’s design theme (see such as vistas and opportunities for wildlife viewing. travelers a protected place to enjoy views. 3.16 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

ROAD SERVICES MATRIX Description Landscape Treatment Program Elements

ROADSIDE Roadside pull-offs provide facilities for drivers to exit the highway for a brief • Native plant revegetation to en- • Site-specific interpretive signage period. Facilities and minimal parking are provided to accommodate the ab- • No toilets or running water PULL-OFF hanced native landscape types • Trash containers breviated stay. (Referred to as “Rest Stop” under former NDOT naming conven- • Standard hardscape type • Limited car and Recreational Vehicle parking tions.) • Scenic overlooks • Located according to unique or outstanding features • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) VIEWPOINTS Viewpoints and points of interests present opportunities to view unique vistas, • Native plant revegetation to en- • Located according to travelers’ needs and unique site features geologic and historic features, or cultural landmarks. Interpretive elements are • Site-specific interpretive signage AND POINTS hanced native landscape types • Toilets/no running water integrated into the site design, and Place Name Signage and Travel Information • Handicap accessible • Standard to accentuated hardscape OF elements are provided to establish the relationship between highway and place. • Picnic tables and shade structures types • Trash containers INTEREST Typically, the length of stay is short and parking is limited. • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking • Telescopes/viewfinders • Nature walks or short trails • Seating Areas • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) BASIC REST Basic Rest Areas are typically located throughout the state offering site • Enhanced native landscape type • Located according to traveler’s needs • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking and unique site features • Paved truck parking AREA AND specific interpretive information. They offer limited restroom facilities • Standard to accentuated hardscape • Site-specific interpretive signage • Nature walks or short trails types • Toilets/no running water • Seating Areas COMMUNITY and may or may not include running water, depending on availability. • Emergency call box • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Handicap accessible • Local community information REST AREA Typically, these rest areas are located adjacent to scenic views, unique • Picnic tables and shade structures historical, cultural or environmental features. Community rest areas pro- • Trash containers vide facilities within the town’s infrastructure and function as a pocket park or town square. COMPLETE Complete Rest Areas are typically located at 60-mile intervals throughout the • Regionally adapted landscape type • Regional interpretive signage • Recreational Vehicle dump station state and are usually situated outside of developed areas. They feature fully- • Running water and flushing toilets • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking REST AREA • Focal hardscape type • Emergency call box and telephones • Paved truck parking operable facilities in combination with interpretive information on regionally • Drinking fountains • Telescopes/viewfinders significant cultural and historical sites. Complete Rest Areas also provide trav- • Vending machine services (at manned • Interpretive and overlook features sites) • Children’s play area elers with picnic facilities and include children’s play areas and pet areas. • Handicap accessible • Pet rest facilities • Picnic tables and shade structures • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Trash containers • Local community information • Bicycle storage units

GATEWAY Gateway facilities convey first impressions and identity. Special features may • Regionally adapted landscape type Program elements are consistent with the type of Road Service Area provided. be incorporated to highlight the area through design interpretation of the • Landmark hardscape type REST AREA Specific elements include: place. Gateways may be associated with any level of rest stop in the listing. The • Regional services information incorporation of local community information regarding amenities, events and • Interpretation of regional sites and features interpretative elements, improves the interface between the highway and the • Information on regional recreational attractions communities it serves.

WELCOME Welcome Centers are located along major entry routes to the state. They offer • Regionally adapted landscape type • Located at major entry routes to state • Trash containers introductions to the state and travelers can find access to useful travel infor- • Informational Services • Bicycle storage units CENTER • Landmark hardscape type • Staffed visitor center • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking mation. Welcome Centers include a staffed information kiosk. • State-wide interpretive signage • Paved truck parking • Running water/flushing toilets • Improved trails • Emergency call box and telephones • Children’s play area • Drinking fountains • Pet rest facilities • Vending machine services • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Handicap accessible • Telescopes/viewfinders • Picnic areas and shade structures 3.17 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

- Carson Valley (SR 207 and US 395) transit stops to encourage use of public - Washoe Valley (US 395), transportation, particularly in areas of heavy tourist traffic. - Truckee Meadows (SR 431 and US 395) Overlook - Lake Tahoe (SR 28, SR 431, and US 50) 2.6 Provide community rest areas within desig- Overlook with Building with Restrooms, nated towns. Interpretive - Topaz Lake, Spooner Summit Vending Machines and Signage Community Information - Carson River (US 395) Community rest areas have the dual benefit • Design the viewpoint to reflect the sur- of serving as town parks and engaging trav- Seating and Picnic Areas rounding setting and unique features. elers with local businesses (see illus. 10). Children’s Play Area • Coordinate the preservation and manage- Parking ment of scenic vistas and unique features Picnic Tables and • Develop community rest areas through Shade Structures with the appropriate organizations and cooperative agreements with local munic- Truck groups. Access to Rest Area ipalities. Parking • Evaluate viewpoints periodically to en- • Provide information about local and re- sure the integrity of the view. (6) Conceptual layout of rest area amenities responds (7) Rest areas should include a series of buildings or gional activities, businesses, and points of to environmental context and separates truck parking structures that reflect a homestead arrangement. Outdoor • Consider the use of scenic easements to interest. from view corridors. spaces should be considered as part of the building layout. protect views and vistas. • Limit the construction of outdoor adver- Community tising and other elements and structures Rest Area with that detract from the quality of the land- Informational scape. Kiosk

2.5 Coordinate locations of rest areas with recreational access points. Coordinate locations of rest areas with regional trail systems, particularly within the Tahoe Basin where trails provide additional access to the lake and other areas of interest (see illus. 8).

• Coordinate with appropriate agencies to provide informational signage for recre- (10) Community rest areas provide parks and gathering ational activities. spaces for residents as well as serving traveler needs. (8) Coordinating rest area locations with public access (9) Viewpoints and points-of-interest are separated • Coordinate the location of park-and-ride Pedestrian connections to local businesses and attractions points and regional trails creates an additional benefit to from the highway and offer opportunities to view encourage travelers to explore the community. lots, rest areas, and activity pull-offs with the rest area facility. distinctive environmental features.

3.18 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

3.0 TRANSPORTATION ART • Consider artwork that utilizes light and 3.1 Engage artists early in the design and devel- shadow to create pattern and images. opment stages of highway projects to en- • Avoid monotony in the duplication of repetitive literal pictorial application. sure an integrated and comprehensive art program. 3.3 Ensure artwork expresses an excellence of Transportation art should not be an after- craftsmanship, quality, truthfulness, and thought or decoration (see illus. 1,2 and 3). originality. • Incorporate art as part of the design pro- Transportation art should complement the cess as a means of interpreting the corri- overall design of highway facilities. Materials dor’s theme. and forms should be carefully considered to • Integrate art as part of functional aspects ensure the long-term suitability of the project. of highway facilities. (1) • Artists should coordinate with communi- • Select a composition of materials that are du- ty members, landscape architects, and ar- rable for the projected life span of the project. chitects throughout the design process. • Avoid the use of ready-made, randomly • Scale artwork based on travel speed, placed, stand-alone objects, or imprints slope, and sight distance. that portray little meaning. • Use evocative artistic expressions that en- 3.2 Create regionally appropriate and meaning- gage observers and complement highway ful art. structures and the surrounding landscape. Art enhances the travel experience and can • Elements of highway art should not be ob- vious or forged. Rather, transportation art (2) (3) create the first impression of a place. Trans- should depict an excellence of craftsman- (1),(2),(3) Involving artists early in the design process helps ensure the resulting project is representative of portation art should clearly express a meaning ship, quality, truthfulness, and originality. the community’s vision and fits into the functionality of the highway facility. The images above are part of and purpose that relates to the surrounding a mural designed by artist Stephen Farley in which photos from the general public were converted to glazed ceramic tile and incorporated into the design for a community gateway. locale, the unique culture and environment of 3.4 Consider each art piece as part of a larger the area, and the travel experience. Patterns whole. and objects used thoughtfully, and even ab- Highway art can be carefully crafted, giving stractly, can and should evoke a response that the simplest of all elements a very powerful connects travelers to the uniqueness of the effect. When planning transportation art, site and/or the surrounding landscape. the entire design segment and overall corridor should be considered (see illus. 4). • Patterns imprinted on a highway structure should be designed as an artistic composi- • Consider surrounding landscape views. tion of objects, imprints, or patterns. • Art should be scaled at a size relative to the • Patterns should offer an appropriate level surrounding landscape and highway speed. of complexity and interest to the place and highway travel speed. • Avoid distracting art pieces. Consider glance recognition and the intensity of • Avoid the use of repetitive, overused surrounding features in order to prevent (4) Although simple in concept, the ribbon sculpture along the above wall is a dynamic art piece that symbols and patterns. safety issues. responds to the scale and speed of travel along the adjacent roadway. 3.19 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

3.5 Ensure transportation art supports the • Sierra Nevada Wildlife and Plant Commu- landscape design segment themes. nities Transportation art is not a typical highway • Scenic Views project, and the choice of appropriate sub- • Historic Logging and Flumes – Connec- tion to Mining ject matter and media is essential to obtaining the desired expression for each land- Edge of the Sierra scape design segment theme. Choose art • Subtle Gateway Marking the Arrival to Ne- subjects that support the landscape design vada segments’ themes, such as: • Outdoor Recreation • Washoe Lake Great Basin Forest • Reno History and Museums (6) Light and shadow can be used to create pattern and • Subtle Statewide Gateway to Nevada • Native American Heritage images. • Topaz Lake • Forestry • Pinyon and Juniper Forests • Great Basin/Sierra Nevada Wildlife and Plant (5) Metal trees enhance place-making and are integrated as part of the design process. • Outdoor Recreation Communities • Native American Heritage • Scenic Views • Forestry • Truckee Meadows • Mountain Views Enhance bridges, pedestrian structures, noise Capital Crossroads walls, and retaining walls with appropriate • Ranching motifs and consider sculptural ornamenta- • Wildlife tion, decoration, and landmark features. • Job’s Peak • Outdoor Recreation 3.6 Engage local agencies and organizations in • Birding the planning process. (7) • Carson River Relationships with local agencies as well as • Historic settlements the Nevada Arts Council should be developed • State Capital to assist in the review and implementation • Railroad of proposed transportation art projects. • Mining • US Mint • Consider transportation art at the onset of project development. Lake of the Sky • Subtle Statewide Gateway to Nevada • For Community Matching Fund and Transportation Art programs, refer to the • Outdoor Recreation guidelines outlined in the current Land- • Lake Tahoe scape and Aesthetics Community Match • Native American Heritage Procedures Manual: Guidelines, Applica- (8) tions, Instructions and Forms for the Com- • Forestry (7),(8) Cultural symbols can be integrated into (9) Streetscape design may include artwork within commu- munity Matching Funds and Transporta- bridges to highlight important crossings. nity centers and along sidewalks to enhance the sense of tion Art Program, NDOT. place. 3.20 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

tribes, Tahoe Pyramid Bikeway, and Vir- 4.0 SIGNAGE EXAMPLE CATEGORIES OF ICONIC SYMBOLS FOR PLACE NAME SIGNS 4.1 Provide a standard, cohesive system of ser- ginia City National Historic District, Rock Point Mill Site, and Stead Airport (site of vice signage. Reno Air Races). NDOT manages the Tourist Oriented Direction- • Use a consistent color and material for al Signage System (TODS). TODS are preferred signs. over numerous private individual business • Use signs that are high quality and as du- signs and billboards. Work with local commu- rable as other standard highway signs. nity agencies and businesses to develop and • Use the MUTCD as a guide for signage requirements. locate TODS. Refer to the Outdoor Advertising Mountains Rivers Sand Dunes discussion (pages 1.28 -1.29) for more informa- SLIDE MOUNTAIN CARSON RIVER RECREATION AREA: tion about billboards along the corridor. 4.3 Create a family of iconic symbols to repre- SAND MOUNTAIN sent features. 4.2 Implement a Statewide Place Name Sign Encourage the recognition of cultural and Program. environmental features through iconic im- A comprehensive place recognition signage agery. program should be implemented through • Signage should depict the general physi- partnership initiatives with local commu- cal shape of the point of interest. Mining Historic Railroads Watchable Wildlife nities and agencies. The program and sign • Establish icons to represent general cat- RAILROAD WATCHABLE types are described on pages 1.12-1.13. Ar- egories of interest within the Nevada WILDLIFE eas of interest within the design segments landscape. Illustration 1 shows examples of symbols to represent the categories. that could be highlighted include: Unique icons may be created for areas of national significance such as Lake Tahoe. - Historic Features: Historic flumes, rail- Additional symbols should be developed roads, emigrant trails, State Railroad to represent Nevada landmarks/historic Museum, and V & T Railroad (from Vir- points, emigrant trails, scenic byways, and ginia City to Carson City), inverted si- Native American features. Engage Nevada Historic Downtown Ghost Towns Lake Tahoe phon near Duck Hill, Genoa, Mormon tribes to develop a universal symbol that is DAYTON GHOST TOWN: LAKE TAHOE Station, and Bowers Mansion; both appropriate and simple to represent (1) UniversalDOWNTOWN symbols represent Nevada’s cultural and environmental features as part of the Place Name Sign Program. - Wildlife and Natural Areas: Tahoe Rim the state’s Native American resources. Additional categories such as Nevada landmarks/historic points and Native American features should be developed to Trail and wildlife viewing areas in the • Features and points of interest to be recog- provide straightforward icons that symbolize these resources. Tahoe Basin, Washoe and Carson Valleys; nized in this program will be coordinated - Geographic Features: Lake Tahoe, Lo- with NDOT, NDSP, Native American Tribes, gan Shoals, Glenbrook Canyon, Carson and the State Historic Preservation Office. River, Topaz Lake, Washoe Valley, Slide • Name and labels included shall be consis- Mountain, Mt. Rose, and Stonehouse tent with State archives and map naming and Steamboat Hot Springs; conventions. Consider travel speed when - Cultural/Recreational Resources: Mount descriptions are used. Lettering less than Rose Scenic Byway (SR 431), Carson City 6 inches in height can be difficult to read State Capitol and Historic District, Day- at high speeds. ton Historic District, sovereign lands and • Final icon and name approval will rest reservations of the Washoe and Paiute with NDOT. 3.21 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

4.4 Implement an Audio Interpretation Program. 4.6 Highlight scenic byway entrances with Develop and coordinate an audio/multime- signage that is coordinated with the State- dia interpretative program with the State- wide Place Name Sign Program. wide Place Name Sign Program. This pro- Reflect the place and character of the area gram could be implemented via broadcast with iconographic images incorporated on radio, CD or DVD programs, wireless Inter- scenic byway signs (see illus. 7). net hotspots, satellite transmission, or other media that allows travelers to access ad- 4.7 Incorporate the anti-littering campaign. ditional information from their car. Anti-littering messages located at highway stops that include food and beverage ser- • Information may include cultural and vices will provide an immediate reminder to natural resources, tourist opportunities, travelers. and services along the corridor. (7) Scenic byways should include a specific pictorial graphic that is • Link the Audio Interpretation Program to related to the place. • Work with local vendors to place the anti- the Statewide Place Name Sign Program littering messages on disposable cups, and state welcome centers in order that plates, and other items likely to be tossed travelers can access specific information out the vehicle window. on selected sites. • Along non-interstate roadways, utilize • Utilize synchronous technologies that allow users to control how and when they pole signage anti-littering signs. access this additional information. • Develop signage that engages Nevada residents and encourages active partici- • Incorporate the program into the Intel- ligent Transportation System regional pation in maintaining clean and beautiful informative architecture to allow mes- highways. (8) Sign bridge with numerous trusses is visually cluttered. sages to be updated in real time and coordinated with AMBER alert and 511 trav- 4.8 Simplify signage supports used on bypasses eler information messages. and elevated bypasses. • Coordinate with programs, organizations, agencies, and municipalities along the corridor, and explore ways in which • Use single arm monotube systems for to expand the Audio Interpretation Pro- freeway signage support where possible. gram. • Minimize the number of trusses used in order to reduce visual clutter (see illus. 8 and 9). (9) Single arm monotube with one signage board clarifies appear- 4.5 Coordinate the Statewide Place Name Sign ance of information. Program with the national Watchable Wild- life program and with other community driven programs. Work with other agencies, civic groups and municipalities to provide interpretive signage where applicable.

3.22 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

5.0 COLOR PALETTE APPLICATION 5.3 Use color composition on bridges to visu- BASE COLORS ACCENT COLORS ally reinforce structural elements. 5.1 Use a uniform, consistent color palette for Any two accent colors may all highway structures. Use the base and accent colors to reinforce be selected from the follow- the structural elements and integrity of a DE 5537 ing. All landscape design Standard NDOT practice should utilize a segments use this accent uniform and consistent color palette for all bridge. Great Basin Forest color palette. #6223 new and existing highway structures that DE 5936 complements the surrounding landscape. • Concrete bridge spans, super-structure support, and slope paving should be se- Base and accent stain or paint colors for all lected from the landscape segment base DE 6013 highway structures along the US 395, West color. Capital Crossroads US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 Corridor • Railing and other features incorporating #6215 have been selected. To ensure accurate col- a material change should utilize accent DE 6040 colors. In addition, steel bridge spans or reference, the colors are matched to the should use an accent color. Dunn Edwards system (see illus. 2). Lake of the Sky DE 6097 #6223 • Each highway structure should use a se- 5.4 Blend new rock cuts and/or soil with the lection of one base color and up to two surrounding landscape. DE 6224 accent colors, chosen from the palette. Match new rock and soil treatments with No more than two accent colors should existing rock and soil color to blend dis- be used per site. Edge of the Sierra turbed areas with the surrounding environ- • Ensure roadway structures within a sin- #6215 gle landscape design segment utilize the ment. same base color and accent color(s). (2) The proposed color palette refers to the Dunn Edwards paint system and should be used for reference purposes only. • When existing structures require refin- • Use this process for any corridor project ishing, they should be stained or repaint- in which rock cuts are included. ed to be consistent with the selected • Blend newly excavated soil and rock with color palette. existing weathered rock. • Specific town logos and transportation • Where possible, the application should art are exempt (refer to Transportation occur in a central location and away from Art guideline, page 3.19). sensitive receiving waters.

5.2 Ensure accent colors highlight structural aspects. Accent colors should highlight structural aspects and/or details of highway structures, such as the beam of a bridge or a bridge railing.

• Ensure accent color application logically (3) The color palette was field tested in morning, afternoon (4) The Carson City Bypass successfully applied the color responds to and reinforces structural and evening conditions. palette. features or change in materials. (1) The landscape inspires the color palette for each landscape design segment. Base colors correspond to the landscape design segment’s environmental features. 3.23 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

6.0 ROADWAY DESIGN 6.3 Provide curbs no greater than 6 inches in 6.1 Reduce the appearance of a wide right-of- height in downtown areas. way through communities. Curbs define the edge of the highway and de- Every effort should be made to keep the lineate the pedestrian zones within commu- roadway as narrow as possible. Wide roads nities. Curbs greater than 6 inches in height 10’ 10’ 5’ 12’ 12’ 12’ 5’ 10’ 10’ 10’ 19’ 12’ 12’ 12’ 19’ 10’ allow for faster vehicular travel speeds, neg- may restrict pedestrian movement and create atively impacting the safety of pedestrians. difficult transitions at pedestrian crossings.

• Consider reducing the number of lanes. Four lane highways may be retrofitted to 6.4 Utilize on-street parking in community in- two travel lanes or two travel lanes and terface zones to buffer the sidewalk from a turn lane when other street systems traffic. are improved and overall traffic patterns On-street parking accommodates access to lo- move effectively. cal businesses and slows traffic (see illus. 1-2). • The appearance of a wide roadway may be reduced through the use of vertical elements, curb extensions, and a narrow • Use curb extensions to enhance the vis- (1) Parallel parking is best in areas where visibility and (2) Where room and travel speeds allow, angled parking traffic flow are concerns. shy distance (side clearance from fog line ibility of pedestrians crossing the street. creates more parking spaces. to edge of structure). Utilize a one to two • Angle parking should only be used in ar- foot shy distance from curbs and medi- eas of very low travel speeds. ans in downtown areas to reduce speed. • Provide a bike lane between parking and • Provide passing lanes outside of rural travel lanes to create a buffer. communities rather than only within • When bike lanes are not incorporated, town to reduce the number of lanes with- consider using a wider outside travel in town and slow travel speeds. Highways lane or parking area to minimize con- that only provide passing lanes within flicts with opening doors. communities encourage higher travel • For all forms of on-street parking, main- speeds through town because it is the tain adequate visibility and buffer zones only opportunity to pass slower traffic. between travel lanes and parking to prevent conflicts with through traffic. 6.2 Consider the use of rumble strips in transition zones to signal a speed reduction. 6.5 Integrate art, softscape, and hardscape as part Changes in paving material and roughened of a simple landscape treatment for round- paving provide a visual and audible cue to abouts. drivers to slow down. (3) Street systems have a large influence on the social and economic impacts of a community. Reducing the visual • Roundabout design should express the width of the street, allowing for on-street parking, and implementing a truck bypass are examples of ways in which communities can greatly reduce the negative impacts of a highway. • Rumble strips may be combined with segment theme and community vision. enhanced roadside treatments such as • Sensitively site transportation art and plantings and gateways to reinforce the plantings. entry into pedestrian areas. • Treatments should complement and coor- • Avoid placing rumble strips in bike lanes, dinate with the surrounding environment and do not use in situations where bikes and landscape features and be part of an share travel lanes. integrated design approach. 3.24 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

7.0 MEDIANS • Design medians to allow for adequate 7.1 Revegetate medians along rural highways percolation of water to avoid irrigation water infiltrating into the road base/sub- to integrate the highway with the land- base and causing pavement failure. scape. Utilize native plant material to revegetate 7.3 Utilize medians to reduce potential vehicle- medians along rural highways to create a pedestrian conflicts and to enhance pedes- more natural and consistent visual experi- trian walkability. ence (see illus. 1). Medians function to improve pedestrian

visibility by minimizing turning conflicts 7.2 Utilize median plantings and treatments to and directing and separating traffic. They enhance a community’s image. provide an effective way of reducing con- Landscaped medians beautify wide streets flicts between pedestrians and vehicles, al- (2) A combination of planting and streetscape elements by breaking up large expanses of pave- helps identify the character of the place. lowing pedestrians to incrementally cross (1) Native revegetation is appropriate for highway medians in ment and making the street feel narrower. the traffic lanes. rural settings. Medians can include a combination of rock mulch, signage, plantings, and boulders that • Medians may be constructed with curbs help to identify the character of the place and combined with pedestrian refuge is- (see illus. 2 and 3). lands. • Future development, access manage- • Avoid use of asphalt paving in medians. ment, usage patterns, available right- Stamped, colored concrete or pavers of-way, and changing transportation should be used in narrow medians (less demands should be examined when de- than 5 feet wide). Paving score patterns termining if raised medians are the ap- and texture should be simple and coor- propriate solution for the roadway. dinate with surrounding architecture (4) Rock lined medians, alone or in combination with and pedestrian areas. Colored concrete drainage swales, allow for runoff of excess stormwater. should use the segment’s base color (see 7.4 Direct stormwater to planted medians and Color Palette guideline page 3.23) or co- landscaped planting strips where feasible. ordinate with adjacent pedestrian walk- Utilize drainage swales within medians to ways. handle excess stormwater runoff (see illus. • The placement of plantings and treat- 4 and 5). ments should direct pedestrians and (3) Medians provide the opportunity for planting and design facilitate the vehicle operator’s view. details that help define distinct areas within a community. Selected plant species should also be • Carefully design curbs, gutters, catch ba- Breaks in the median provide a safe haven and allow pedestrians suitable for the harsh roadway environ- sins, and drain grates for ease of mainte- to cross lanes incrementally. These refuge islands provide pedestrians with an additional level of security. ment. nance. • Planted medians are generally the width • Ensure pedestrian movement is not un- of the center turn lane but can be as nar- duly impacted by ponding water. (5) Landscaped medians beautify streets and create context sensitive solutions. row as 5 feet. Regardless of width, medi- • In areas where run-off may contain high ans need to be designed to allow for safe levels of salt, select salt-tolerant plants. maintenance as well as for anticipated plant growth. 3.25 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

8.0 PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS • Curb extensions should extend into the 8.1 Improve pedestrian safety at crossings. street no further than the edge of the travel or bike lane. Motorists can see striped crosswalks from a • Curb extensions may be used at mid- greater distance (see illus. 1). block crossings and are beneficial when combined with pedestrian refuges. • Utilize a zebra striping pattern for paint- • Refuge islands are located at crosswalks ed crosswalks. in the middle of streets to provide a safe • Crosswalk striping should correspond to waiting area for pedestrians. the width and location of sidewalks. • The waiting area in refuge islands should align with the crosswalk and be as wide as the crosswalk to allow persons with 8.2 Use alternative paving type, coloring, or disabilities to cross without obstruction. other means to visually highlight pavement (1) Zebra striped crossings require less maintenance (2) Flashing pedestrian crossing signals enhance pedestrian • Refuge islands may include additional pe- and are more noticable than standard parallel visibility. In the image above, sensors on either side of the in pedestrian crossings. destrian safety features such as bollards striping. crosswalk activate flashing lights in the pavement when Crosswalks may be marked with distinctive and flashing signage to enhance their pedestrians cross the street. paving material, colors, and texture (see il- visibility. lus. 3). 8.4 Alert motorists to pedestrian crossings • Concrete is preferred over brick for its through the use of signage and flashers. durability. Concrete may be stained, em- Pedestrian signals work in conjunction with bossed with patterns, or constructed with unit pavers to give crossings a dis- traffic signals to assign right-of-way at in- tinctive feel in particular areas. tersections (see illus. 2). • Textures and materials should provide a visual contrast with the adjacent road sur- • Active signals are preferred over passive face, however, they must also provide a signals. smooth travel surface and good traction. • Pedestrian signals are appropriate at all intersections with traffic signals where crossing is permitted. 8.3 Reduce curb-to-curb distances at crosswalks. Incorporate curb extensions as part of the highway system when on-street parking is 8.5 Provide appropriate lighting to enhance visibility of pedestrians by motorists. provided. Provide refuge islands to break up (3) Use of colored paving at pedestrian crossings elevates the importance of the pedestrian. long crosswalks. Pedestrian-scale lighting and motor vehi- Curb extensions reduce the crossing dis- cle-scale lighting should complement each tance for pedestrians, increase visibility for other in an effort to ensure that both pe- motorists and pedestrians, prevent illegal destrian crossing areas and travel lanes are parking at corners, and provide additional effectively illuminated. room for people waiting to cross the street.

3.26 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

• Accentuated lighting may be used at crossing points to further distinguish crossing locations.

8.6 Consider pedestrian facilities as part of roundabout design. Pedestrian crossings at roundabouts should balance pedestrian convenience, pedestrian safety, and roundabout operations.

• Crossings at roundabouts implement the same design strategies identified for typi- (4) Pedestrian movement is directly affected by turning (5) Tighter, shorter turning radii reduce traffic speed and cal crosswalks but also need to consider radii. Larger radii increase traffic speed and crossing shorten pedestrian crossing distances. In these situations, the unique geometry of the roundabout distance for pedestrians, thereby reducing pedestrian motorists are better able to see pedestrians and stop quickly. design. comfort.

8.7 Balance the need for adequate vehicular turning radii with pedestrian needs. A tighter turn or shorter radius forces drivers to slow down, allowing them to see pedestrians and make quick stops. Addition- ally, they create more sidewalk space for pedestrian amenities (see illus. 4 and 5).

• Reduce corner radii where feasible to shorten and align pedestrian crossings (6) Tighter turning radii provide sidewalk space for landscape enhancements and clear delineation of while reducing vehicle turning speed. crossing points. • Reduce the use of slip lanes (channeliza- (7) Curb extensions are easily integrated into roadways with on-street parking. Consider the use of curb extensions tion) where possible to minimize pedes- in highly utilized pedestrian areas in order to provide trian/vehicular conflicts. pedestrian amenities and reduced crossing distances.

(8) Breaks in the median provide a safe haven and allow pedestrians to cross lanes incrementally. Pedestrian refuge islands provide an additional level of security while crossing. 3.27 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

9.0 NON-MOTORIZED TRANSPORTATION • Ensure that direct connections are made SYSTEMS (NMT) to existing and future trail systems and shared-use pathways (see illus. 3). 9.1 Consider aesthetics as part of bicycle facility design. 9.4 Incorporate designated bike lanes within the Users of non-motorized transportation sys- roadway to link regional bike trail systems. tems are more likely to use facilities that in- Within developed community areas, bike clude aesthetic treatments and that link to lanes provide access to regional bike trail critical destinations. systems and to local community facilities. • Minimize underpass length to allow for natural lighting (see illus. 1). • Stripe, sign, and provide a painted bike lane symbol for designated bike lanes to • Utilize transportation art consistent with promote driver awareness, better define the segment theme (see illus. 2). travel lanes, and enhance user comfort (see illus. 4). 9.2 Engage agencies and organizations in the • Enhanced paving or pavement markings planning and design process. may be used in downtown areas. Ensure proper planning conveniently ac- • In areas of limited right-of-way and low speeds, bicyclists may share travel lanes commodates NMT while minimizing ad- (1) The length of underpasses should be minimized where possible in order (2) Daylighting and aesthetic imprints in order to accommodate street improve- to allow natural lighting. accentuate underpasses making them verse safety and environmental impacts. ments such as widened sidewalks and more inviting. on-street parking. However, bike lanes • Engage Federal, State and local agencies should be included as part of the roadway as well as local user groups and organiza- whenever possible. tions in the planning, design, and implementation of non-motorized transporta- 9.5 Consider bicycle facilities as part of round- tion facilities. about design. • Ensure the maintenance of connections to regional trails and pedestrian systems. • Consult the statewide bicycle and pedestrian plans prepared by NDOT. • Provide signage to trail heads and regional trails to encourage NMT use.

9.3 Integrate NMT into the right-of-way. Where topography, site conditions, and land use warrant, separate bicycle paths may be built in the right-of-way.

(3) Highly utilized recreation areas should have a shared-use trail (4) Bike lanes should be signed, striped, and linking destination points. designated with a bike symbol. 3.28 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

10.0 BRIDGES 10.2 Use simple sub-structure and support features. Approach Transition Slope Bridge Substructure Bridge Bridge span Bridge barrier barrier rail paving is barrier rail is poorly span is proportion abutment 10.1 Use a consistent bridge design. Use simple sub-structure and support fea- rail height and required lacks visual integrated glaring is bulky tures with strong proportional relationships connection because relief into the white Bridges are prominent features in the land- is poorly of exces- bridge span scape and can significantly affect the visual in all standard bridge design. attached sively steep embankment quality of the environment. NDOT standard bridge design incorporates a concrete and • Avoid “V,” “Y” or flared support shapes in sub-structure and support features. steel I-girder, or concrete and steel box • Use simple geometric shapes to minimize girder bridge structure of similar propor- the support profile as well as the number tion, finish, and barrier rail design. The ma- of supports required (see illus. 1). Embankment fill slope is the largest jor structural elements – piers, girders, and feature of the bridge • When bridge supports involve stream Steep slopes prevent plant- abutments – also serve as the major archi- crossings, a column shape must account ing and are very erodible. for bridge scour. tectural features. (2) Avoid components and proportions lacking visual appeal.

• Aesthetic qualities must consider pro- 10.3 Use visually transparent bridge rail structures. portion, rhythm, balance, and unity. Re- Consider open rail design of steel rail or Embankment Bridge Erosion Bridge Substructure Super structure Bridge Approach fer to the Aesthetic Guidelines for Bridge fill slope barrier control span proportion with simple with horizontal abutment barrier rail concrete barrier and steel, both to create a Design (Minnesota Department of Trans- flattened to rail is light and open columns shadow lines designed more refined bridge with a lighter appear- allow planting as strong portation) for a complete discussion. and reduce visual • Bridge form should be simple and un- ing span, and to maintain scenic views and erosion anchor complicated (see illus. 2 and 3). views to the surrounding landscape. • Large amounts of slope paving should be avoided (see illus. 3). • Use shadow lines and patterns to avoid • Street names should be embossed on the blank surfaces where safety mandates a bridge span, providing place identifica- solid concrete barrier. tion for the motorist. • Where special conditions arise and larger or different bridge spans or types are re- (3) Preferred landscape and aesthetic treatments that improve the appearance of the bridge when applying design guidelines from this section. quired, ensure landscape and aesthetic aspects are incorporated into the standard design type. Accent Color Base Color Rail Termination

Wall with horizontal shadow lines and smooth finish makes up 1/5 of the wall abutment. Edge of bridge deck Random Vertical Pattern Wall Finish

Light and Thin Proportion for Span 3H:1V embankment slope, no slope pavement

Vertical abutment structure should be 6’ high

(1) Sample bridge support cross sections. (4) Preferred bridge design elements for this corridor.

3.29 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

10.4 Consider fill embankments and approach Lighting is integrated into the rails as part of the bridge design. structure of the bridge. All NDOT bridge design should consider fill 2H:1V Slope Vertical abutment structures are more visually appealing than bridge embankments and approach rails in concert Shadow patterns in structures occur due to relief of planes and specific shadow lines and may be located at joints or as designs with slope paving and mini- with the abutment, bridge barrier rail, and part of the ornament of the bridge. mal clearance below the bridge span. A minimum of 6 ‘ of abutment below superstructure (see illus. 10). the superstructure is required with a (5) Avoid 2:1 slope as primary bridge abutment and the need for preferred distance of 6’ - 10’. slope pavement. Structural connections are not visually • Materials, height, and attachment details prominent below bridge deck. should be carefully considered when connecting guardrails to the bridge to avoid 3H:1V Slope joining incompatible materials and creating abrupt vertical changes at connection points. • Avoid slope paving at bridge embankments, grade to a slope of 3H:1V to allow (6) Avoid weak proportions in bridges with shallow or undersize for slope revegetation (see illus. 5-9). abutments.

10.5 Use landscape or rock mulch to stabilize em- 3H:1V Slope Rock mulch provides erosion protec- bankments. tion rather than slope paving. The maximum of 3:1 slopes allows land- Contour grade embankments and use landscape to be planted without additional scape planting to maintain embankment. retaining walls. (7) Avoid characteristic shapes that do not visually support the Rip-rap placed below abutments. Use rock retaining walls to establish suit- structure. able flat landscape areas where right-of-way (10) Bridge abutment and barrier rail designed as a composition with jointing and materials consistently is narrow. applied into a well proportioned bridge 3H:1V Slope • Ensure mulch materials match bridge structure color and the surrounding landscape (see Color Palette guideline for appropriate color selection, page 3.23). (8) Preferred use of bridges with retaining wall abutment and 3:1 • Use rock mulches, stone rip-rap, or deco- slope is intended for the corridor. rative slope paving (minimally) to stabilize abutments below the bridge. • When slope pavement is used, include in- 3H:1V Slope tegral color or stain to match base color palette.

(9) Preferred use of a batter to the abutment is a desirable feature.

(1 1) Consider rail features and open bridge spans as part of bridge design to evoke a sense of character that relates to surrounding development and historical influences.

3.30 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

10.6 Select vandalism-resistant finishes. from concrete barriers (refer to Noise Reduc- Finish type, color, and surface patterns are tion and Walls guideline 11.5, page 3.33, im- important design elements in coordinating age 9). Street name identification should be the structure with the surrounding land- placed on the concrete barrier rail. scape. Select bridge finishes of appropriate color (see Color Palette guideline, page 3.23) 10.9 Accentuate locations where bridges cross ma- and vandal-resistance. jor water bodies, drainage courses, or canyons. Utilize landscape treatments in order to • Where appropriate, structures with de- highlight crossings and connect motorists tailed treatments located in urban areas to the landscape (see illus. 13). should be treated with non-sacrificial anti-graffiti finish. • Consider the integration of a grade-sepa- • Color and finish selections will assist in reinforcing the design intent of the rated pedestrian crossing into structure when possible. bridge structure. • Coordinate with local jurisdictions to determine the need for these features. 10.7 Create a visual design unity among all existing and new structures. 10.10 Retrofit existing bridges. Ensure bridges coordinate with noise walls, Bridges are gateway features to cities and retaining walls, and other highway struc- (12) Aesthetic retrofits to existing bridges within the Reno urban area improve the sense of place and character. Travelers communities. tures. entering Reno from the Reno-Tahoe International Airport recognize a community that cares about its image. • Aesthetic treatments such as staining • Establish a visual design relationship that should be the basic treatment for updat- coordinates materials, patterns, color, ing existing structures. and other design elements of structures • Where possible, include segment-appro- (see illus. 14). priate artistic motifs with sculptural orna- • Establish a visual design continuity be- mentation and decorations (see illus. 12). tween existing bridges and other structures by implementing a paint/stain retrofit program to unify color schemes 10.11 Provide direct connections from bypasses where they vary within a corridor. back to the community core. Heightened levels of landscape and aesthet- 10.8 Design bridges to accommodate additional ic treatments, including effective signage, elements and structures that are required. should mark exits to downtown areas. Accommodate pedestrian corridors and other additional structures with extra width. In • Increasing density of landscape and archi- areas where noise walls are required on bridg- tectural elements heightens the sense of arrival into community centers. es, the bridge should be widened to allow for

noise walls that are completely separated (13) Architectural details and columns provide opportunities accentuate prominent drainages. (14) Subtle bridge materials enhance place-making and add visual interest. 3.31 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

11.0 NOISE REDUCTION AND WALLS with the corridor’s landscape design segment 11.1 Consider grading to minimize wall height. theme for retaining walls and noise walls. Where possible, use an embankment slope with landscape planting to buffer sound • Maintain consistent use of the selected material, pattern, color, and texture. The (see illus. 1), or use a combination of earth required prototypical surface pattern is forms and noise walls to achieve structural shown in illustration 3. integrity and buffer sound while limiting • Avoid using multiple materials, such as actual wall height. steel and concrete or CMU, on continuous spans of wall. • This guideline does not change or su- • Post and panel systems are not encour- persede Federal noise wall requirements, aged for noise wall construction, and which specify the location of noise walls should be used only for temporary ap- according to adjacent land uses and a plications. If a post and panel system is used, it should be constructed with a single sound level threshold approaching 67 (1) Grading, in combination with walls, will reduce the (2) Integrate noise walls into highway right-of-way with decibels. material, preferably pre-cast concrete for height of walls while still meeting federal noise stan- landscape planting between wall and roadway. The all components (see illus. 5). • Noise walls should not be greater than 14 dards. setback also allows earth contour grading to vary the wall heights and base grade. feet in height without a step in the wall • Use visual design themes and/or pictorial plane. motifs comprised of simple patterns and surface texture, and carefully design the • Walls used only for visual screening may motifs composition (height and position) not be taller than 10 feet. on the wall (see illus. 6). • Use natural barriers and land forms when • Noise walls over 12 feet in height require possible. special graphic or pattern treatment (refer to Transportation Art guideline, page 3.19, 11.2 Provide landscape planting and setback for more information about appropriate subject matter). space between the vehicle recovery zone and the noise wall. When necessary, work with developers to 11.4 Create visual breaks and interruptions to (3) Preferred prototypical sur- (4) A wall return of three feet is rec- (5) Avoid post and panel system for perma- avoid monotony along noise walls. face pattern is rusticated vari- ommended for noise walls outside nent noise wall application. ensure adequate right-of-way is provided able vertical ribbing. Dimensions the clear zone at the beginning of the for sound abatement. Use staggered and/or curved walls of varying vary between 2”-8” apart. wall facing the driver. lengths to provide visual interest along ex- • Consider grading to minimize wall height. tended stretches of noise wall (see illus. 1). Landscape plantings in front of walls will soften the appearance of large wall faces • Avoid abruptly ending noise walls. Use a (see illus. 2). wall return of 3 feet for noise walls located • Ensure planting and maintenance is provided. outside of the clear zone. • Battered walls, also known as inclined walls, can provide additional interest. 11.3 Select a simple design palette. • Shadow patterns can be introduced to cre- Choose a simple design palette of material, ate visual interest that shift and change pattern, color, and texture that coordinates throughout the day. (6) Focal noise wall imprint adds an additional layer of interest (7) The integration of vertical vegetation visually to noise walls. softens noise walls. 3.32 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

• Use appropriate ornamentation to break up • Noise sensitive facilities (schools, churches, Preferred - Tapered Transition Preferred - Curved the surface of long, uninterrupted spans. etc.) require sound abatement strategies. 20 - 30 ‘ Individual step height • Coordination at the planning stages is crit- not to exceed 3’ cal to avoid conflicts. 11.5 Separate noise walls from other highway i structures and set back from travel lanes. Ensure noise walls are carefully planned for 11.7 Retrofit noise walls that do not meet recom- Allowed transition for noise wall grade changes and integrated with the design of the high- mended requirements. Allowed transition for noise wall top

way and/or bridge. Preferred - Stepped Transition Avoid - Angular Wall Top • Painting should be the basic treatment to Individual step height improve existing structure aesthetics. • Av oid attaching noise walls to concrete not to exceed 2’ barriers, bridges, and/or retaining struc- • Enhancements could include the applica- tures. When noise walls are attached to tion of artistic motifs with sculptural orna- such structures, use compatible materials, mentation and decorations, or visual relief by modulating the top edge of walls. colors, and forms. Allowed grade transition with steps between 8” and 2’ Not allowed for noise wall top • Recess noise walls a minimum of 30 feet Preferred - Stepped Transition with Staggered Walls Avoid - Eased Transition from edge of travel lane where possible. 6 ’ Noise walls may be placed on top of con- 3 ’ crete barriers only when no other practical solution exists. • Consider drainage impacts when locating or placing walls as the area flanked by walls Preferred grade transition with minimum stagger of Not allowed for noise wall top will need to freely drain. 24” between wall planes

(8) Using curved or staggered walls reduces the impact of a monolithic structure. Keep lines of the wall faces and tops 11.6 Encourage noise-compatible land uses adja- clean and simple. cent to highway corridors. At the planning level, encourage land uses Patterning and shadow that are compatible with highway noise, such Maintenance Access lines are required on both as commercial and light industrial areas. sides of noise wall and concrete barrier

Drain

(9) Walls approaching bridges can be adapted (10) When concrete barrier and noise walls co- with a setback and planting strip. A flare of the exist without buffer space, wall is integrated upper one-fourth of the wall further prevents into concrete barrier rail. an enclosed, narrow passage. Design flared walls so they do not become top-heavy and cause hazards to motorists and pedestrians.

3.33 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

12.0 CONCRETE BARRIERS AND GUARD page 3.23, for more information on color RAILS selection. 12.1 Stain concrete barriers to blend the roadway into the surrounding environment. 12.2 Avoid bright and shiny guard rails. Use acid-washed steel guardrails where ap- • Concrete barriers should be stained to propriate (see illus. 2). match the segment’s base color (see illus. 1). Refer to Color Palette guideline, (1) Stained concrete barriers should use colors from the (2) Acid washed steel guardrail should be used design segment’s color palette. along the majority of highways.

13.0 LIGHTING • Use poles and fixtures with consistent 13.1 Avoid over-lighting. maintenance requirements and procedures for lighting types used within the same Excessive high mast lighting can create light maintenance district. pollution along a corridor and impact views to • Use accent color palette for poles (refer to the surrounding landscape. Color Palette guideline, page 3.23, for more information). • Study current lighting level standards to • Select a sleek and simple pole configura- determine levels needed for safety only. tion (see illus. 5). Adjust current standards, if necessary, and • Allow for context-sensitive design in fix- apply the minimum height, illumination, tures and poles where appropriate, particu- and number of light masts required. (2), (3) Sculptural lighting reflects larly in areas such as historic sites (see illus. urban character in a landmark set- • Focus attention on luminance versus illu- 2 and 3). ting (above). Context-sensitive light- mination (i.e. brightness of pavement ver- • Consider color properties when selecting ing reflects community character in special districts (above right). sus brightness of light). lamps. Metal halide lamps are preferred in • Along all sections of the corridor, use light- pedestrian areas. Mercury vapor lamps pro- (1) A change in lighting height and style ing fixtures that minimize light pollution duce favorable lighting for enhanced land- emphasizes the transition into a community. and provide even light dispersion. scape treatments. Energy efficient high- • Eliminate lighting where possible. pressure sodium lamps are commonly used for large portions of the roadway. • Use cobra head or shoebox-type pole and fixtures instead of high mast lighting where appropriate. 13.3 Lighting height and brightness should be consistent with pedestrian scale needs in down- 13.2 Use a consistent lighting fixture and pole. town or heavily pedestrian-oriented areas. In central commercial districts and town cen- Create desirable pedestrian environments by ters, use light fixtures and lamps that are con- using pedestrian-scale lighting along side- (5) Preferred type of fixture and pole configuration. sistent with surrounding architectural styles. walks. (4) Avoid this type of pole design in favor of more (6) Limit use of high streamlined attachments. mast lighting. • Us e a durable, powder-coated finish for light • Fixtures should be more closely spaced poles of a color that matches other struc- than conventional “cobra head” street tures and the surrounding landscape. Typi- lights. cally use colors that blend with the back- • Lighting height and brightness should ground and do not visually overwhelm. clearly illuminate walking paths. 3.34 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

14.0 FENCING • Minimize the use of fencing within 14.1 Ensure right-of-way fencing blends with rights-of-way where possible. the landscape. • In urban areas use colored steel fencing such as powder-coated, acid-washed, or Fencing can be used in non-urban areas to stained-galvanized fencing that visually delineate the highway right-of-way and recedes into the urban background. control access.

• Use wire fencing that blends with the landscape and conforms to current Ne- vada Revised Statutes. • Ensure right-of-way fencing is well maintained. (1) Fencing should not visually distract travelers from the overall landscape. (2) In urban areas, use colored steel fencing or Use simple, multi-strand wire fencing that blends with the landscape. stained-galvanized fencing that visually recedes.

15.0 GRADING AND RETAINING WALLS • Carefully grade slopes around natural out- 15.4 Utilize retaining walls that reflect sur- Rounded slope condition 15.1 Avoid creating steep slopes. crops and abrupt topography to improve rounding landform and soil colors to mini- 1/6 of total slope aesthetics and allow for easier and more Smooth, moderately inclined slopes will mize large slope cuts. Replace “V”-swale with rounded cost-effective maintenance. swale profile transitioning to Contrary to terraced high wall cuts, stagger- blend more readily with the surrounding • Topographic patterns should be consid- embankment. landscape, are safer to maintain, and are ered with proposed grading. Valleys, high ing, terracing, and progressive offset of re- less vulnerable to erosion. points, and ridges require graded transi- taining walls can stabilize slopes and reduce tions rather than abrupt embankment erosion while smoothly blending into sur- Rounded slope con- cuts or fills. dition at top and • Flattened fill slopes can assist in decreas- rounding landforms, (see illus. 2 and 3). bottom of slope ing erosion. Flattened slopes also reduce • At a minimum, ensure that all construct- the need for guardrails and provide bet- ed slopes are revegetated (refer to Na- • Select retaining structures or slope sta- ter accident recovery in the roadside clear tive Plant Revegetation Softscape Type bilization methods that blend with the zone. guideline, page 3.40). surrounding landscape and encourage (1) Smooth transitions between cut and fill slopes and • Acquire adequate right-of-way to provide revegetation. existing conditions can be accomplished by rounding enough land to construct the desired 15.3 Create artful earthwork. • Provide landscape plantings in front of the slopes. slope and grade. Create landforms that respond to the walls to soften their appearance. • In some locations, steeper slopes may be uniqueness of the site, the surrounding • Provide a minimum of 8 feet between ter- unavoidable to protect important natural races to provide for landscape planting. or cultural resources adjacent to the high- landscape, and the roadway travel experi- way. ence.

15.2 Create smooth landform transitions and • Contour grade to create effective planting embankments, shadow patterns, and revegetate slopes. artful earthwork. • Where feasible, grade slopes to provide • Use finish-grading techniques such as for water harvesting (reclaimed surface slope rounding at the top and bottom of runoff). cuts to create smooth landform transitions that blend with the natural terrain (2) Avoid the tunnel effect created by a retaining wall (3) Preferred designs incorporate a step or change of greater than 14 vertical feet. plane for a retaining wall greater than 14 vertical feet. (see illus. 1). 3.35 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

• Carefully design gabion walls. Color should Turn retaining wall be dark and muted to match soil and sur- ends into slope rounding landscape. Wire mesh should match stone color. Plant terraces with native vegetation to break-up visual impacts. (6) Avoid small scale joints, octagon, or cruciform shaped panels. These are only acceptable when textured with a rusticated • Retaining walls should be consistent variable vertical pattern. within a segment and utilize a simple design palette and anchor to the earth (see (5) Turning the ends of retaining walls illus. 5 and 9). “anchors” them into the earth and creates a (4) Preferred gabion systems that utilize dark, muted stone. finished end to the retaining wall. • Utilize a simple design palette. Avoid us- Wall should not appear to be an artificial system. ing multiple materials such as steel, concrete, keystone block, or CMU on walls. (7) Avoid multiple materials, shapes, and joint patterns Exterior finish for retaining walls should have the same visual appearance independent of the type of wall. • For MSE walls, rectangular shaped panels with vertical joints with a consistent pat- (10) Preferred finish is rusticated with variable vertical texture tern are preferred. All panels should have and pattern. Surfaces should have a single finish whether MSE, a rusticated variable vertical pattern that cast-in-place, or other wall type is used. Consistency with other extends across the entire surface (see il- (8) Avoid gabion retaining walls that utilize large light- (9) Retained slopes with walls should return to structures is required. lus. 6, 7, and 10). colored rocks. Narrow spaces between terraces prevent the meet uphill grade. ability to plant native vegetation for visual relief.

16.0 ROCK CUT AND EXCAVATION • Blend rock cuts to match natural rock 16.1 Analyze rock geology. forms and use naturalized bedding planes to avoid creating an unnatural rock face Provide a multi-disciplinary team of civil en- (see illus. 2). gineers, geotechnical engineers, and land- • Ensure all designed landforms are natural scape architects to ensure that the inherent in appearance and blend with the topog- character of a rock’s natural bedding planes, raphy and geology of the surrounding landscape (see illus. 5). fractures, joints, and overall stability is care- • Match new rock and soil excavations with (2) Preferred rock cuts in which (3) Avoid securing slopes with fully analyzed and informs the design of all (1) Avoid straight cuts and benches natural bedding planes were used concrete facing when possible. When existing rock and soil using rock staining, with custom naturalized cuts. rock cuts. to excavate naturalized landform. necessary, use colored concrete that soil-coloring treatments, and/or acceler- resembles natural rock face textures. ated weathering techniques. • Conduct careful rock geology, site, and • Where site conditions and cost analysis cost analysis, and design rock cuts to permit, acquire adequate right-of-way to avoid the need for rock fall protection provide enough land to design and build fencing. the desired rock cut slope and grade.

16.2 Design rock cuts to be natural in form, texture, and color in relationship to the surrounding landforms. (4) Preferred custom benching follows the natural formation of the rock and accomplishes the same elevation (5) Preferred re-sculpted rock cut changes artificial slope banks into naturally change as shown in illustration 1. occurring landforms. Plan cuts that terrace, bench, and use bedding planes found in rock formations are the final design of any rock slope. 3.36 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

17.0 DRAINAGE with appropriate ground treatment 17.1 Use naturalized channel design and infiltra- (refer to Ground Treatment Softscape Type guideline and Native Revegetation tion methods. Softscape Type guideline, page 3.40). Avoid paving drainage ditches or check dams with asphalt or concrete. Where possible, se- 17.3 Naturalize culvert ends. cure check dams with rock and use naturalized channel design and infiltration methods • Use rock to naturalize inlets and outlets. to enhance, both functionally and visually, • Culverts should not be exposed except at the end of headwalls and endwalls or highway drainage systems (see illus. 1). with mitered end sections. • When it is essential to have portions ex- • In unique situations, utilize geotextiles, posed, they should be stained to blend impervious mats, or stone lining to main- with the surroundings. (1) Rock-lined drainage channels are an attractive alter- (2) Design of detention basin uses naturalized, curvilinear native to concrete or unlined ditches. shapes instead of “V” channels. tain the appearance of a natural channel. • Consider whether trails or wildlife pas- • Excessive flow velocities and erosion po- sages can be coordinated with culverts. tential may demand paved drainage surfaces. Consider the use of open cell concrete block with native grass or rock mulch. 17.4 Create small-scale detention basins in the Lake • Vary the size of rock treatments. Mean- Tahoe watershed to protect lake and stream der naturalized treatments so that they zone water quality in a manner consistent feather into the landscape (see illus. .3) with current NDOT practices.

17.2 Revegetate drainage infrastructure. • Use native rock, soil, and organic mate- Drainage detention and infiltration areas rials to line retention basins. Open cell concrete block may be used. Revegetate should be shaped with natural undulating basin with native grass to cover units. edges and bottoms rather than angular em- • Add native vegetation along the margins (3) Feather rock treatments into surrounding landscape so (4) Small detention features lined with rock and native bankment slopes (see illus. 2). of the basins to blend with surrounding they appear more natural. vegetation allow slow infiltration of runoff. landscape (see illus. 4). • Upper slopes of drainage detention ba- • Promote infiltration, while preventing ero- sins should be revegetated or covered sion and stabilizing biotic soil conditions.

18.0 EROSION CONTROL • Permanent revegetation efforts can be 18.1 Stabilize soils to ensure successful revegeta- improved by providing in situ topsoil, native vegetation fragments, and rocks and tion and to control erosion. Use native materi- improving soil salvage techniques and als for stabilization and revegetation, to blend seed mixes. with surrounding landscape. • Provide uncompacted topsoil surfaces (approximately 85% compaction) prior to • Use techniques such as heavy textured seeding. soil and/or gravel mulches to slow water run-off and provide dust control. 18.2 Refer to temporary and permanent erosion • Where water concentrates, riprap mate- control best management practices as pre- rial and/or geotextile reinforcement may pared and documented by NDOT. (1) Native rock and vegetation add aesthetic value while (2) Application of soil stabilizer aids in dust and erosion be used to avoid erosion. stabilizing slopes. control. 3.37 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

19.0 WATER HARVESTING Rocks create impervious cover, resulting This method enhances plant growth, and 19.1 Maintain soil moisture and improve water in water harvesting for the remaining supplements the irrigation needed for soil and seeds. Rocks also create a rough, high water use plants, thereby reducing retention by preserving topsoil, site sur- uneven surface, thereby slowing water the cost of irrigation. Features used to facing, site grading, track walking, apply- runoff, allowing water to collect and in- direct or store water can be part of the ing mulches and tackifiers, sensitively sit- creasing infiltration. Rock mulches retain aesthetics of design. moisture and protect plants by reducing ing features, and using permeable paving • Permeable pavements: evaporation, providing wind protection, Pavements such as flagstone or permeable or cisterns. and moderating the soil temperature so asphalt should be used where appropriate The collection of runoff for use in land- that it is cool in the summer and warm in to aid in the infiltration of precipitation in the winter, effectively lengthening the scape design is especially important in arid urban areas. growing period. climates. Increase the availability of natural • Water Storage in Cisterns or Tanks: • Site Grading: water by directing runoff and precipitation In some cases it may be desirable to store Grade surfaces to slow water flow, en- into areas such as planting beds prior to couraging absorption. Instead of a con- water in a cistern for later use. Storage moving it off site into drainage structures. tinuously angled slope, position breaks provides the most control and flexibil- in the use of harvested water. Cis- or depressed areas around planted areas. ity Water harvesting methods also reduce the terns collect water throughout the year Contour slopes allowing water to infil- amount of runoff, thereby reducing non- and store it until it is needed during the trate around vegetation. Prevent erosion height of summer. Consider the need for (1) The naturally contoured slope allows for water collection point source pollution, erosion, and flood- by minimizing slope angle and directing around rock outcroppings and promotes vegetation growth. mosquito abatement during design. Wa- ing while recharging the groundwater. water flow. ter should not be stored in open systems Soil moisture and water retention can be • Track Walking: for long periods of time. Cisterns can be maintained and enhanced in several ways, Where possible, track walk all slope sur- sculptural and incorporated into an aes- including: faces to stabilize material and minimize thetic design, or they can be large and potential erosion. Track walking should be relatively flat, and located under a park- performed perpendicular to the contour. ing lot. • Top soil Preservation: • Mulches and Tackifiers: Stripping and salvaging the existing top- Use mulch and tackifiers to hold seed and soil, vegetation seeds, and plant frag- 19.2 Use natural and/or artificial products to col- topsoil cover and assist with moisture ments for later reapplication should oc- lect, store, and release water for plant use. retention during germination. Mulch- cur at every site requiring disturbance. es such as bark or straw can be used to Use products such as: This live topsoil contains organisms, stabilize seeds and topsoil and assist in seeds, and plant fragments that increase moisture retention during plant germi- the potential success of revegetation and • Pumice wicks nation and growth. increases both the quantity of organic • Polymer products matter and permeability of the soil. • Siting of Features and Facilities: • Diatomaceous earth • Site Surfacing: Thoughtful consideration should be • Wattles given to the siting of features and fa- Rock surface composition should simu- cilities. Rest area and other facilities late the original or adjacent surface where vegetation is desired should be cover or be integrated as part of the located where natural surrounding up- overall design. Create artful water har- land topography can provide increased vesting features that contribute to the water to the planted areas. Within inter- aesthetic quality as well as functionality changes, planted areas should be sited of landscape treatments. Placing rocks where roadway runoff can be directed and shaping landforms to create depres- to provide water to these areas before sions increases water retention and pro- it enters structured drainage systems. vides moisture to the plants (see illus. 1). 3.38 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

20.0 IRRIGATION for water will lessen to the point of com- 20.1 Select efficient and effective irrigation systems. plete removal. Select efficient and easily maintained drip irrigation systems that have a central con- • Temporary watering is required for con- tainerized native plants for a period of ap- troller. proximately one to two years, depending on the success rate of revegetation. • Consider the use of reclaimed water, in- • Permanent irrigation to individual plants cluding fully treated effluent and water is required for all enhanced native, region- (2) Certain plant species such as Ephedra and Rabbitbrush are harvesting techniques, as a supplement ally adapted, and regional ornamental adapted for survival in saline soils. to irrigation. softscape types. • If a non-domestic water source is used, • When a water source is not available, con- include a filter system to prevent clog- sider water harvesting methods or the use ging of emitters. of vertical elements and structures. (1) Drip irrigation is required for all enhanced native, • Consider threaded emitters as opposed to regionally adapted, and regional ornamental softscape types even after they have reached maturity. punch-in types to minimize vandalism. 20.3 Manage the high concentration of salts. Nevada’s desert soils often concentrate salts 20.2 Provide appropriate irrigation for each soft- at the outer edge of the wetted soil volume, scape type. including near the soil surface, particularly The early stage of revegetation growth de- in drip irrigation situations. mands the most water use and is most critical to the establishment of young plants in • Salt management techniques include an arid climate. As revegetation becomes flushing the soil periodically with heavy more established and mature, the demand watering and/or planting salt tolerant materials.

21.0 SOFTSCAPE TYPES AND TREATMENTS 21.3 Preserve healthy trees and vegetation. Mature vegetation is an integral part of com- GENERAL GUIDELINES munity identity and an important public re- 21.1 Consider aesthetics and maintenance of se- source that enhances the quality of life. lected softscape treatment. In all non-paved areas, select ground treat- • Preserve areas that have been previously ments that meet both aesthetic and main- landscaped with ornamental plant ma- tenance requirements. terials that are in good condition, form, and health. 21.2 Select appropriate plant sizes. • Include a tree inventory listing all protected trees and other landscape materi- Minimum plant size used should consider plant als within the right-of-way. survival and the visual effect of the material. • Include a listing of species, size, and condition of each tree, index of trees to re- • Consider sunlight, water requirements, move or preserve, and specifications for (1) Softscape treatments within the right-of-way should and wind exposure when placing plant tree maintenance during construction. be adapted to the specific environmental conditions of the material. region. 3.39 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

GROUND TREATMENT SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT • Implement a ground treatment retrofit 21.4 Implement appropriate ground treatment program to treat areas of bare soil. and softscape type. 21.5 Coordinate ground treatment with sur- Use recommended softscape and ground rounding landscape. treatment types to assist with erosion and Ground treatment should coordinate in dust control, consistent with NDOT specifi- size, texture, color, and aggregate mix with cations. the surrounding landscape.

• Rock mulch, where used, should comple- • Mulches composed of multi-sized rock ment and/or match the surrounding natu- that resemble natural patterns of sur- ral environment. rounding soils should be considered as a • For rural areas, ground treatment should matching technique. be derived from natural patterns found in playas, foothills, or ephemeral drainages. • For landscaped areas in urban settings, use rock mulches to create patterned and textured ground treatments. (1) Mulches that utilize natural elements help to blend disturbed areas with their natural surroundings.

NATIVE REVEGETATION SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT 21.7 Carefully select native plant species. 21.6 Apply native revegetation softscape In addition to plant species identified in along open, rural highways. Mapping Ecosystems along Nevada High- Reestablish the native conditions using the ways and the Development of Specifications native revegetation softscape type. The na- for Vegetation Remediation (Tueller, et all tive revegetation softscape type is the back- 2002), use the list of native plant species ground planting for the majority of the corri- provided for revegetation efforts. Plant dor and should be implemented as indicated palettes are not restrictive. They provide a in the landscape design segments. starting point for plant selection.

• Roadsides should be revegetated after a • Ensure the plant palette selected for the fire to reduce erosion and snow drift. site complements existing desirable veg- • Plant density and spacing should mimic etation in the surrounding landscape. surrounding conditions, incorporating • Use native plant species to create plant scattered rock mulch to reduce erosion communities with variations in plant and improve revegetation success. height and width. • Distribute scattered rock mulch in a • Additional plants not included in the ad- pattern similar to that found in the sur- jacent list can be included upon review rounding landscape instead of a thick, and approval. even spread of rock mulch. • Select an appropriate native plant pal- (1) Native plant materials of northern Nevada includes: Sagebrush, Bitterbrush, and Rabbitbrush. ette based on elevation, soil conditions, and ecosystem type. 3.40 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

Figure 12 - Native Revegetation Plant Palette 21.8 Revegetation methods. addition, ensure native topsoil is collected Plant Palette - Great Basin Areas and stored for reuse. Native topsoil pro- Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest • Reestablish native conditions using the vides a seed source and important bacte- Upper Elevations native plant revegetation softscape ria for salvaged plant establishment and Big Sagebrush Sites type. Select perennial grasses, forbs, and growth. Carefully remove, stockpile, and Shrubs: shrubs that will establish with little or no store the native topsoil of new construc- Artemisia tridentata - Big Sagebrush 1.5’ to 6' x 10' Full sun minimal Aromatic Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus - Green Rabbitbrush 2’ x 3’ Full sun minimal Yellow flowers maintenance over the long term. Incor- tion projects to be used as final bedding Erigonum ovalifolium - Cushion Buckwheat 1’ x 1’ Full sun minimal Yellow flowers porate the Native Wildflower Program material. Ensure native soil stockpiles are Ephedra viridis - Green Ephedra 3' x 3' Full sun minimal Evergreen in revegetation efforts. Select plants Prunus fasciculata - Desert Peach 4’ x 4’ Full sun minimal Small white flower protected from the wind to avoid ero- Purshia tridentata - Bitterbrush 6' x 6' Full sun minimal Yellowish spring color that have been evaluated for drought sion and the creation of a dust hazard. Salvia dorrii - Purple Sage 2’ x 2’ Full sun moderate Blue flowers tolerance, salt and alkali tolerance, seed- Organic mulches may be used to im- Grasses: ling vigor, fire retardant characteristics, prove soil quality. Firmly anchor mulches Achnatherum thurberianum - Thurber's needlegrass 24" x 24" Full sun minimal Grass growth habit, suitable soil groups, seed- to the site. Carefully analyze the site to Agropyron spicatum - Bluebuch Wheatgrass 18" x 12" Full sun moderate Grass ing rates, Pure Live Seed (PLS), availability, Agropyron trichophorum - Pubescent Wheatgrass 18" x 12" Full sun moderate Grass determine the need for fertilizers and pH Bromus inermis - Smooth Brome 12” x 12” Full sun moderate Grass and general costs of native seed sources. amendments. Festuca idahoensis - Idaho Fescue 12" x 12" Full sun moderate Grass Ecosystem categories and suitable plant Leymus triticoides - Creeping Wildrye 24" x 24" Full sun moderate Grass Poa ampla - Big Bluegrass up to 4' tall x 1' Full sun moderate Grass species have been identified for reveg- • Salvage and stockpile native rock mulch. etation specifications along Nevada’s Existing rock naturally blends with the Forbs: highways in Mapping Ecosystems Along landscape. Re-use of existing materials Argemone munita - Prickly Poppy 36" x 36" Full sun minimal Large white flowers Castilleja spp. - Indian Paintbrush 12" x 8" Full sun moderate Brilliant flowering color Nevada Highways and the Development should be considered as part of site de- Helianthus annuus - Sunflower 8' x 2' Full sun moderate Large yellow flower of Specifications for Vegetation Remedia- sign. Linum lewisii - Prairie Flax 24" x 24" Full sun minimal Delicate blue flowers Lupinus spp. - Lupine 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Brilliant flowering color tion (Tueller et al, 2002). Tueller’s report Penstemon palmeri - Palmer’s penstemon 36" x 24" Full sun minimal Large fragrant flowers offers a complete description of suitable • Apply a prescribed soil treatment such as Vicia dasycarpa - Woolypod Vetch 18" x 12" Full sun moderate Purpleish flowers plant species and plant communities, soil plowing, disking, harrowing, furrowing, Pine and Juniper Woodland Sites classification units, and best manage- hydroseeding, applying mulches (such as Trees: ment practices for vegetation remedia- straw), and using tackifiers (such as dark Amelanchier alnifolia - Serviceberry 12’ x 6’ Full sun minimal Bluish-purple fruit Juniperus osteosperma - Utah Juniper shrubby to 20-30’ Full sun minimal Yellowish green foliage tion, and should be used as a guide for colored netting). Soils should be rough- Pinus aristata - Bristlecone Pine 20’ x 15’ Full sun minimal Evergreen revegetation. ened before and after planting to create Pinus monophylla - Single-leaf Pinyon Pine 20' x 15' Full sun minimal Evergreen favorable seed sites, particularly for grass Pinus ponderosa - Ponderosa Pine 100' x 30' Full sun minimal Evergreen • Salvage existing native plants and topsoil and forb seeds. In silty conditions, a soil Shrubs: prior to construction. Species salvagabil- stabilizer, such as a hydromulch, or a mat- Artemisia nova - Black Sagebrush ity depends on location, size, soils, and Artemisia tridentata - Big Sagebrush 1.5’ to 6' x 10' Full sun minimal Aromatic ting material can reduce potential dust Cercocarpus ledifolius - Curl-leaf Mountain Mahogany 15' x 10' Sun to light shade minimal Narrow green leaves analysis of plant value, including poten- problems. On some sites, deep ripping Chrysothamnus spp. - Rabbitbrush 5' x 5' Full sun minimal Golden flowers tial survival rate. Salvaged plants can be can loosen hardpan and improve seeding Ephedra spp. - Mormon Tea 3' x 3' Full sun minimal Evergreen Kochia prostrata - Summer Cypress 3' x 3' Sun to light shade minimal Gray-green foliage utilized at revegetation sites to improve success. In conditions of steep cuts and Purshia tridentata - Bitterbrush 6' x 6' Full sun minimal Yellowish spring color roadside aesthetics and to provide ma- slopes greater than 40%, slope disking Rhus trilobata - Skunkbush Sumac 5' x 15' Full sun minimal Yellow to red fall color ture plants that would otherwise take may create seed pockets. Use scattered Grasses: years to establish. Where existing native rock mulch in coordination with revege- Bromus inermis - Smooth Brome 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Grass plants can not be re-used, chip salvaged tation. This mulch provides seed pockets Leymus glaucus - Blue Wild Rye 36" x 24" Sun to light shade minimal Grass Poa sandbergii - Sandberg’s Bluegrass 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Grass plants and incorporate into the topsoil. In and protects plant establishment. Pseudoroegneria spicata - Bluebunch Wheatgrass 36" x 24" Full sun minimal Grass

Forbs: Castilleya spp. - Indian Paintbrush 12" x 8" Full sun moderate Brilliant flowering color Geranium viscosissimum - Sticky Purple Geranium 24" x 12" Sun to light shade minimal Purple flowers Linium lewisii - Prairie Flax 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Delicate blue flowers Lupinus spp. - Lupine 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Brilliant flowering color Penstemon palmeri - Palmer’s penstemon 36" x 24" Full sun minimal Large fragrant flowers Sanguisorba minor - Small Burnet 12" x 24" Sun to light shade moderate Unique foliage

3.41 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

• Collect native seed. Initiate a process for • Develop a program to control noxious Plant Palette - Great Basin Areas (cont.) Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest native seed collection at the start of each weeds and invasive plant species. In areas Lower Elevations project where revegetation is designat- requiring revegetation, quickly establish- Big Sagebrush Sites ed. Native seed should be collected from ing native species is the most effective Shrubs: a site in close proximity to the revegeta- method of controlling invasive species. Artemisia tridentata - Big Sagebrush 1.5 to 6' x 10' Full sun minimal Aromatic tion area. Because unpredictable weather In much of the corridor, however, re- Atriplex canescens - Fourwing Saltbush 5' x 7' Full sun minimal Narrow gray leaves Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus - patterns can affect seed availability, plan establishing native plant communities Green Rabbitbrush 2’ x 3’ Full sun minimal Yellow flowers ahead to ensure usable seed. Native seed may take many years. Use biotic or or- Ephedra viridis - Green Ephedra 3' x 3' Full sun minimal Evergreen can also be purchased through seed com- ganic forms of control, such as tempo- Krascheninnikouia lanata - Winterfat 3' x 3' Full sun minimal Yellowish flower clusters Prunus andersonii - Desert Peach 5’ x 5’ Full sun minimal Pinkish flowers panies or BLM nurseries. rary mulches, to prevent invasive species Purshia tridentata - Bitterbrush 6' x 6' Full sun minimal Yellowish spring color from establishing. Provide regular and Rhus trilobata - Skunkbush Sumac 5' x 15' Full sun minimal Yellow to red fall color • Monitor revegetation during construc- frequent monitoring of new plantings to Grasses: tion to ensure the specified materials identify when additional forms of control Achnatherum hymenoide - Indian Ricegrass 24" x 24" Full sun minimal Grass and installation methods have been used. may be needed. Achnatherum speciosum - Desert Needlegrass 24" x 24" Full sun minimal Grass Leymus cinereus - Basin Wildrye 36" x 24" Full sun moderate Grass Plan and budget for maintenance of re- Leymus triticoides - Creeping wildrye 24" x 24" Full sun moderate Grass vegetation and weed control areas until Poa ampla - Big Bluegrass 36" x 24" Sun to light shade moderate Grass the desired species are established. In Poa secunda - Sandberg Bluegrass 36" x 24" Sun to light shade moderate Grass Pseudoroegneria spicata - addition, continue to monitor revegeta- Blue Bunch Wheat Grass 36" x 24" Full sun minimal Grass tion plantings for up to five years after Forbs: construction to ensure successful estab- Ipomopsis aggregata - Scarlet Gilia 3' x 1' Full sun minimal Delicate red flowers lishment. Include temporary irrigation if Linum lewisii - Prairie Flax 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Delicate blue flowers needed. Provide training for NDOT staff Lupinus spp. - Lupine 36” x 36” Full sun minimal Blue flowers Medicago sativa - Alfalfa 36” x 12” Full sun moderate Pinkish flowers who oversee revegetation administra- Melilotus officinalis - Yellow Sweet Clover 48” x 24” Full sun moderate Small yellow flowers tion. Failures in revegetation can often Penstemon eatonii - Firecracker Penstemon 36" x 24" Full sun minimal Red flower spike Penstemon palmeri - Palmer’s Penstemon 36" x 24" Full sun minimal Large fragrant flowers be attributed to poor installation and Oenothera tanacetifolia - Tansy-leaf maintenance practices. evening primrose 6" x 12" Full sun moderate Bright yellow flowers Sanguisorba minor - Small Burnet 12" x 24" Sun to light shade moderate Unique foliage Solidago spectabilis - Goldenrod 18" x 12" Sun to light shade moderate Yellow flowers Sphaeralcea coccinea - Globe Mallow 12” x 12” Full sun minimal Orange flowers Vicia spp. - Vetch 36” x 12” Full sun moderate Pinkish flowers

Salt Desert Shrub - Shadscale and Bailey's Greasewood Sites

Shrubs: Atriplex canescens - Fourwing Saltbush 5’ x 5’ Sun to light shade minimal Yellow flowers Atriplex confertifolia - Shadscale 3’ x 3’ Full sun moderate Flowering spikes Atriplex gardneri - Gardner Saltbush 1.5’ x 3’ Full sun minimal Evergreen Grayia spinosa - Spiny Hopsage 3’ x 3’ Full sun minimal Evergreen Kochia prostrata - Prostrate Summer Cypress 3’ x 3’ Sun to light shade minimal Gray-green foliage

Grasses: Achnatherum hymnenoides - Indian Ricegrass 12” x 6” Full sun minimal Grass Agropyron sibericum - Siberian Wheatgrass 24" x 12" Full sun moderate Grass Distichlis spicata - Saltgrass 6” x 6” Full sun minimal Grass Elymus elymoides - Squirreltail 18” x 12” Full sun minimal Grass Hilaria jamesii - Jame’s galleta 6” x 6” Full sun minimal Grass Leymus triticoides - Creeping Wildrye 24" x 24" Full sun moderate Grass Sporobolus airoides - Alkali Scaton 36" x 18" Full sun minimal Grass

Forbs: Oenothera spp. - Evening Primrose 48” x 24” Full sun moderate Small yellow flowers Melilotis officinalis - Yellow Sweet Clover 48” x 24” Full sun moderate Small yellow flowers Sphaeralcea coccinea - Globe Mallow 12” x 12” Full sun minimal Orange flowers

3.42 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

Plant Palette - Great Basin Areas (cont.) Plant Palette - Forested/Pine Areas Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest Salt Desert Shrub-Black Greasewood Sites Forested Pine/Fir Sites

Shrubs: Trees: Atriplex canescens - Fourwing Saltbush 5’ x 5’ Sun to light shade minimal Yellow flowers Pinus aristata - Bristlecone Pine 20’ x 15’ Full sun minimal Evergreen Atriplex lentiformis - Quail Bush 5’ x 5’ Full sun minimal Yellow flowers Pinus jeffreyi-Jeffrey Pine 90’x30’ Full Sun moderate Evergreen Chrysothamnus nauseosus - Rabbitbrush 2’ x 3’ Full sun minimal Yellow flowers Pinus contorta murrayana – Lodgepole Pine 80’x30’ Full Sun moderate Evergreen Kochia prostrata - Kochia 3’ x 3’ Sun to light shade minimal Gray-green foliage Sarcobatus vermiculatus - Greasewood 3’ x 3’ Full sun minimal Bright green foliage Shrubs: Ceanothus velutinus - Snowbush 6’x6’ Full Sun moderate Glossy green leaves Grasses: Quercus vaccinifolia - Huckleberry Oak 2’x4’ Sun to light shade moderate Gray green leaves Agropyron elongatum - Tall Wheatgrass 36” x 18” Full sun minimal Grass Amelanchier alnifolia - Serviceberry 12’x6’ Full Sun minimal Bluish-purple fruit Distichlis spicata - Salt Grass 6” x 6” Full sun minimal Grass Prunus melanocarpa - Chokecherry 20’x12’ Full Sun moderate Dark fruit Elymus elymoides - Squirreltail 18” x 12” Full sun minimal Grass Ceanothus integerrimus - Whitehorn 8’ x 8’ Sun to light shade moderate Semi-evergreen Leymus cinereus - Great Basin Wildrye 36” x 24” Full sun moderate Grass Cercocarpus ledifolius - Mountain Mahogany 15’x10’ Sun to light shade minimal Narrow green leaves Sporobolus airoides - Alkali Sacaton 36” x 18” Full sun minimal Grass Arctostaphylos patula - Manzanita 6’ x 6’ Full sun moderate Evergreen, white flower Ceanothus prostrates - Squaw Carpet 6”x8’ Sun to light shade minimal Glossy green leaves Forbs: Artemisia tridentata vaseyana – Melilotus officinalis - Yellow Sweet Clover 48” x 24” Full sun moderate Small yellow flowers Mountain Big Sagebrush 1.5-6’x10’ Full sun minimal Aromatic, gray green Oenothera pallida - White Evening Primrose 48” x 24” Full sun moderate Small white flowers Purshia tridentata – Bitterbrush 4’ x 6’ Full sun minimal White flowers sp/sum Sphaeralcea ambigua - Desert Globe Mallow 36” x 36” Full sun moderate Orange flower color Grasses: Streamside Sites Bromus marginatus – California Brome 12”x12” Full sun minimal Grass (use only in streamside conditions) Bromus intermis – Smooth Brome 12”x12” Full sun minimal Grass Festuca arundinacea – Tall Fescue 36”x18” Full sun moderate Grass Trees and Shrubs: Agropyron smithii – Western Wheatgrass 12”x12” Full sun minimal Grass Alnus incana - White Alder 25’ x 12’ Full sun to shade moderate Bright green Agropyron trichorophum - Pubescent wheatgrass 30”x12” Full sun low-moderate Grass Alnus tenuifolia - Mountain Alder 25' x 15' Full sun to shade high Greenish yellow catkins Poa ampla – Sherman Big Bluegrass 30”x18” Full sun low-moderate Grass Baccharis glutinosa - Water Willow 6’x 6’ Full sun high White flowers Betula occidentalis - Water Birch 40’ x 25x Full sun moderate Copper bark Forbs: Cornus sericea - Red-Twigged Dogwood 15' x 15' Full sun to shade moderate Red fall color Wyethia mollis – Wolly mules ears 1’ x 1.5’ Sun to light shade low-moderate Flowers Populus freemontii - Fremont Cottonwood 60' x 30' Full sun moderate Bright lemon yellow in fall Penstemon palmeri – Palmers Penstemon 6’x3’ Sun to light shade minimal Flowers Populus tremuloides - Quaking Aspen 50' x 25' Full sun moderate Golden yellow in fall Lupinus alpestris – Mountain Lupine 1’ to 3’x2’ Sun to light shade minimal Flowers Populus trichocarpa - Black Cottonwood 75' x 30' Full to part sun moderate Yellow fall color Aquilegia formosa – Columbine 1.5’ to3’x2’ Sun to light shade minimal Flowers Salix boothii - Willow 15' x 10' Full sun high Narrow green leaves Phacelia campanularia – California Bluebells 6” to 18”x1’ Sun to light shade minimal Flowers Salix lasiolepsis - Lance-leaf Willow 8’ x 6’ Full sun high Narrow green leaves Salix lasiandra - Pacific Willow 40' x 25' Full sun high Narrow green leaves Sambucus coerulea - Blue Elderberry 7' x 10' Sun to light shade moderate Creamy white flowers Spirea densiflora - Spirea 2' x 3' Sun to light shade moderate Pink flowers

Grasses: Agropyron riparium - Streambank Wheatgrass 36" x 24" Full sun moderate Grass Carex nebraskensis - Nebraska sedge 24" x 12" Full sun high Grass Poa palustris - Fowl Bluegrass 48" x 24" Sun to light shade moderate Grass Hordeum brachyantherum - Meadow Barley 24" x 12" Full sun moderate Grass Juncus balticus - Baltic Rush 48" x 24" Full sun high Grass

Forbs: Aconitum columbianum - Columbian monkshood 5’ x 3’ Sun to light shade high Bright blue flowers Agastache urticifolia - Nettleleaf Giant Hyssop 18” x 6” Sun to light shade moderate Blue Flowers Geranium viscosissimum - Sticky Purple Geranium 24” x 12” Sun to light shade minimal Small pinkish flowers Mertensia longiflora - Small Bluebells 6” x 6” Sun to light shade moderate Small purple flowers Veratrum californicum - California False Hellebore 6’ x 2’ Sun to light shade high Large flower spike Wyethia mollis - Mule’s Ear 2.5’ x 2.5’ Sun to light shade minimal Orange flowers

(1) Native revegetation softscape types should be used to repair and restore roadsides along the majority of the highway. 3.43 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

ENHANCED NATIVE SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT • Plants are placed in massings and at a Figure 13 - Enhanced Native Plant Palette 21.9 Apply enhanced native softscape along closer proximity to one another than in the surrounding native landscape.. Plant Palette transition zones and as part of simple gate- Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest Trees: way treatments. Acer ginnala - Amur Maple 15' x 12' Sun to light shade moderate Bright red fall color 21.10 Carefully select enhanced native plant spe- Acer glabrum v. torreyi - Enrich the native softscape palette with Rocky Mountain Maple 15’ x 15’ Light shade moderate Orange-red fall color the enhanced native softscape type. The cies. Acer grandidentatum - Wasatch Maple 30’ x 30’ Full sun moderate Red/gold fall color In addition the plants listed in the native Celtis reticulata - Netleaf hackberry 30’ x 30’ Full sun low na enhanced native softscape type is the sec- Cupressus arizonica - Arizona Cypress 60' x 25' Sun to light shade moderate Evergreen revegetation softscape type, the following Elaeagnus umbellate - Autumn Olive 14' x 14' Full sun moderate Red globose fruits ond most commonly used plant palette Juniperus osteosperma - Utah Juniper Shrub to 20’-30’ Full sun minimal Yellowish green foliage list of plants comprise the enhanced native * Pinus aristata - Bristlecone Pine 20’ x 15’ Full sun minimal Evergreen throughout the corridor and should be uti- Pinus edulis - Pinyon Pine 20' x 15' Full sun minimal Evergreen softscape type. Use these species to create Pinus monophylla - Single-leaf Pinyon 50' x 25' Full sun minimal Evergreen lized as shown in the landscape design seg- Quercus gambelii - Gamble Oak 25’ x 25’ Full sun minimal Red fall color ments. The enhanced native softscape type plant communities with variations in plant Rhus spp. - Sumac 15' x 15' Full sun minimal Yellow to red fall color height and width. enriches the Great Basin and Sierra Nevada Shrubs: Atriplex canescens - Fourwing Saltbush 6' x 6' Sun to light shade minimal Narrow green leaves plant palettes with a mix of vertical heights Buddleia davidii - Butterfly Bush 10' x 8' Full sun moderate Colorful flowers • Ensure the plant palette selected for the Caragana pygmaea - Dwarf Peashrub 3' x 5' Sun to light shade moderate Yellow flowers and densities. site complements existing vegetation in Cytisus spp. - Broom 7' x 6' Full sun minimal Bright yellow flower Foresteria neomexicana - Desert Olive 8' x 12' Full sun minimal Narrow green leaves the surrounding landscape. Kochia spp. - Kochia 6' x 6' Full sun minimal Narrow green leaves • Typical applications are specified for tran- Perovskia spp. - Russian Sage 3' x 1.5' Full sun moderate Lavendar spike flowers • Use existing vegetation as a cue to select- Potentilla spp. - Cinquefoil 1.5' x 2' Sun to light shade minimal Yellow flower sition zones into communities as well as ing appropriate plant species. Rosa woodsii - Woods rose 3’ x 5’ Sun to light shade moderate Light pink flower sp/sum simple gateway treatments. Rhus spp. - Skunkbush and Aromatic Sumac 6' x 8' Sun to light shade minimal Yellow to red fall color • Additional plants not listed above or ad- Sambucus spp. - Elderberry 7' x 10' Sun to light shade moderate Creamy white flowers • A variety of native species are planted in jacent may be included upon review and Shepherdia argentea - Silver Buffaloberry 10' x 10' Sun to light shade moderate Red fruit in winter moderately dense patterns to create this Shepherdia rotundifolia - Roundleaf Buffaloberry 15' x 10' Sun to light shade low Evergreen approval. Spirea spp. - Spirea varies Sun to light shade moderate Pink flower landscape. • Enhanced native softscapes use the plant Forbs and Grasses: Achillea millefolium - Yarrow 3' x 2' Sun to light shade moderate White flowers material of the native revegetation pal- Artemisia - Silver Mound 18" x 24" Full sun moderate Silver-green foliage ette as a base and add a limited number Aster spp. - Daisy 18" x 24" Full sun moderate Large colorful flowers Coreopsis verticulata - Cut-Leaf Coreopsis 18" x 24" Full sun moderate Yellow flower of regionally adapted trees, shrubs, and Echinacea purpurea - Purple Coneflower 18'' x 12" Full sun moderate Large purple flowers other materials for diversity in form. Eriogonum spp. - Sulphur Flower 12" x 36" Full sun minimal Bright yellow flowers Gaillardia grandiflora - Blanket Flower 24" x 12" Full sun moderate Red and yellow flowers Hesperaloe parviflora - Red Yucca 3' x 4' Full sun minimal Pinkish-red flowers Linum lewisii - Prairie Flax 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Delicate blue flowers Lupinus - Lupine 12" x 12" Full sun minimal Brilliant flowering Penstemon strictus - Strictus Bandera 28" x 18" Sun to light shade moderate Small purplish flowers Rudbeckia fulgida - Goldsturm Blackeyed Susan 18" x 24" Full sun moderate Brilliant flowering color Sedum spectibile ’Autumn Joy’ - Sedum Autumn Joy 24" x 24" Full sun moderate Pink flowers Elymus cenereus - Ashy wildrye 24” x 18” Full sun low Grass Miscanthus sacchariflorus- Silver Banner Grass 6' x 4' Full sun moderate Grass Miscanthus sinensis - Japanese Silver Grass 3' x 4' Full sun moderate Grass

* Note: Pinus aristata to be used only on forested pine or fir sites.

(1) The enhanced native softscape type utilizes a combination of native and non-native plants to create a planting arrangement with varying heights and widths. 3.44 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

REGIONALLY ADAPTED SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT 21.12 Carefully select regionally adapted plant Figure 14 - Regionally Adapted Plant Palette 21.11 Apply regionally adapted softscape in ur- species. Plant Palette ban areas and locations of high visibility. Use regionally adapted plant species. In ad- Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest Trees: Use the regionally adapted softscape type dition to the plants listed in the native re- Acer freemanii - Autumn Blaze Maple 40' x 30 Sun to part Shade moderate Grown for foliage where identified in each landscape design vegetation and enhanced native softscape Acer ginnala - Amur Maple 15' x 12' Sun to part shade moderate Red fall color Cedrus atlantica ‘Glauca’ - Blue Atlas Cedar 40' x 40' Full sun minimal Evergreen segment (refer to Chapter Two, Sections types, the following list of plants should be Cedrus deodara - Deodor Cedar 70' x 30' Sun to part shade minimal Evergreen Celtis occidentalis - Hackberry 50'x 25 Sun to part shade minimal Green foliage Two - Five). This softscape type utilizes the used to comprise the regionally adapted Fraxinus pennsylvanica ‘Urbanite' - Urbanite Ash 70' x 35' Sun to part shade moderate Yellow green Koelreuteria paniculata - Golden Rain Tree 45' x 25' Full sun moderate Yellow flowers Great Basin and Sierra Nevada plant palettes softscape type. Picea pungens - Colorado Spruce 75' x 30 Sun to part shade moderate Evergreen Pinus nigra - Austrian Pine 120' x 40' Full sun moderate Evergreen along with other low-water use plants that Pyrus calleryana - Ornamental Pear 50' x 25 Full sun moderate White flowers are well adapted to local conditions. • Use plant species to create plant commu- Quercus macrocarpa - Bur Oak 100' x 60' Sun to part shade moderate Fall color nities with variations in plant height and Quercus rubra - Red Oak 100' x 60' Sun to part shade moderate Fall color spread. Shrubs: • Typical applications includes welcome Aronia melanocarpa- Chokeberry 4' x 4' Full sun minimal Pink flowers centers, gateways, rest areas, urban ar- • Additional plants not listed above or ad- Buddleia daviddii - Butterfly Bush 7' x 7' Full sun moderate Purple flower eas, and other high visibility locations. jacent may be included upon review and Caryopteris spp. - Blue Mist Spirea 48" x 36" Full sun moderate Purple flowers approval. Ceanothus cuneatus - Buckbrush 6’ x 6’ Full sun low White flowers • Plants are arranged in greater densities, Chamaebatiaria millefolium - Fernbush 5’ x 5’ Full sun minimal Unique foliage Cotinus coggygria - Smoke Tree 12’ x 10’ Full sun moderate Pink flowers forming over-story and under-story lay- Cotoneaster spp. - Cotoneaster 4’ x 4’ Sun to light shade moderate White-pink flower ers, to create a richness of color, texture, Cytisus spp. - Broom 7' x 6' Full sun minimal Yellow flowers form, and seasonal change, enhancing Eriodictyon californica - Yerba santa 4’ x 5’ Full sun minimal White flowers Foresteria neomexicana - Desert Olive 8' x 12' Full sun minimal Green foliage the desert garden. Genista lydia - Lydia Broom 36"x 36" Full sun moderate Bright Yellow Juniperus spp. - Juniper 6' x 3' Full sun minimal Evergreen Mahonia aquifolium - Oregon Grape 8' x 4' Sun to light shade minimal Green foliage Mahonia repens - creeping mahonia 1’ x 4’ Full sun low Evergreen Potentilla spp. - Cinquefoil 2.5' x 2.5' Sun to light shade minimal Yellow flowers Prunus besseyi - Western Sand Cherry 3' x 3' Full sun moderate White flowers Prunus glandulosa - Pink Flowering Almond 3' x 3' Sun to light shade minimal Green foliage Spirea spp. - Spirea 4' x 4' Sun to light shade moderate Showy flowers Perovskia spp. - Russian Sage 6' x 6' Full sun moderate Lavendar flowers Shepherdia argentea - Silver Buffaloberry 15' x 12' Sun to light shade moderate Silver foliage Sumac spp. - Rhus 6' x 4' Full sun minimal Red fall foliage

Forbs: Aurinia saxatilis - Basket of Gold 12" x 24" Full sun minimal Groundcover Cerastium tomentosum - Snow-In-Summer 6" x 12" Full sun minimal White/near white Coreopsis spp. - Coreopsis 24" x 24" Full sun moderate Yellow Echinacea purpurea - Purple Coneflower 18" x 18" Full sun moderate Pinkish flowers Hemerocallis spp. - Daylily 18 x 24" Full sun moderate Various color Knipfolia spp. - Red Hot Poker 24" x 24" Full sun minimal Poker like flowers Lavandula spp. - Lavender 18" x 18" Full sun moderate Purple flower Phlox subulata - Creeping Phlox 6" x 18" Sun to light shade moderate Nice pink flowers Zauschneria californica - California Fuchia 12" x 20" Full sun minimal Red blooms Campsis radicans - Trumpet Vine 24" x 24" Full sun minimal Red blooms Parthenocissus quinquefolia - Virginia Creeper 12" x 48" Full sun minimal Fall color

Grasses: Calamagrostis acutiflora ‘Karl Foerster’ - Foerster’s Feather Reed Grass 4' x 5' Full sun moderate Grass Erianthus ravennae - Ravenna Grass 7' x 4' Full sun moderate Grass Festuca spp. - Blue Fescue 12” x 12” Full sun moderate Grass Helictotrichon sempervirens - Blue Oat Grass 24" x 24" Full sun moderate Grass Panicum virgatum - Switch Grass 6' x 6' Full sun moderate Grass Stipa gigantea - Giant Feather Grass 7' x 6' Sun to light shade moderate Grass

(1) Regionally adapted aoftscape types should be used in areas where a highly visible landscape is desirable.

3.45 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

REGIONAL ORNAMENTAL SOFTSCAPE 21.14 Carefully select regional ornamental plant Figure 15 - Regional Ornamental Plant Palette TREATMENT species. Plant Palette 21.13 Apply regional ornamental softscape In addition to the plants listed in the native Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest Trees: type in areas of extremely high impor- revegetation, enhanced native, and region- Crataegus douglasii - Douglas hawthorn 25’ x 12’ Full sun moderate Large thorns tance. ally adapted softscape types, the following Gleditsia triacanthos inermis - Honeylocust 60’ x 40’ Sun to light shade moderate Unique branching Picea pungens ‘Glauca’ - Colorado Blue Spruce 60’ x 20’ Sun to light shade moderate Evergreen Use the regional ornamental softscape list of plants comprise the regional orna- Rhus spp. - Sumac 15’ x 15’ Full sun minimal Bright red fall foliage Robinia spp. - Locust 50’ x 25’ Full sun moderate Yellowish-green type to enhance culturally significant land- mental softscape type. Sequoia gigantea - Giant Redwood 80’x 35’ Full sun moderate Evergreen Sorbus aucuparia - Mountain ash 30’ x 25’ Sun to light shade moderate Bright red fall color marks and features. The regional ornamen- Tilis tomentosa - Silver Linden 45’ x 20’ Full sun low White flower • The species listed represent those plants tal softscape type is the rarest treatment Shrubs: with significant cultural value. and should be used where identified in the Forsythia spp. - Forsythia 6’ x 4’ Full sun moderate Bright yellow flower • Alternative plants that have the same Hibiscus syriacus - Rose of Sharon 10’ x 6’ Sun to light shade moderate Large flowers landscape design segments (refer to Chap- Lonicera spp. - Honeysuckle 6’ x 6’ Sun to light shade moderate Small flowers form and characteristics, thereby evok- Rosa spp. - Rose (native yellow climbing rose) Varies Full sun moderate Bright yellow flowers ter Two, Sections Two - Five). ing a similar cultural meaning, may be Syringa spp. - Lilac 15’ x 15’ Sun to light shade moderate Pink flowers Viburnum spp. - Viburnum 8’ x 8’ Sun to light shade moderate Bright red berries more desirable if the alternative plant is • It is typically used in areas of extreme better suited to the environmental con- Grasses, Forbs, and Perennials: Aster - Michaelmas Daisy 12” x 12” Full sun moderate Long bloom time high importance as part of place-making. ditions, requires less maintenance, and is Festuca spp. - Blue Fescue 12” x 12” Full sun moderate Grass more drought-tolerant. Hemerocallis spp. - Daylily 24” x 18” Full sun moderate Yellow flowers • This softscape type emphasizes the Iris spp. - Iris, Tall Bearded 36” x 10” Full sun moderate Large purple flowers unique cultural elements of a particular • Additional plants not listed above or ad- Leucanthemum x superbum - Shasta Daisy 24” x 12” Sun to light shade moderate Long bloom time urban environment. jacent may be included upon review and Saccarum ravennae - Plume Grass 10’ x 6’ Full sun moderate Grass approval. • The use of non-native, ornamental plant species in this softscape type accentu- ates the composition possibilities inherent in form and color. • Dynamic ornamental forms, colors, and textures enhance the native Great Basin and Sierra Nevada landscape in comple- mentary patterns.

(1) Regional ornamental softscape types utilize diverse plant palettes to create distinctive landscapes for areas that deserve unique treatment. 3.46 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

22.0 WILDLIFE CROSSINGS AND improve visibility. Proportionately in- 22.3 Use different types of fencing as appropriate 22.6 Retrofit existing highway facilities within PROTECTION crease the size of the underpass as the for different animals. the Lake of the Sky design segment to re- length increases. 22.1 Engage appropriate agencies in the plan- store wildlife migration patterns. • Restore vegetation leading up to wildlife ning and design of wildlife crossings. • Recommended fencing for deer is an 8 Consider broad areas within the landscape crossings and provide cover to shield the foot high, variable-expanded metal mesh where existing topography provides op- Engage Federal, State, and local agencies entrance to each wildlife crossing from fence. Metal mesh fencing should be fas- and wildlife professionals in the initial stag- the road while maintaining clear visibil- tened to metal wire. Barbed wire is unac- portunities. Coordinate location with mi- ity through the crossing. es of planning and design through imple- ceptable. Fencing should occur on both gration corridors. • Within underpasses, incorporate natu- sides of the road, and should extend to mentation of wildlife crossings. rally-occuring materials that exist in ad- the underpass or overpass entrance. 22.7 Design wildlife crossing structures to blend jacent areas. • Incorporate breaks, known as jump-outs, • Coordinate information on historic mi- • Wildlife underpasses or overpasses com- in areas with continuous fencing to enable with surrounding landscape. gratory routes and daily wildlife move- bined with fencing have the highest doc- wildlife trapped within the road corridor Visually screened bridges and culverts re- ments to situate crossing structures in umented rates of success for large and to escape and return to habitat areas. cede into the landscape. Combine recre- appropriate locations. small animals. Most successful crossing ational trails and wildlife crossings as part of • Research information that tracks where structures are open-span bridges with wildlife-related automobile accidents sloping sidewalls (see illus. 1). 22.4 Develop a monitoring system for all major bridge and culvert crossings where feasible. have occurred, and explore designs to • Road underpasses may be constructed wildlife crossings to document crossing use minimize these collisions. of concrete boxes, elliptical metal cul- and to collect data for similar projects. • Consider visual and scenic impacts of wildlife measures such as deer fencing in verts, or open span bridges. Increased Several studies in other states indicate 22.2 Use ecologically-appropriate wildlife cross- width and height of structures usually visually sensitve areas such as the Tahoe correlate with increased use by large that significant movement and migratory baisn. ing structures that meet the needs of spe- mammals. Sizes range from 6.5 foot by disruptions have occurred due to highway cific wildlife species in order to improve 6.5 foot culverts for small animals, to an construction. Movement and behavior at opening width of 40 feet by a height of movement corridors and safety along the crossings and other highway locations 16 feet for larger animals. Use natural corridor. bottoms for all underpasses that also should be monitored to help improve suc- Analyze wildlife behavioral traits so that accommodate streams or drainage pat- cess of these facilities as part of on-going designed crossing structures are effective terns. Determine the actual size, loca- interagency cooperative research. in meeting the needs of all species that will tion, and type of structure on a site-by- site basis. use the structure. • Placement of underpasses in relation to 22.5 Observation points and watchable wildlife an animal’s habitat is crucial. The habitat opportunities for observing animal move- • Specific design criteria varies with each within the crossing structure should also species. Consider larger species, such as be enhanced to encourage wildlife use. ment may be possible in the design of deer, and small species such as coyotes. Restore vegetation leading up to wildlife crossings. • Ensure structures complement the pri- crossings and provide cover to shield the Consideration should only be given when mary defense strategy for each wildlife entrance to each wildlife crossing from species. For instance, animals such as the road while maintaining visibility observation points are designed to not in- deer, and elk depend on good visibility through the crossing. terfere with wildlife movement. (1) Wildlife crossing help to preserve critical habitat corridors. as a key defense mechanism. • Limit human use of the underpass struc- • Use open-span bridges and culverts that tures when possible. are oriented perpendicular to the road in order to reduce the overall length and

3.47 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

23.0 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES vices and/or vegetative or organic cover with soil amendments to improve condi- 23.1 Clear the site only within the limits of con- to stabilize banks during construction. tion for final bedding. struction. • Research alternatives to hard surface paving. Avoid the visual scars and plant disturbance 23.6 Carefully consider location/reclamation of Give preference to other sediment con- • construction areas. from excessive site disturbance. trol devices including sediment basins, diversion earth forms, vegetative buffer Construction staging areas, borrow pits, and 23.2 Protect important environmental, land- areas, channel linings, energy dissipaters, other construction areas must be carefully lo- seeding and mulching. scape, and cultural features. cated and returned to a condition that is equal Identify and protect all areas to be preserved to or better than original, and consistent with prior to construction. These include trees, 23.4 Carefully manage and dispose of waste ma- the Corridor Plan design guidelines. shrubs, landscape and cultural features, and terial. environmentally sensitive areas. Asphalt millings inhibit slope revegetation, contaminates adjacent soils, and create a • Fence areas where vegetation is to re- cluttered, unfinished appearance. main, and avoid disturbance and compaction of the ground. • Avoid placing disposed milled asphalt on • Maintain and enhance existing ground- highway shoulders. cover to ensure the area is left in a condition consistent with the surroundings. (1) Milled asphalt on highway shoulders detracts from the 23.5 Salvage and store topsoil and native plant overall visual quality of the landscape. materials. 23.3 Utilize Best Management Practices (BMPs) After soil erosion and sediment control and appropriate short term stabilization measures have been implemented and be- measures to prevent erosion and sedimen- fore grading work begins, remove and store tation during construction. topsoil for project reuse. Perform a site risk assessment prior to construction to determine the threat of intro- • Salvage areas should be designated on ducing sediments and pollutants into near- plans and staked on the site. by surface waters and drainage systems. • Salvaged plant materials should be stored and maintained during construction, pri- • Utilize short term BMPs to reduce sedi- or to replanting. mentation and pollutant runoff during • Stripped topsoil in excess of the quantity construction. required for the project should be stored • Consider site specificity, timing of exe- at specified locations for future use. cution, and application of man-made de- • Topsoil of lesser quality can be blended

3.48 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

24.0 MAINTENANCE FACILITIES AND 24.2 Coordinate with maintenance personnel shrubs and trees, manual weed control, PRACTICES when planning and designing maintenance fertilizing). 24.1 Locate and screen maintenance staging ar- areas. • Disease and pest management (including invasive species control). eas in visually unobtrusive areas. Planning and design of maintenance areas • Repair and replacement of structural requires close cooperation between design- Maintenance staging areas should be ad- and electrical components, irrigation, equately set back from the highway. Where ers and the personnel directly responsible signage, and lighting. possible, site facilities so they are screened for its use. from the highway by existing landforms. 24.4 Create a visual design unity among all ex- 24.3 Consult BMPs and provide for efficient and isting and new structures based on the de- • Screen maintenance areas, particularly effective maintenance of landscape and sign theme. stockpiles, borrow pits, and equipment, aesthetic treatments. from the highway or from adjacent de- Ensure a visual design relationship exists veloped property. With few exceptions, new landscape and among all highway structures. This includes • Consider security fencing, landscape, and aesthetics projects are designed to be low coordinating materials, patterns, and color. architectural solutions. maintenance. Refer to NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics Maintenance Manual. Provide • Ensure structures can be readily patched Grading and drainage is the most impor- areas where maintenance equipment can or painted with matching colors. When paint or stain repair is made, make sure be conveniently located. Consider main- tant consideration in the site planning and repairs cover the entire surface and ex- design of a maintenance area in order to tenance routines required for the design tend to joints and logical edges. prevent any potential environmental dam- program, and identify areas that may need • Use anti-graffiti treatment on detailed age from leachates in salt and gravel stock- additional care or attention initially and/or sculptural elements. (1) Landscapes require varying degrees of upkeep and should be designed with an understanding of the long-term piles. The NDOT Best Management Practices as the project matures. NDOT maintenance • District level maintenance teams maintenance implications. should use the same color palette for Manual outlines additional points for con- practices include: all maintenance and repairs (refer to sideration when planning for maintenance Color Palette guideline, page 3.23, for staging areas including the following: • Trash and debris removal. more information). • Surface finish maintenance (painting, • If no logical edge or joint exists, feather patching, graffiti removal). • Cover salt and sand piles to avoid water- edges of paint. course and groundwater degradation. • Grading and earthwork. • Provide space for equipment storage, ve- • Ground treatment (raking, replacing 24.5 Avoid pruning or shearing plant material hicles, and supplies, as well as employee mulch or decorative rock, reconfiguring or visitor parking. drainage structures). except as required to remove dead, dam- • Consider future expansion needs. • Weed control. aged, or diseased plant part or to provide • Plantings (interim, temporary, and per- clear visibility for traffic conditions. manent irrigation, trimming, pruning of

3.49 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

25.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SUSTAIN- 25.3 Utilize sustainable development principles ABLE HIGHWAY ENVIRONMENTS in the design and construction of the high- 25.1 Use three key principles in highway con- way corridor. struction and natural resource management Sustainable design is a holistic philosophy to create sustainable highway environment that includes all aspects of function and – avoid, minimize, and mitigate. construction operations including, but not Concepts central to these principles in- limited to: energy use, air quality, material clude: selection, energy generation, water conservation, heat and solid waste, habitat en- • Water conservation: efficiency, protec- hancement, and protection. tion, and reuse. • Construction materials selection: reduce, • Consider sustainability in both the design reuse, and recycle. and construction of highway systems. • Air quality protection. • Restore disturbed man-made and natural • Energy efficiency: use renewable energy. habitats. • Design innovation.

25.2 Techniques for creating sustainable highway environments.

• Develop systems to encourage sustain- (1) Solar power provides a sustainable, (2) Wind power generates a clean (3) Materials like this recycled plastic able highways. Develop performance renewable energy source in remote renewable energy source. modular unit can be used in roadway standards, monitoring procedures, and locations. construction. promote coordination between environmental and transportation agencies. • Preserve air quality. Use construction mitigation techniques to minimize dust from construction sites. • Minimize energy consumption and incorporate alternative energy sources. Where possible, use solar powered electronic signs, low energy use lights (such as LED), and passive solar design. • Use recycled materials for construction. When applicable, use reclaimed concrete and asphalt, scrap tires, plastics, steel slag, roofing shingles, coal fly ash, and composted municipal organic wastes. • Reduce waste. Waste reduction concepts include right-of-way management, re-use of organic materials, water conservation, and selection of long-lived materials.

3.50 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

Cost Analysis and Implementation

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis ...... 4.1 SECTION TWO: Implementation ...... 4.14 SECTION THREE: Priorities ...... 4.16

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Funding for the landscape and aesthetics portion of a • Concrete barrier rail with acrylic stain base project should not be used to cover the ordinary con- color application or steel rail with painted finish. Cost Analysis struction costs. The landscape and aesthetics budget • Bridge/road name identification emboss- is available for softscape and hardscape treatments ment. that exceed the ordinary construction costs. To understand the cost implications of the im- • Pedestrian access across and under bridges used at interchanges and over topographic provements proposed by this Corridor Plan, esti- The following summary describes components con- features. mates on a cost per square foot (sf) and per acre (ac) tained within an NDOT standard project that are not basis have been prepared. At the planning budget generally considered landscape and aesthetic costs: Retaining Walls level, these estimates can be applied to the Land- scape Design Segments to produce an overall max- • Cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete with Roadside Service Facilities fractured fin or similar pattern. imum cost for the right-of-way sections through • Acrylic stain base color application. undeveloped areas, communities, and individual • Service area program as defined in the Design Synthesis report inclusive of program elements. interchange improvements. These estimates will inform NDOT in the decision-making process, and Noise Walls help influence budget allocations for the landscape Non-motorized Transportation Systems • Cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete with fractured fin or similar pattern. and aesthetics highway improvements. Estimates • Maintain existing sidewalk dimension of within the Tahoe Basin may exceed these costs. intersecting road across bridge overpass. • Acrylic stain base color application. • Maintain existing bike lane dimension of • Variation in sound wall geometry, materi- intersecting road across bridge overpass. al, color, texture, and pattern to eliminate APPLICATION OF DESIGN GUIDELINES monotonous, linear stretches of wall. • New bicycle paths and walkways that are part of an approved transportation plan. The Design Guidelines included in this report de- • Six foot concrete sidewalk (community Concrete Barrier scribe the elements that compose a typical right- transition zones). of-way section and interchange along elevated • Ten foot concrete sidewalk (community in- • Cast-in-place concrete barrier. • Acrylic stain base color application. highways and bypasses. They also describe a base terface zones). level of landscape and aesthetic quality that is • Painted zebra pattern pedestrian crossing with pedestrian crossing sign. used to predict costs. The intent of this section Guard Rail is to develop a definition of what is considered a • Galvanized steel thrie-beam guard rail. “standard” treatment. As described in the Design Anti-graffiti Control and Removal Guidelines, within the Lake of the Sky Landscape • Application of a long-term, non-sacrificial Medians Design Segment, an accentuated treatment level anti-graffiti treatment coating to all appropriate structures. • Revegetated median outside of commu- should be considered the “standard” treatment. nity zones. Upon adoption of the Corridor Plan, NDOT should • Revegetated raised 6 inch median with initiate internal reviews to determine implemen- Bridge Structure curb within community zones. tation strategies. These reviews will include cost • Steel and concrete I-girders or steel and concrete box girder. evaluation, priorities, scheduling, and visual prefer- Fencing ence evaluations to test each standard proposed • Cast-in-place concrete with variable vertical ribbed design. • Chain link fencing with color application—vi- by this section. • Two color paint palette—base color with nyl clad or painted finish with steel post sup- one accent color. ports where required (community zones). 4.1 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

How to Read Landscape and Aesthetics • Multi-strand wire fencing with painted • Application of native plant revegetation PROCESS (L&A) Costs: steel post supports at right-of-way limits seed mix in combination with scattered (rural areas). rock mulch. 1) Determine the cost of the NDOT standard Costs (in 2006 dollars) for individual hardscape • Fencing required to control access, grad- • Supplemental irrigation to establish treatment for softscape and hardscape. ing, and drainage. plantings when necessary (two year mini- and softscape treatments, such as pedestrian Grading mum by maintenance contract). crosswalks, curb extensions, raised planters, con- Softscape • Provide invasive and noxious weed control crete form liner imprints, retaining walls, and (Native revegetation) – $1.20 - $1.40/sf • Steepest desired slope of 3H:1V. (two year minimum by maintenance con- landscape irrigation, were gathered from several • Rounded slopes that blend into existing grade. tract). Hardscape (Standard) – $115 - $120/sf sources, including NDOT, local engineering and • See Project Design Development Manual landscape architecture firms, contractors, and (PDDM) 2.2.4.2 side slopes. Construction and Maintenance Manage- 2) Determine the cost of the selected treat- product manufacturers. This information was an- ment Practices ment type. alyzed and compiled into a database that could be Rock Cuts • Implementation of dust control practices. applied to several prototypical examples of land- Softscape (Regionally adapted treatment type): • Rock cuts that appear natural in form and • Construction fencing to preserve sensitive scape and aesthetic treatment levels. The soft- blend with existing landforms. areas. $2.40 - $2.90/sf scape and hardscape costs presented here repre- • Staining of rock cut to provide weathered finish. • Maintenance period to ensure establish- sent the capital costs of construction and do not • Rock fall protection structures, if necessary. ment of native revegetation. Hardscape (Focal treatment type): • Development of a native revegetation gen- include extended maintenance costs. The treat- $180 - $195/sf eral maintenance program. ments correlate to those presented in the NDOT Drainage Landscape and Aesthetics Master Plan. A separate 3) Subtract the standard treatment cost for • Basic channel conveyance, culverts, and Project Components Required for Compliance report prepared by UNLV, entitled Maintenance the cost of the selected treatment type. drainage structures. Cost Study for Corridor Planning, examines long- • All practices must be in compliance with • Erosion resistant channels. term maintenance costs such as graffiti removal, applicable Federal and State regulations. Softscape: • Water quality basins. pruning, and irrigation. • Man-made or constructed wetlands fulfill- $2.40 (Regionally adapted treatment cost) ing mitigation requirements. Roadway Lighting -$1.20 (Standard treatment cost) Prototypical designs for each of the five softscape = $1.20 (Landscape and aesthetics cost) • Thirty foot high pole with galvanized fin- types and four hardscape treatments were creat- Erosion Control ish, concrete foundation, and high pressure ed for sections of highway rights-of-way outside sodium luminaire (rural areas). Hardscape: • Provision of temporary erosion control dur- of communities, in developing commercial areas, ing construction. • Thirty foot high pole with powder-coat fin- $180 (Focal treatment cost) ish, concrete foundation with acrylic pow- and in downtown areas. Within communities, de- • Permanent erosion control. -$115 (Standard treatment cost) der-coated base color application, and high signs were created for two-lane, three-lane, and • Temporary and permanent erosion control pressure sodium luminaire with shoe-box = $65 (Landscape and aesthetics cost) four-lane roadway conditions. The project area best management practices. fixture (community zones). was then incorporated into the estimate to create The portion of cost allocated as a landscape the per square foot and per acre cost analysis. Native Revegetation for All Disturbed Por- Wildlife Crossing and aesthetics cost is the additional cost. tions of Highway Construction • Under or overpass structures to allow Overall cost estimates for each level of treatment • Salvage and storage of topsoil (6 inch ho- maintenance of natural migration and ani- were developed from these and compared to rizon minimum) with native plant frag- mal travel patterns. the costs from actual projects for verification. A ments. • Cast-in-place concrete bridges with tex- similar process was applied to these areas to cre- • Re-spreading of stockpiled topsoil and na- tured finish and two-color paint palette. tive plant fragments to minimum 6 inch • Wire mesh fencing with painted steel post ate a per square foot and per acre cost for each depth (amend topsoil when necessary). supports. hardscape and softscape type. 4.2 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

COST ESTIMATES The cost for ground treatment/native revegeta- Accentuated: munity partnerships. The landmark level shows tion is covered under the general construction $132 - $142/sf the widest range of cost because of the custom Cost information presented here is provided for costs as part of the NDOT standard. The data $1,575,000 - $1,700,000 total nature of many elements such as complex con- the purpose of long-range planning and budget- shown for the different treatment levels repre- L & A Cost $17 - $27/sf crete form liners, custom railings, and transpor- ing. It is not intended to substitute for a project- sents a total cost. The landscape and aesthetics L & A Cost $189,000 - $200,000/total tation art that are included in this treatment. level detailed cost projection. cost is the portion of the total cost that is above the NDOT standard. Focal: To place the estimates in the context of a highway Softscape Treatments $180 - $195/sf corridor, an estimate was calculated for a one mile Using the process described above, planning lev- For example, a regionally adapted softscape costs $2,145,000 - $2,335,000 total section of road. Typical sections of highway right- el construction cost estimates for the different about $1.20 more per square foot than the stan- L & A Cost $65 - $80/sf of-way for rural and community applications were softscape treatments were determined in 2006 dard ground treatment / native revegetation lev- L & A Cost $759,000 - $949,000 total developed. Two lane (50 foot ROW), three-lane (76 dollars. They are as follows: el of treatment, for a total cost of $2.40 per sf foot ROW), and four lane (102 foot ROW) examples ($1.20 + $1.20 = $2.40). The additional $1.20 per sf Landmark: for both suburban and downtown applications were Softscape Type Cost Estimate (sf and acre) is funded through the landscape and aesthetics $225 - $270/sf used to determine this value (Figures 17 - 48, pages Ground Treatment / Native Revegetation: 3% for new construction, or community partner- $2,646,000 - $3,150,000 total 4.4 - 4.11). The approximate softscape and hardscape $1.20 - $1.40/sf ships because it is above and beyond the NDOT L & A Cost $110 - $155/sf costs to develop one mile of corridor right-of-way $52,500 - $61,950/acre standard. The regional ornamental treatment ex- L & A Cost $1,260,000 - $1,764,000 total at each treatment level were estimated. L & A Cost $0.00/sf hibits the widest range of costs due to the highly STRUCTURES AND HARDSCAPE L & A Cost $0.00/acre customized nature of this type. The cost for the standard treatment would be cov- TYPES AND TREATMENTS ered by the general capital construction budget. enhanced native: Structures and Hardscape Treatments $1.50 - $1.70/sf Within communities, the construction of curbs, The treatment levels are represented as a total $64,500 - $74,000/acre sidewalks, and medians compose the majority of cost and the landscape and aesthetics cost repre-

L & A Cost $0.30 - $0.50/sf hardscape costs. Along elevated highways and sents the portion to be covered by the Landscape STANDARD ACCENTUATED FOCAL LANDMARK L & A Cost $12,000 - $21,500/acre bypasses, bridges and sound walls are the main and Aesthetics 3% for new construction or com- hardscape cost components. For the purposes of Regionally Adapted: cost estimation, the right-of-way conditions es- Figure 16 LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPES $2.40 - $2.90/sf tablished for softscape costs were also used to determine hardscape costs. In addition, a 12,000 $105,000 - $126,000/acre GROUND TREATMENT L & A Cost $1.20 - $1.70/sf square foot (60 foot x 200 foot) bridge was as- L & A Cost $52,500 - $73,500/acre sumed for elevated highways and bypasses. The NATIVE PLANT REVEGETATION estimate for the various hardscape levels is: Regional Ornamental: $3.70 - $6.50/sf Hardscape Type Cost Estimate (sf and total) ENHANCED NATIVE SOFTSCAPE $160,000 - $280,000/acre Standard: AND TREATMENTS L & A Cost $2.50 - $5.30/sf $115 - $120/sf REGIONALLY ADAPTED L & A Cost $107,500 - $227,500/acre $1,386,000- $1,500,000 total TYPES L & A Cost $0.00/sf REGIONAL ORNAMENTAL L & A Cost $0.00 total 4.3 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 17 - RURAL HIGHWAY FIGURE 18 - RURAL HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

Wire right-of-way fence Wire right-of-way fence Shrub planting 40’ Landscape Area varies Clear Zone Decomposed granite mulch 16’ Travel Lane with Shoulder 16’ Travel Lane with Shoulder varies Clear Zone Decomposed granite mulch 40’ Landscape Area Revegetation with scattered rock and native 80’ Total Landscape Area Width plant fragments Revegetation with scattered rock

Total Cost: $35,000 - $42,000/acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $0/acre Total Cost: $43,000 - $50,000/acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $8,000 - $14,000/acre

FIGURE 19 - RURAL HIGHWAY FIGURE 20 - RURAL HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

Wire right-of-way fence Wire right-of-way fence Tree planting Revegetation Landscape boulders

Decomposed granite mulch Decomposed granite mulch Revegetation with scattered Tree planting rock Shrub planting River cobble Landscape boulders Shrub planting River cobble

Total Cost: $69,000 - $85,000/acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $34,000 - $50,000/acre Total Cost: $107,000 - $185,000/acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $72,000 - $150,000/acre

4.4 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 21 - FREEWAY OR ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERCHANGES FIGURE 22 - FREEWAY OR ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERCHANGES Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

Guardrail Guardrail Rock mulch Tree Pedestrian/bikeway Bridge with standard Bridge with aesthetic aesthetic treatment treatment 5’ concrete walkway Rock mulch Groundcover/shrubs Revegetation with scattered rock Revegetation with scattered rock

Total Cost: $1,785,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $0.00/acre Total Cost: $2,100,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $315,000/acre

FIGURE 23 - FREEWAY OR ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERCHANGES FIGURE 24 - FREEWAY OR ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERCHANGES Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

Retaining wall Groundcover/shrubs Landscape light Retaining wall Guardrail Tree

Guardrail Pedestrian/bikeway Bridge with aesthetic Pedestrian/bikeway treatment Bridge with aesthetic treatment Tree Groundcover/shrubs Landscape light Rock mulch Accent tree Revegetation with scattered rock Rock mulch

Total Cost: $2,890,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $1,105,000/acre Total Cost: $4,200,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $2,415,000/acre

4.5 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 25 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 26 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

6’ Sidewalk 6’ Sidewalk Street Light Street Light

2’ Curb and gutter 2’ Curb and gutter Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Bike Lane Bike Lane

Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench (turn Striped crosswalk out lane recommended) Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $1,627,000 - $1,908,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0.00 per mile Total Cost: $1,696,000 - $2,025,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $69,000 - $117,000/mile

FIGURE 27 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 28 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

6’ Sidewalk 6’ Sidewalk Street Light Street Light

2’ Curb and gutter 2’ Curb and gutter Street trees Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Shrubs and groundcovers Bike Lane Bike Lane

Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench Bus stop with bench and shelter (turn out and shelter (turn out lane recommended) lane recommended) Striped crosswalk Colored crosswalk and intersection paving Total Cost: $2,128,000 - $2,509,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $501,000 - $601,000 per mile Total Cost: $2,846,000 - $4,336,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,219,000 - $2,428,000/mile

4.6 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 29 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 30 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

10’ Sidewalk 10’ Sidewalk Street Light Street Light 4’ Tighter scoring pattern 4’ Tighter scoring pattern in the 12’ sidewalk in the 12’ sidewalk

Bike Lane Bike Lane

Bench and pedestrian amenities Street Tree Striped crosswalk Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $3,148,000 - $3,644,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0.00/mile Total Cost: $3,419,000 - $3,973,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $271,000 - $329,000/mile

FIGURE 31 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 32 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

10’ Sidewalk with pavers 10’ Sidewalk with pavers and stone

Street Light Street Light

Street Tree Bike Lane Bike Lane

Bus shelter, bench, and Bus shelter, bench, and pedestrian amenities pedestrian amenities Street Tree Enhanced crosswalk and Enhanced crosswalk intersection paving Bollard Bollard

Total Cost: $4,218,000 - $5,609,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,070,000 - $1,965,000/mile Total Cost: $5,579,000 - $8,089,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $2,431,000 - $4,445,000/mile

4.7 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 33 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 34 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

6’ Sidewalk 6’ Sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ Curb and gutter 2’ Curb and gutter 4’ Bike lane Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Bike lane Bike lane

Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench Striped crosswalk Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $1,647,000 - $1,934,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0.00/mile Total Cost: $1,706,000 - $2,033,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $59,000 - $99,000/mile

FIGURE 35 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 36 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

6’ Sidewalk 6’ Sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ Curb and gutter 2’ Curb and gutter 4’ Bike lane 4’ Bike lane Street trees Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Shrubs and groundcovers Bike lane Bike lane Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench Bus stop with bench and shelter and shelter Colored crosswalk and Striped crosswalk intersection paving

Total Cost: $2,150,000 - $2,535,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $503,000 - $601,000/mile Total Cost: $2,982,000 - $4,550,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,335,000 - $2,616,000/mile

4.8 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 37 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 38 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

10’ Sidewalk 10’ Sidewalk Street Light Street Light 4’ Tighter scoring pattern in the 12’ sidewalk 4’ Accentuated paving area in the 12’ sidewalk Revegetated raised median Raised median and enhanced native planting On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Bench and pedestrian amenities Street Tree Striped crosswalk Striped crosswalk Curb extension

Total Cost: $3,101,000 - $3,594,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0.00/mile Total Cost: $4,385,000 - $4,990,00/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,284,000 - $1,396,000/mile

FIGURE 39 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 40 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

10’ Sidewalk with pavers 10’ Sidewalk with pavers and stone Street Light Street Light On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Street Tree Raised median with region- Raised median with regional ally adapted planting ornamental planting

Bus shelter, bench, and Bus shelter, bench, and pedestrian amenities pedestrian amenities Street Tree Enhanced crosswalk and Enhanced crosswalk intersection paving Bollard Bollard Curb extension Curb extension

Total Cost: $4,779,000 - $6,624,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,678,000 - $3,030,000/mile Total Cost: $5,926,000 - $7,411,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $2,825,000 - $3,817,000/mile

4.9 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 41 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 42 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated 10’ Sidewalk 10’ Sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ Curb and gutter 2’ Curb and gutter Bike lane 4’ Bike lane Raised median with Revegetated raised median enhanced native planting Street trees Revegetation with scattered Shrubs and groundcovers rock Bike lane

Striped crosswalk Revegetation with scattered rock Bus stop with bench Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $2,479,000 - $2,916,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0.00/mile Total Cost: $2,621,000 - $3,113,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $142,000 - $197,000/mile

FIGURE 43 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 44 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark Street light 10’ Sidewalk 10’ Sidewalk Street light

2’ Curb and gutter 2’ Curb and gutter 4’ Bike lane 4’ Bike lane Raised median with region- Raised median with regional ally adapted planting ornamental planting Street trees Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Shrubs and groundcovers Bike lane Bike lane

Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench Bus stop with bench and shelter and shelter Colored crosswalk and Striped crosswalk intersection paving Total Cost: $3,465,000 - $4,038,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $986,000 - $1,122,000/mile Total Cost: $4,619,000 - $7,165,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $2,140,000 - $4,249,000/mile

4.10 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 45 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 46 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Types - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

12’ Sidewalk 12’ Sidewalk Street Light Street Light 4’ Tighter scoring pattern in the 12’ sidewalk 4’ Accentuated paving area in the 12’ sidewalk

Revegetated raised median Raised median and enhanced native planting

On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Bench and pedestrian amenities Striped crosswalk Street Tree Striped crosswalk Curb extension

Total Cost: $3,172,000 - $3,681,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0.00/mile Total Cost: $4,495,000 - $5,124,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,323,000 - $1,443,000/mile

FIGURE 47 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 48 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Types - Regionally Adapted Softscape Types - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark 12’ Sidewalk with pavers 12’ Sidewalk with pavers and stone Street Light Street Light On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Street Tree

Raised median with region- Raised median with regional ally adapted planting ornamental planting

Bus shelter, bench, and Bus shelter, bench, and pedestrian amenities pedestrian amenities

Street Tree Enhanced crosswalk and Enhanced crosswalk intersection paving Bollard Bollard Curb extension Curb extension Total Cost: $5,022,000 - $6,873,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,850,000 - $3,192,000/mile Total Cost: $6,319,000 - $9,437,000/mile of ROW L&A Cost: $3,147,000 - $5,756,000/mile

4.11 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

The diagram below shows how the cost estimate information can be used to determine a planning level estimate of the landscape and aesthetics costs for this hypothetical seven mile section of highway corridor. The costs shown are for landscape and aesthetic enhancements that are above the defined NDOT standard.

Figure 49 - Planning Level Cost Estimate

Native Revegetation Enhanced Native Enhanced Native Regionally Adapted Native Revegetation Standard Accentuated Accentuated Focal Standard

Mile 5 Mile 1 Mile 2 Mile 4 Mile 3

2 miles x $142,000 per mile 1 mile x $1,850,000 per mile 1 mile x $0 per mile 1 interchange x $315,000 per interchange (Enhanced Native / Accentuated) (Regionally Adapted / Focal) 1 mile x $0 per mile (Native Revegetation / Accentuated) (Enhanced Native / Accentuated) Four lane suburban Four lane downtown (Native Revegetation / Standard) $2,449,000 L&A cost $0 L&A cost $315,000 L&A cost $284,000 L&A cost $1,850,000 L&A cost $0 L&A cost

4.12 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

MAINTENANCE COSTS Figure 50 - Total Life Cycle Maintenance Costs

The Corridor Plan identifies the level of landscape and aesthetic treatment, and the maintenance investment. Therefore, it is important that maintenance cost data be incorporated in the Corridor Plan. Furthermore, local public agencies and others will be interested in maintenance expenses to help navigate the long-term maintenance implications of retrofit projects.

In collaboration with the Corridor Plan, long-term maintenance costs have been researched by UNLV and compiled as the Maintenance Cost Study for Figure 51 - Maintenance Costs for Landscape Treatment Types Corridor Planning. Figure 50 diagrams how total life-cycle maintenance costs were developed for the different landscape and aesthetic treatments. Figure 51 shows the maintenance costs that were determined for the various combinations of softscape and hardscape types. Current estimates exhibit relatively wide variations in cost due to the limited amount of data available, however, further research and tracking of projects will result in more clearly defined maintenance cost estimates.

* Prepared by UNLV Landscape Architecture and Planning Research Office 4.13 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION TWO: Implementation SECTION TWO: Additionally, communities may request enhanced A Main Street Program in Nevada could assist nu- levels of landscape and aesthetic treatments. merous communities in downtown beautification Implementation Capital cost and maintenance cost-sharing agree- and economic development efforts. This program ments with NDOT are required. Communities could be anchored at the state level, with an orga- may also require that developers with properties nization such as the Nevada Commission on Eco- POTENTIAL FUNDING OPPORTUNITIES located directly adjacent to the NDOT right-of- nomic Development. Funding could be provided way follow the Corridor Plan recommendations to by community chambers of commerce or other Many opportunities exist to provide funding for improve their areas. direct sources. the implementation of the corridor projects. Fea- tures described as standard will be undertaken Banking landscape and aesthetic project funds is Project and programs described in the Corridor by NDOT as new construction, capacity improve- encouraged. In so doing, NDOT can shift landscape Plan are outlined in figure 52 along with opportu- ments, and replacement of facilities occurs. Up- and aesthetics money to priority areas needing nities for potential partnerships, suggested lead grades to the standard landscape and aesthetic landscape and aesthetic treatment. The capacity agency, and potential funding sources. Counties, features will be considered as new highway con- to re-allocate funds allows NDOT to broadly man- cities, agencies, and other organizations should (1) Partnerships with agencies such as the BLM and struction occurs. Funding for new landscape and USFS, as well as local communities and governing age landscape and aesthetics on a corridor-wide be familiar with the Corridor Plan and coordinate aesthetic projects associated with the state’s agencies enhance the ability to manage the corridor’s basis. community plans, master plans, and other govern- scenic quality and maintain the open character along a highway program will be provided by State and highway. ing documents in order to provide an integrated Federal sources. Up to 3% of the total project con- Facilities such as rest area and view pull-offs will approach towards achieving the vision and goals struction cost may be allocated for landscape and require NDOT funding. However, funding part- set forth. Active participation and review of the aesthetic improvements associated with all new nerships with other agencies and organizations Corridor Plan, coordinated with a review of other construction and capacity improvements. are encouraged. Other partnership opportunities community documents, will increase the poten- include the development of the Statewide Place tial for action and success. When a landscape and aesthetics project can sig- Name Sign Program and Audio Interpretation Pro- nificantly influence an adjacent community or gram. With these two programs promoting state- area, the community may choose to be involved in wide tourism, a partnership between NDOT and the process, and participate. The matching funds Nevada Commission on Tourism (NCOT) could program provides matching funds up to 50% of succeed. Private sector partners, including the Ne- the cost for specific community projects. In-kind vada Mining Association and the Nevada Ranchers services, State, and Federal monies may be used Association, could also be enlisted. for the community match.

4.14 SECTION TWO: Implementation Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

Figure 52 - Potential Funding Opportunities Projects and Programs Lead Agency Coordinating Agency Possible Funding Sources Community Gateways Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match Upgrade Downtown Streetscape Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction Upgrade Suburban Streetscape C o m m u n i t y NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction (with Developer support) Upgrade Rural Streetscape C o m m u n i t y NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction (with Developer support) Pedestrian Crossings NDOT Community Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, Developers building adjacent the ROW Standard Sidewalk NDOT Community NDOT funding Enhanced Sidewalk Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, Developers building adjacent the ROW Street Trees and Planting Strips Community NDOT, NDF Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Developers building adjacent the ROW, NDF plant supply Community Lighting Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Developers building adjacent the ROW Community Rest Areas Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match Community Environmental Graphics Community NCOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match Statewide Gateways NDOT County and Enhancement Fund, NDOT funding sources Communities Roadside Services NDOT NDSP NDOT funding sources Statewide Place Recognition Sign Program NDOT NCOT NDOT funding sources, NCOT grant Audio Interpretation Program NDOT NCOT NDOT funding sources, NCOT grant Transportation Art Community NDOT Enhancement Fund Color Palette Retrofit of Existing Facilities NDOT Community Enhancement Fund, Community Match Non-Motorized Transportation Systems Community NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, SAFETEA-LU Standard Highway Facilities NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction Enhancements to Highway Facilities above NDOT Community Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Developers building adjacent the ROW what the 3% would Achieve Wildlife Crossings and Protection NDOT NDW Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, NDW grant Main Street Approach Community NDOT, Nevada Com- Consortium of Communities, Nevada Commission on Economic Development grant mission on Economic Development Native Wildflower Program NDOT Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction Anti-littering Campaign NDOT Communities NDOT funding Scenic Highway Designation NDOT NDOT funding Rest Area and Shuttle System in the Tahoe NDOT NDSP, USFS, TRPA Southern Nevada Land Planning Management Act Basin NDF – Nevada Division of Forestry NDW – Nevada Division of Wildlife NDSP – Nevada Division of State Parks USFS – United States Forest Service NCOT – Nevada Commission on Tourism TRPA – Tahoe Regional Planning Agency 4.15 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION THREE: Priorities SECTION THREE: The following activities have been selected as high priorities because of the immediate and sig- Priorities nificant impact they will have on the overall aesthetics and sense of place for the entire corridor.

This section describes priority levels for proj- • Enhancing the community and highway ects within the landscape design segments. The compatibility. priority levels are based on current capital im- • Providing flexibility for streetscape improvements, as well as landscape and aesthetics provements within urban areas. planning. They are intended to act as a guide and • Retrofitting existing structures and represent those projects the Corridor Planning hardscape elements through painting/ staining. Creating a unified highway sys- team recommends as having the greatest poten- tem using color and other features repre- tial impact on the aesthetics of the entire corri- sents a major step towards place-making. dor. The priorities identified in this chapter are • Improving the roadway features in the Lake subject to change according to the availability of of the Sky Design Segment. The roadways funds for individual project improvements. Capi- within, and entries into, the Tahoe Basin represent areas of elevated visibility and tal projects are significantly influenced by the importance. availability of funding.

Wildlife movement corridors are an important First priority is given to highly visible and identifi- component of the corridor environment. Recom- able projects and sections of road, areas of signifi- mendations to analyze wildlife corridor move- cant and immediate quality, and projects that are ment and provide improved crossing structures currently in progress. Second priority applies to are listed as medium priority due to the large projects that will provide additional benefits and capital cost. However, a few specific crossing ar- aesthetics as part of the long range plan. Third eas are designated as first priority due to current priority is given to areas that currently display crossing use and the importance of providing a reasonable level of aesthetic quality and, upon wildlife with safe and contiguous habitat con- enhancement, will complete the landscape and nections. Community gateway establishment is aesthetics program for their particular Landscape noted as a second priority unless a project is un- Design Segment. General comments received derway because many communities have existing from the public and TRC members influenced the entry signage. designation of priorities.

4.16 STATEWIDE ALONG THE ENTIRE CORRIDOR. THE FOLLOWING PROJECTS APPLY GATEWAY U S CARSON RIVERPLACE ABATEMENT, WHERE POSSIBLE USE EARTH FORMS FOR SOUND EROSION CONTROL REVEGETATE ROADCUTSFOR OR UNDERPASSES AND CREATEWILDLIFEOVERPASSES REPAIR ANDMAINTAINFENCING REMOVE STOCKPILEDMILLINGS ADDRESS MILLINGSPRACTICESAND PRESERVE HIGHQUALITYVIEWS BILLBOARD MITIGATION TO CARSONVALLEY 3 BILLBOARD SCENIC VISUAL GATEWAY VISUAL GATEWAY 95, MITIGATION MITIGATION NAME SIGN W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S

SR 88 50 GATEWAY TOSMITHVALLEY/WELLINGTON LV , SR REDUCE ASPHALTATINTERSECTION

California SLOPE REVEGETATIONFOR SR Nevada 207 CONTINUE ONMAP PR2 AND PR3 EROSION CONTROL EROSION CONTROL 15 , and SR

431 US 395 US 10 landscape and aes 5 0 Topaz

Junction Holbrook

Lake

n e N e

(MM 6TOMM13) FOR BEARSANDOTHERWILDLIFE WILDLIFE CROSSINGIMPROVEMENTS TOPAZ LAKE PATH FROMMINDENTO SEPARATED, SHARED-USE FOR RECREATIONOPPORTUNITIESAND BOUND) VIEWPOINT FOREST FIREREVEGETATION. TRAIL, THEHISTORYOFTOPAZLAKEAND INTERPRETIVE INFORMATIONFORBIDWELL FOR RECREATIONOPPORTUNITIESAND BOUND). INCLUDETRAVELINFORMATION VIEWPOINT OFTOPAZLAKE(NORTH STATEWIDE GATEWAY HIGHWAY BUFFER RESTAREAFROM ut PLACE NAMESIGN WALKER RIVERPAIUTERESERVATION thetics corridor Mountains GREAT BASINFOREST –PRIORITY PROJECTS

Antelope BIDWELL HISTORIC TRAIL Valley Wellington pla US 395:TOPAZ LAKETODOUGLAS CO.MM16

n SR 823 SR 824 SR

SR 829 SR SR 208 Douglas County Douglas W

es Lyon County Lyon t Smith W

a SR 338 SR l

k SR 208 SR

R i v e r

CONSULTANT TEAM

SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0

CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP

i TRAILS

THIRDTHIRD PRIORITYPRIORITY SECONDSECOND PRIORITYPRIORITY FIRST PRIORITY ROAD SEGMENTn PRIORITY THIRD PRIORITY SECOND PRIORITY FIRST PRIORITY PRIORITY SPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION LEGEND Existing Regional Trail

e G e

1.5

rove Hills 3 6

4.17 MAP

PR1 NORTH

Lyon County Lyon Mineral County Mineral CONTINUE ON MAP PR4 THE FOLLOWING PROJECTS APPLY ALONG THE ENTIRE CORRIDOR. 20 15 ROCK POINT MILL 25

BILLBOARD MITIGATION PLACE NAME SIGN

California Nevada SR 341 PRESERVE HIGH QUALITY VIEWS 15 ge 20 Pleasant Valley an DAYTON COMMUNITY ery R ADDRESS MILLINGS PRACTICES AND 10 w 10 lo

Washoe County REMOVE STOCKPILED MILLINGS County Storey F PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS Washoe City 15 REPAIR AND MAINTAIN FENCING Storey County SR 431 virginia Lyon County AND CREATE WILDLIFE OVERPASSES Mount Rose city STREETSCAPE AND PLANTINGS New Washoe City OR UNDERPASSES US 395 C Gold Hill arson R REVEGETATE ROAD CUTS FOR 5 10 INCORPORATE BIKE LANES ive r EROSION CONTROL Sutro US 50 Franktown 5 DAYTON COMMUNITY USE EARTH FORMS FOR SOUND SR28 Incline Washoe Silver City GATEWAYS (2) ABATEMENT, WHERE POSSIBLE Village Lake 10 OLD DOWNTOWN SIGNAGE

Crystal Bay Carson River 5 Dayton PONY EXPRESS AND VIRGINIA

u CITY PLACE NAME SIGNS m

INVERTED SIPHON e 0 Lakeview 0 T r Carson Range Arrowhead Dr

PLACE NAME SIGN a i

l 15 40 WILD HORSE CROSSING

CARSON CITY COMMUNITY Washoe County

COMMUNITY GATEWAYS (3) Carson City 0 5th St. Deer Run Rd REPLACE GLARE DEFLECTORS Fairview Dr carson city V&T HISTORIC PLACE NAME SIGNS FOR LEGEND PEDESTRIAN CROSSING Lyon County RAILROAD Carson City ENHANCEMENTS CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT AND Koontz Ln CROSSING PLACE SPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION 35 Snyder Ave PONY EXPRESS HISTORIC COORDINATE STREETSCAPE US 50 NAME SIGN 5 TRAILS PRIORITY PLANTINGS WITH URBAN 0 Stewart BIKE/PEDESTRIAN LINKAGES FORESTRY PROGRAM 0 GATEWAY TO VIRGINIA CITY AND THE COMSTOCK FIRST PRIORITY Glenbrook Carson City DEDICATED BIKE LANE 10

Douglas County GATEWAY TO LAKE TAHOE T

SECOND PRIORITY a STATE CAPITAL COMPLEX Lake Tahoe h o e INTERSECTION ENHANCEMENTS

INTERPRETATION R 30

THIRD PRIORITY T

r US 395 a

ORIC TRAIL i VISUAL GATEWAY MINDEN/GARDNERVILLE l PONY EXPRESS HISTORIC TRAIL Johnson Ln TO CARSON VALLEY CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT ROAD SEGMENT PRIORITY COMMUNITY HIST Zephyr5 COMMUNITY GATEWAYS Genoa CONNECT BIKE TRAILS FROM FIRST PRIORITY Cove CARSON CITY TO MINDEN (PER COMMUNITY PLANS) Round Hill Pine Nut Mountains 25 GENOA AND MORMON STATION STATE SECOND PRIORITY PEDESTRIAN CROSSING SR 207 5 ENHANCEMENTS PARK PLACE NAME SIGN Stateline MMindeninden THIRD PRIORITY STREETSCAPE AND PLANTINGS 0 US 395/SR 88 GATEWAY INTERSECTION. REDUCE PAVING, IMPROVE PEDESTRIAN Carson River 10 TRAILS Gardnerville CROSSINGS AND ENHANCE LANDSCAPING DEDICATED BIKE LANE 2020 Existing Regional Trail MULTI-USE TRAIL CONNECTIONS BIKE SYSTEM CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING ROUTES

SR 88 0 2 4 8 NORTH GATEWAY TO WASHOE TRIBE WITH SCALE: 1 inch equals 4 miles INTERPRETIVE KIOSK 155 CONTINUE ON MAP PR1 MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES PR2 Sand County Studios CAPITAL CROSSROADS – PRIORITY PROJECTS 4.18 JW Zunino & Associates US 395: CARSON VALLEY, CARSON CITY, AND DAYTON UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM F lo w ery R

on R on

ive r US 50,SR28,207,AND431 US 50,SR28,207,AND431 SEGMENT LAKE OFTHESKYLANDSCAPEDESIGN U MARKER PROGRAM MARKER PROGRAM COMPLETE THEWOODENMILE TREATMENT TYPE RAILS ANDUSEACONSISTENT RAILS ANDUSEACONSISTENT BARRIER RAILSANDGUARD BARRIER RAILSANDGUARD REDUCE VISUALCONTRASTOF LINES LINES UNDERGROUND UTILITY UNDERGROUND UTILITY REMOVE BILLBOARDSAND PULL-OFF LOCATIONSIDENTIFIED PULL-OFF LOCATIONSIDENTIFIED INFORMATION WITHPARKINGAND INFORMATION WITHPARKINGAND PROVIDE CONSOLIDATEDTRAVEL REPAIR ROCKCUT RE REMOVE GABIONWALLSAND ENHANCEMENTS ENHANCEMENTS ROCK CUTSANDEROSION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM ACCORDING TOTRPASCENIC ACCORDING TOTRPASCENIC VISUAL QUALITYIMPROVEMENTS IMPROVE WILDLIFECROSSINGS BIKE TRAILSANDRESTAREAS BIKE TRAILSANDRESTAREAS CREATE COORDINATEDSYSTEMOF REST AREAS REST AREAS AROUND THELAKEWITH AROUND THELAKEWITH SHARED-USE PATHSYSTEM S 3 95, W est UN U LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING S

50 LV , SERIES OFPARKINGAREAS,RESTAREASANDCOOR- CREATE WILDLIFECROSSINGSATMAJORCANYONS AND REDUCEFILLUNDERROADWAY(MM0-MM7) SR COORDINATE IMPROVEMENTSWITH RIES OFPARKINGAREAS,RESTAREASANDCOOR- SEPARATED SHARED-USEPATHCONNECTEDTOA CALTRANS ANDTHEHWY50PLAN DINATED BEACHSIGNAGE(CCMM0-WC5) RECREATION POINTSONSR28.PARTNERSHIPS SHUTTLE SYSTEMPARKANDRIDETOPROVIDE

28 PEDESTRIAN CONNECTIONENHANCEMENTS STREETSCAPE ANDPLANTINGS PEDESTRIAN AMENITIESAND , ENHANCE SIGNAGEANDTRAFFICACCESS PROVIDE TRAILHEAD/CENTRALPARKING

SR DESIGNATED BIKELANESALONGUS50 COMMUNITY GATEWAYS ENHANCE CAVEROCKTUNNELENTRY SEPARATED SHARED-USEPATHAND WITH STATEPARKS,TRPAANDRTC WITH STATEPARKS,TRPAANDRTC 207 VIEWPOINT OFLAKETAHOEAND MT. ROSE(SOUTHBOUNDLANE) WASHOE VALLEYANDTRUCKEE TO LOGANSHOALSVIEWPOINT , AREA FORSHUTTLESYSTEM COMMUNITY GATEWAYTO and CONSIDER PULL-OFFFOR CROSSINGS MEADOWS VIEWPOINT STATEWIDE GATEWAY (CC MM0-WC5) SR PARTNERSHIPS INCLINE LAKES (MM 0-MM7) CRYSTAL BAY 431 ALONG US50 ATH AND landscape and aes PARK VISITORCENTERPLACENAMESIGN FOREST ANDGALENACREEKREGIONAL IMPROVED TAHOERIM COMMUNITY GATEWAYTORENO TRAIL CROSSINGAND TRAIL CROSSINGAND Tahoe Tahoe HUMBOLDT-TOIYABE NATIONAL Lake PARTNERSHIP FOR PROVIDE SIGNAGE Crystal Bay Crystal Bay 10 Cove Zephyr

Washoe County Glenbrook Glenbrook

Carson City Stateline FOR 5

IM 0 0

SR28 thetics corridor SR28 10 Hill Round 0 0 0 0 Village Incline Village Incline 5

5 SR 431

SR 207

r e

a i

u l

F 10

LAKE OF THESKY–PRIORITY PROJECTS

T RAIL

California R IM T 0 AHOE Franktown

5 PONY EXPRESS Rose Mount Nevada HISTORIC TRAIL C US 50 ar 10 son Ra nge 15 carson city

C Lakeview

Genoa a r pla s on R

5 ive 395 US 20 0 n Washoe

r Washoe City Lake 10 SR 88 US 395 40 35 25 30 New WashoeCity Minden Pleasant Valley Pleasant Valley

CALIFORNIA HUMBOLDT Gardnerville

HIST 15 20 FLUMES, ANDTIMBERHARVESTING INTERPRETIVE INFORMATIONOFRAILROAD, PRIOR TOPULL-OFFANDINCLUDE ENHANCE VIEWPOINT.PROVIDESIGNAGE INTERPRETIVE INFORMATIONOF PRIOR TOPULL-OFFANDINCLUDE ENHANCE OPTIONS) CROSSING (CONSIDEROVERPASS TAHOE RIMTRAILPEDESTRIAN OPTIONS) CROSSING (CONSIDEROVERPASS TAHOE RIMTRAIL ORIC TRAIL

New Empire

US 395 395 US US 15 Empire

Silver City

0 1 15 5 County Washoe PRESERVE VISUALCHARACTER MOUNT ROSEANDTAHOEMEADOWS SHUTTLE SYSTEMPARKANDRIDEFOR MOUNT ROSEANDTAHOEMEADOWS SHUTTLE SYSTEMPARKANDRIDEFOR

AND 10.5 WILDLIFE CROSSINGATMM7.8,9 AND 10.5 WILDLIFE CROSSINGATMM7.8,9 AESTHETIC ENHANCEMENTS AESTHETIC ENHANCEMENTS AND RIDE AND RIDE TRAVEL INFORMATIONATPARK RECONTOUR ANDREVEGETATEBERMS RECONTOUR ANDREVEGETATEBERMS

CARSON VALLEYVIEWPOINT CARSON VALLEYVIEWPOINT

Carson City City Carson CONTINUE ONMAP PR1 County Storey LAKE TAHOE BASIN

Dayton Gold Hill 341 SR virginia city Sutro

5 Storey County

Douglas County Lyon County

Carson City Carson Lyon County Lyon US 50 10

F lo w

TRAILS ery R CONSULTANT TEAM SCALE: 1inchequals4miles 0 CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP ne Nut Mo an Pi untains CONTINUE ONMAP PR4

TRAILS ge THIRD PRIORITY THIRDTHIRD PRIORITYPRIORITY SECOND PRIORITY SECONDSECOND PRIORITYPRIORITY FIRST PRIORITYORINPROGRESS FIRST PRIORITY ROAD SEGMENTPRIORITY ROAD SEGMENT PRIORITY THIRD PRIORITY THIRD PRIORITY SECOND PRIORITY SECOND PRIORITY FIRST PRIORITYORINPROGRESS FIRST PRIORITY PRIORITY PRIORITY SPECIFIC PROJECTORINTERSECTION SPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION LEGEND LEGEND Existing Regional Trail

a rson 4

River 20 Stagecoach 8 4.19 MAP PR3 NORTH 25 THE FOLLOWING LIST REPRESENTS THE PRIORITY OVERALL ROAD TREATMENT THE FOLLOWING PROJECTS APPLY OF INTERCHANGE RETROFITS ALONG US 395. AESTHETICALLY RETROFIT BRIDGES, ALONG THE ENTIRE CORRIDOR.

Valley STRUCTURES AND SOUND WALLS

Petersen FIRST PRIORITIES Mountain y BILLBOARD MITIGATION

I-580/SR 431 g REDUCER HIGH MAST LIGHTING TO PLUMB LANE STATEWIDE GATEWAY Border Town n IMPROVE VISUAL QUALITY u PRESERVE HIGH QUALITY VIEWS Border Town MILL White H Stead COLOR MATCH MAINTENANCE I-80/US 395 Lake Spanish ADDRESS MILLINGS PRACTICES AND PRESERVE VIEWS OF 40 Springs PAINTING REMOVE STOCKPILED MILLINGS SECOND PRIORITIES White Lake WHITE LAKE California REPAIR AND MAINTAIN FENCING SOUTH VIRGINIA STREET NORTH MCCARRAN Copperfield US 395

Nevada Red Rock AND CREATE WILDLIFE OVERPASSES NEIL/MEADOWOOD PARR/DANDINI STEAD AIR FORCE BASE Stead SR 445 35 OR UNDERPASSES MOANA STEAD PLACE NAME SIGN Lemmon ODDIE Golden Valley REVEGETATE ROAD CUTS FOR Golden Valley EROSION CONTROL THIRD PRIORITIES Raleigh HeightsPanther Panther USE EARTH FORMS FOR SOUND DAMONTE RANCH RED ROCK 30 uABATEMENT, WHERE POSSIBLE SOUTH MEADOWS PARKWAY BORDER TOWN RENO VISUAL GATEWAY h Range nion pacific railroad AT PARR/DANDINIDANDINI Parr/Dandini ah Ra rridor Plan) GLENDALE COLD SPRINGS P Co -80 PANTHER EAST LAKE N.. MCCARRAN North McCarran o I r t Truckee River INTERCHANGE Oddie e GOLDEN VALLEY BELLEVUE sparks ef Patrick (r I-80 INTERCHANGE (SEE I-80 CORRIDOR PLAN) LEMMON I-580/US 395 - TRANSPORTATION ART, reno I-80/US 395 0 Virginia Street -8 - TRANSPORTATION ART, SOUND WALL BRIDGE AESTHETICS 25 I Storey County I-80 Mill ENHANCEMENTS Mustang AESTHETIC RETROFITS, BRIDGE AESTHETICSLyon County Verdi ENHANCEMENTS Plumb DESIGNATE CONNECTION TO Moana DOWNTOWN AT MILL ST. McCarran Blvd

LEGEND NEIL/MEADOWOOD INTERCHANGE South Virginia PLUMB LANE INTERCHANGE

Storey County County County County County County Storey Storey Storey Storey Storey Storey Neil/Meadowood County Storey LEGEND - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE County Washoe - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS AESTHETICS ENHANCEMENTS Fernley Township Limits SPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION 20 Range South Virginia irginia PRIORITYSPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION SOUTH VIRGINIANIA STREET INTERCHANGE V PRIORITY - BRIDGE AESTHETICS ENHANCMENTS South Meadows

FIRST PRIORITY Arrowcreek/Damonte Ranch FIRST PRIORITY OR IN PROGRESS South Virginia US 395/SOUTH39 VIRGINIA INTERCHANGE SECOND PRIORITY I-580 INTERCHANGE I-580/SR 431 US 395/SR 431 SECOND PRIORITY - TAHOE RECREATIONAL GATEWAY 15 - TRANSPORTATION ART, BRIDGE AESTHETICSAE ENHANCEMENTS HISTORIC VIRGINIA CITY 20 SR 431 SR 341 25 THIRD PRIORITY UNDERPASS FOR BIKE Steamboat TRAVEL INFORMATIONORMATION TRAIL CONNECTION I-580 STONEHOUSE AND HOT ROAD SEGMENT PRIORITYPRIORITY MT. ROSE SCENIC BYWAY3 Pleasant Valley SPRINGS PLACE NAME SIGN 20 DESIGNATION SIGN ON SR 431 10 15 FIRST PRIORITY Davis FIRST PRIORITY OR IN PROGRESS CALIFORNIAORIC TRAIL HUMBOLDT 10 Creek SLIDE MOUNTAIN PLACE NAME SIGN Washoe City 15 HIST I-580/US 395 virginia city SECOND SECOND PRIORITY PRIORITY ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS Bowers New Washoe City Mansion FROM WASHOE LAKE TO SR 431 THIRD THIRDPRIORITY PRIORITY 5 10 Franktown 5 Gold Hill REPAINT/STAINT/STAIN Washoe Lake Sutro RETROFIT THE HIGHWAY – UTILIZE

BELLEVUE BRIDGE State Park TRAFFIC CALMING FEATURES

T Silver City US 50

TRAILSTRAILS a Incline Villageh

o Washoe

e Bellevue SEPARATED SHARED-USESHARED TRAIL

Existing Regional Trail 10 R

i Lake m

PONY EXPRESS T

Crystal Bay 395 US r

5SR 28

a HISTORIC TRAIL i Dayton

Lake Tahoe l 0 2 4 8 NORTH CONNECT FRANKTOWN BIKE LOOP 0 SCALE: 1 inch equals 4 miles TO CARSON CITY Lakeview

Silver Springs 15 CONTINUE ON MAP PR2 and PR3 Township Limits MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, and SR 431 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES PR4 Sand County Studios EDGE OF THE SIERRA – PRIORITY PROJECTS 4.20 JW Zunino & Associates RENO METROPOLITAN AREA UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM Chapter Five — Conclusion

Conclusion

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Conclusion Chapter Five — Conclusion Conclusion The Corridor Plan is a public/private partnership Highways can be perceived as edges or initiative. The Plan provides the foundation for boundaries that separate city or landscape. this unique initiative to build a comprehensive vi- Interchanges are seen as intersections, sion for the landscape and aesthetics of the corri- nodes, and gateways. These perceptions The Northern US 395, West US 50, SR 28, SR 207, dor. The partnership policy, outlined in the NDOT argue strongly for a design approach that and SR 431 Landscape and Aesthetics Corridor Landscape and Aesthetics Master Plan, states the recognizes cultural boundaries and deals with Plan represents a significant step in Nevada’s re- unique and exciting result of this process. the landscape and aesthetic design of the newed commitment to landscape and aesthetics highway as a corridor segment, rather than as integral elements of the state’s highway sys- Many groups and agencies have reviewed and en- on an individual project basis. tem. This document guides decisions and policies dorsed the Corridor Plan. Additionally, the plan- that affect the aesthetic quality of Nevada’s high- ning process has received high recognition from ways on a corridor-wide basis down to the level of various organizations. This is evidence the in- individual projects. It presents extensive research tent of this document to inspire and encourage and analysis of the existing conditions of Nevada, context sensitive solutions will be realized. As a its highway corridors, and its scenic natural land- result, the landscape and aesthetics of Nevada’s scapes. The Corridor Plan describes the composi- highway corridors will experience significant ben- tion of elements and programs that will be used efits in the years to come. to enhance the level of landscape and aesthetics across the state. Perhaps most importantly, the Corridor Plan sets the stage for the following discussions: • Facilitation of community improvements • Implementation strategies • Cost evaluation/strategies • Priorities and scheduling • Visual preference evaluation

To accomplish an increased level of landscape and aesthetics for Nevada’s highways, the Corridor Plan has detailed a new NDOT-standard level of treatment for capital projects. The new standard significantly enhances the basic level of aesthetics on all future projects.

5.1 Technical Appendix

Technical Appendix

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources ...... A.1 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways ...... A.4

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources Technical Appendix SECTION ONE: Nevada Grant Programs ARCO Foundation Foundation grants are made in five program cat- Potential Community Nevada Division of Forestry egories (education, community, arts and humani- Funding Sources Nevada Urban and Community Forestry Southern ties, the environment, and public information). Region Grant Project and Northern Nevada Urban (213) 486-3342 or www.arco.com/init/foundation/in- and Community Forestry Grant Program dex2.html Funds education and outreach related to the ur- STATE AND FEDERAL GRANT PROGRAMS ban forest, including planning, management, res- ArtsREACH toration, and sustainability improvements. A tree Provides modest grants to partnerships of cultural, The sources and structure for funding sources planting component must be not more than 50% business, social, government, civic, and religious within NDOT are described in the Program De- of the project. organizations. ArtsREACH is a National Endow- velopment Manual. Numerous State and Federal http://www.forestry.nv.gov/docs/summary2_012204. ment for the Arts (NEA) pilot program designed funding programs exist for use by communities pdf to increase the level of direct NEA grant assis- for highway and community improvements. The http://www.forestry.nv.gov tance to arts organizations in underserved areas. following list provides a summary of a few fund- http://arts.endow.gov ing sources communities may consider as they Nevada Department of Cultural Affairs develop projects. Additional funding opportuni- Nevada Arts Council Clorox Company Foundation (Reno) ties are available when other issues are present, Provides a quarterly grant program to assist art- The Clorox Company Foundation is dedicated to such as a brownfield site located along a highway, ists, support exemplary art projects, and support improving the quality of life in communities where tribal land influences, and the presence of historic a variety of other art related efforts. Clorox employees live and work. The Foundation structures. A list of federal grants is also located http://dmla.clan.lib.nv.us/docs/arts/programs/grants/ makes grants, mobilizes employee volunteers, and at http://www.grants.gov. grantsfororgs.htm works with community leaders and other funders. http://www.thecloroxcompany.com/community/index. Communities should review each grant and deter- NDEP – Nevada Brownfields html mine its applicability for a specific project. Sepa- Agency provides access to funding for brownfield rate projects addressing the same issue may be redevelopment. Administered through the US En- Grantmakers in Nevada combined and submitted as a single grant appli- vironmental Protection Agency (EPA), the program Lists a variety of potential grants within Nevada. cation. Many programs overlap, and proponents allows communities to establish their own brown- http://www.fundsnetservices.com/nevada.htm may use a combination of the funding and organi- fields program by designating an area where re- zational resources listed below, as well as others development is to be targeted. Additional funds that might not be shown. may be awarded for projects categorized as Dem- onstration Pilots and have a greenspace component. These monies can be accessed through the Brownfields Assessment Demonstration Pilots and Supplemental Assistance for Demonstration Pilots application processes. http://www.ndep.nv.gov/bca/brownfld_2.htm

A.1 Technical Appendix SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources

Federal Grant Programs US Department of Housing and Urban Development Small Business Innovation Research Grants Federal Grant Program information can be found Community Development Provides monies to stimulate technological innova- by accessing the Catalog of Federal Domestic As- Provides a grant program to support community tion in the private sector and strengthen the role sistance (CFDA) at www.cfda.gov. The CFDA is a development. of small businesses in meeting Federal research database of all Federal programs available to State http://www.hud.gov/local/nv/community/cdbg/index.cfm and development needs. and local governments; federally-recognized In- http://www.hud.gov/grants/index.cfm Search: Program Number 10.212 dian tribal governments; domestic public, quasi- public, and private profit and nonprofit organi- US Department of Agriculture Fund for Rural America: Research, Education, and zations and institutions; specialized groups; and Business and Industrial Loans Extension Activities Grant Program individuals. The grant programs can be found by Assists rural areas in obtaining quality loans for Supports unique, innovative, and high-impact re- selecting the “Search for Assistance Program” on the purpose of improving the economic and envi- search education, and extension projects to aid the CFDA website and entering the provided “Pro- ronmental climate in rural communities including farmers, ranchers, and rural communities to ad- gram Number”. pollution abatement and control. dress changes and challenges facing agriculture Search: Program Number 10.768 and rural communities as a result of fundamental USDA Rural Development reforms to Federal farm programs. Provides services to further economic development Intermediary Re-lending Program Loans Search: Program Number 10.224 in rural communities. Grants.gov provides informa- Provides loans for business facilities or commu- tion on more than 1,000 Federal government grant nity development in rural areas. US Department of Commerce programs, totaling about $400 billion in funding Search: Program Number 10.767 Economic Adjustment Program Grants each year. Rural communities can access funding Assists State and local interests design and imple- opportunities at www.grants.gov and then type Empowerment Zones Program ment strategies to adjust or bring about change “rural” in the search section of the website. Provides for the establishment of empowerment to an economy. http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/nv/offices/offices.htm zones and enterprise communities in rural areas Search: Program Number 11.307 to stimulate the creation of new jobs, particu- National Park Service larly for the disadvantaged and long-term unem- Public Works and Development Facilities Grants: Tribal Preservation Program ployed, and to promote revitalization of economi- Promotes long-term economic development and Assists tribes in preserving historic properties. cally distressed areas. assists in the construction of public works and The grants provide much needed assistance to Search: Program Number 10.772 development facilities needed to initiate and sup- tribal communities interested in protecting their port the creation or retention of permanent jobs cultural heritage. Rural Business Enterprise Grants in the private sector in areas experiencing sub- http://www.cr.nps.gov/hps/tribal/index.htm Facilitates the development of small and emerging stantial economic distress. private business, industry, and related employment Search: Program Number 11.300 Historic Preservation Fund for improving the economy in rural communities. Provides funding support to State Historic Pres- Search: Program Number 10.769 ervation Offices who administer state grants for historic preservation. http://www.cr.nps.gov/hps/hpf/hpfquest.htm

A.2 SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources Technical Appendix

National Technical Assistance Program US Department of Interior Public Lands Highways Discretionary Program Provides funds to 1) enlist the resources of desig- Historic Preservation Fund Provides funds to improve access to and within nated university centers in promoting economic 1) Provides matching grants to States for the iden- the nation’s federal lands. Monies have been used development, 2) support innovative economic de- tification, evaluation, and protection of historic for adjacent vehicular parking areas; interpretive velopment projects, 3) disseminate information properties; 2) provides matching grants to States to signage; acquisition of necessary scenic ease- and studies of economic development issues of expand the National Register of Historic Places, as- ments and scenic or historic sites, provision for national significance, and 4) finance feasibility sist in carrying out historic preservation activities; pedestrians and bicycles; construction and recon- studies and other projects leading to local eco- and 3) provides grants to Indian Tribes and Alaskan struction of roadside rest areas (including sanitary nomic development. Native Corporations to preserve their culture. and water facilities), transit facilities, and appro- Search: Program Number 11.303 Search: Program Number15.904. priate public road facilities such as visitor centers as determined by the Secretary. The replacement US Department of Defense Rivers, Trails and Conservation Assistance of the federally owned bridge over the Hoover Community Economic Adjustment Funding: Provides staff assistance to support partnerships Dam in the Lake Mead National Recreation Area Alleviates serious economic impacts that result between government and citizens to increase the between Nevada and Arizona was funded through from Defense program changes. number of rivers and landscapes protected and the program. Search: Program Number 12.600 trails established nationwide. http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/discretionary/plhcurrsola3. Search: Program Number 15.921 htm Community Economic Adjustment Planning Assistance Responds to military base closures and realignments. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) National Recreational Trails Fund Search: Program Number 12.607 Scenic Byways Discretionary Program Funds trails and trail-related projects such as ur- Provides funds to accomplish projects on national ban trails, maintenance, restoration, easement ac- Department of Housing and Urban Development scenic byways, all American roads, America’s by- quisition, and trail-side and trail-head facilities. Community Development ways, state scenic byways, and Indian tribe scenic http://www.off-road.com/4x4web/land/nrtfaqa.html Awards grants to entitlement community grantees byways. Selected projects recognize state priori- http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/ecological/eco_ to carry out a wide range of community develop- ties and should benefit the byway traveler’s expe- app_b.asp ment activities directed toward revitalizing neigh- rience, whether it will help manage the intrinsic borhoods, economic development, and providing qualities that shape the byway’s story, interpret improved community facilities and services. the story for visitors, or improve facilities along http://www.hud.gov/local/nv/community/cdbg/index. the byway used by visitors. cfm http://www.bywaysonline.org/grants/

Rural Housing and Economic Development Ferry Boats Discretionary Program Expands the supply of affordable housing and ac- Provided funding for water-taxi studies as well as cess to economic opportunities in rural areas. construction of facilities. Search: Program Number 14.250 http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/discretionary/fbmemos. htm

A.3 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.4 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.5 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.6 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.7 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.8 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.9 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.10 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.11 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.12 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.13 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.14 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.15 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.16 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.17 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways

A.18 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways Technical Appendix

A.19 Glossary

Glossary

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Aesthetic – Gateway Glossary

AESTHETIC The visual appearance or look of an object, view, COMMUNITY TRANSITION Community transition zones DESIGN GUIDELINES A collection of helpful, interpretive, ex- etc. include stretches of highway between the center of a com- planatory recommendations that are intended to provide a munity and its undeveloped edges. framework for design. AMENITIES Aesthetic characteristics or other features of land development that increase its desirability or its mar- CONNECTIVITY In landscape ecology, the measure of the DESIGN OBJECTIVES Highway types are categorized accord- ketability. Amenities may include such things as a unified degree to which a matrix, a corridor, or a network is con- ing to the type of road, the speed and volume of travel, and the building design, recreational facilities, security systems, nected. The fewer the gaps or aberrations, the greater the type of access. Design Objectives establish program elements views, landscaping, attractive site design, adjacent open connectivity. and goals that should always be considered when addressing space, or water bodies. projects located along roads with similar characteristics. CONTEXT SENSITIVE Consideration for how a proposed BALANCE Balance in design refers to the equilibrium project will fit within its physical location and how it pre- DESIGN SPIRIT The intent or vision of the design. What the or equality of visual attraction. Symmetrical balance is serves the aesthetic, environment, and historic character of designer hopes to accomplish. achieved when one side of the design is a mirror image of its surroundings. the other side. Asymmetrical balance uses different forms, DESIGN THEME A unifying concept throughout the design. colors and textures to obtain balance of visual attraction CONSTRAINT A feature or condition of the built or natural A design theme provides a sense of consistency and har- (Ingram, 2006). environment that poses an obstacle to design, planning, or mony because it is created by the repetition of forms and construction. materials throughout the design (Booth, 1999). BERM A raised and elongated area of earth intended to direct the flow of water, visually screen, redirect out-of-con- CONTOUR GRADING Transitioned and rounded grading. DISTANCE ZONES Landscapes are subdivided into three dis- trol vehicles, or reduce noise levels by shielding a receiver Moving the earth to form a shape or obtain a smoothness. tance zones based on relative visibility from travel routes or from the highway (AASHTO, 1991). observation points. The three zones are: foreground, mid- CORRIDOR A stretch of road or highway along with its as- dleground, and background. The foreground zone includes BUFFER A strip of land, compatible land uses, fence, or a bor- sociated facilities, adjacent land uses and visual character. areas where the viewer can perceive details of the landscape der of trees, etc., between one use and another that some- and typically extends up to a ¼ mile from the viewer. The what mitigates negative impacts between uses. An area CORRIDOR PLAN A detailed specific plan that considers land middleground zone is located between ¼ mile and three which provides a degree of insulation from certain highway use and transportation issues within a carefully organized, miles from the viewer. The background is the area beyond or transportation effects on adjacent private property or collaborative planning process between local governments, the middleground extending to the horizon or limit of the protected natural resources and vice-versa (AASHTO, 1991). regional entities, and NDOT. area that is seen.

CARRYING CAPACITY The number of individuals in a popula- CULTURAL RESOURCES Cultural resources include buildings, DROUGHT TOLERANCE A term often used to describe plants tion that the resources of a habitat can support (Carrying landscapes, archeological sites, ethnographic resources, ob- with low water requirements, the ability to withstand ex- Capacity, 2006). jects and documents, structures and districts. They provide tended periods without water, or plants of a desert region. information about people from the past and establish im- COMMUNITY IDENTITY Community identity can be broadly portant connections to the present (NPS, 2006). FOCAL POINT A noticeable area or spot of attention, activ- defined as a community of interest or an emotional attach- ity, or attraction. It may be such a spot because many paths, ment or sense of belonging to a geographic area (Province of CURB EXTENSIONS A section of sidewalk extending into views, rays, walks, etc. converge or it is of a different color, Nova Scotia, 2006). the roadway at an intersection or midblock crossing that texture, height, width, brightness, etc. reduces the crossing width for pedestrians and may help re- COMMUNITY INTERFACE Community interface zones are duce traffic speeds (AASHTO, 2004). GABION A wire basket usually filled with stone which is characterized by lower travel speeds, frequent curb cuts, used for erosion control/slope protection (AASHTO, 1991). cross streets, traffic control devices, and increased pedes- DESIGN The process of taking ideas and producing a work trian and other non-vehicular traffic. Adjacent land uses of art. The drawings, models, or action of laying out struc- GATEWAY An entrance to a city, community, valley, or oth- are typically commercial, but may include residential areas, tures, land activities, recreational facilities, vegetation, land er large-scale space. schools, parks, and other civic uses. cover, erosion protection, watering methods, etc. B.1 Glossary Ground Treatment – Recovery Zone

GROUND TREATMENT Treatment to disturbed ground such NATIVE PLANTS An original species in a region, as distin- PERENNIAL A plant that persists or resprouts year to year as seeded revegetation, pavement, stone mulch, etc. guished from an invader, imported or cultured species (AAS- for several or many years. HTO, 1991). HARDSCAPE The hard surface elements of a planned (de- PLACE-BASED KNOWLEDGE Local knowledge. Knowledge signed) landscape that give it definition and style, including NATURAL DRAINAGE The flow of water over undisturbed gained from direct experience with a geographic location. walks, driveways, walls, buildings, fences, and large orna- existing surface topography. mental or sculptural pieces. PLACE-MAKING Design solutions that use elements unique NATURAL FEATURES Conditions produced by nature such to the place or new elements to establish a specific style. INVASIVE A term used to describe plants that vigorously as surface land forms, geology, slopes, vegetation, water, spread, propagate, have rapid unchecked growth, or invade drainage patterns, aquifers, recharge areas, climate, micro- PLACE NAME SIGN A sign program that will provide clear a surrounding landscape area. climate, floodplains, aquatic life, wildlife, views, and land- and consistent direction from the corridors to scenic areas, scape ecological patterns of path, corridor, or matrix. points-of-interest, historical sites, and local attractions. LANDMARK A conspicuous object on land that identifies a locality, or a designated preservation site, such as a build- NATURAL SYSTEM Natural systems are any type of system PLAN VIEW A drawing of an item, site, community, city, etc. ing, monument, or landscape (AASHTO, 1991). found in nature that is not manmade. A key characteristic of as viewed from above. a natural system is that we expect its operating rules (laws) LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Areas of similar character in to stay the same forever. Examples include ecosystems, PLANT COMMUNITY All of the plant species within a micro- which the same major design theme is applied. physical, or biological systems. climate, habitat, or environment.

LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPE Is the combination of vary- NONSTRUCTURAL DRAINAGE DESIGN Drainage features us- PLANT DIVERSITY The variety of plants found in a given ing intensities of softscape, structures, and hardscape. ing organic form and natural materials such as earth and area. rock vs. pipes and concrete. LIGHT POLLUTION Light pollution is excess or obtrusive PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER Highway zone that light. It obscures the night sky, interferes with astronomical NOXIOUS WEED Noxious weed means any species of plant consists of agricultural uses or low-density residential and observatories, wastes energy, and disrupts ecosystems. which is, or is likely to be, detrimental or destructive and where the potential for significant future growth appears difficult to control or eradicate (NRS 555.005). to be low. MAINTENANCE COST The cost of maintaining a landscape. May be calculated annually or over the life of the project. OPPORTUNITIES A feature or condition of the built or nat- PROGRAM A list or outline of the elements and require- ural environment that provides an opportunity to design, ments the design solution should incorporate (Booth, MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER Highway zone that planning, or construction. 1999). comprises areas of current growth or planned growth at community edges along interstates or elevated highways. ORIENTATION The direction a person, structure, or any up- PROPORTION Ratio of one thing to another (Putnam, Can be adjacent to a variety of land uses varying from resi- right feature with a face is directed, or facing. 1996). dential to industrial. ORNAMENTAL SOFTSCAPE Plantings used for decorative PUMICE WICK A natural way to harvest rainwater and con- MANAGEMENT PLAN A written report of what the manage- qualities. trol erosion. Pumice is extremely hygroscopic and absorbs ment of a project or property hopes to accomplish and how several times its own weight in water. Trees and shrubs can it intends to do so. PEDESTRIAN CONNECTIONS A public walkway not ad- be planted on either side of the wick. The roots take in water jacent to a street. It may connect between two public from the underground sponge and establish more quickly MASSING The grouping of plant materials. streets, or between a public street and a public facility, with much less supplemental water. such as a school or park. The standard pedestrian connec- SHARED-USE TRAIL A trail used by a combination of users, tion includes a sidewalk and landscaped buffers on each RECOVERY ZONE A clear recovery area free of hazards along including pedestrians, roller bladers, horseback riders, bicy- side (http://www.portlandonline.com/transportation/index. the edge of the traveled roadway. clists, etc. cfm?a=jjbci&c=dgbgh). B.2 Regionally Adapted Plant Species – Street Tree Glossary

REGIONALLY ADAPTED PLANT SPECIES Species adapted to SCENIC DESIGNATION Highway zone that includes existing SIGNAGE SYSTEM A coordinated system of visual com- the soil conditions present on the site and in the region of and proposed scenic byways where scenic, cultural, historic, munications in symbols, pictures, letters, drawing, pho- the state where it will be grown. recreational, and/or natural qualities dominate the highway tographs, or words whose function is to communicate di- landscape. rections, identifications, warnings, advertisements, etc. to REVEGETATION The replacement of plant material on a land passersby. area. SCENIC EASEMENTS The right for a public agency or other group to use an owner’s land for scenic enhancement, such SITE ANALYSIS Observing, considering and evaluating the RHYTHM Rhythm is achieved when the elements of a de- as roadside landscaping or vista preservation, by restric- physical and man-made elements including the environ- sign create a feeling of motion which leads the viewer’s eye tions on the area of the easement. mental, climatic, visual, cultural, historical and other factors through or even beyond the designed area. Tools like color relating to a particular location, corridor or region (AASHTO, schemes, line and form can be repeated to attain rhythm in SCORING PATTERN A pattern cut or scratched into a sur- 1991). landscape design. Rhythm reduces confusion in the design face. (Ingram, 2006). SITE CONTEXT Where the site in question is located in rela- SECTION DIAGRAM A drawing of a structure, landform, ob- tion to the greater landscape. The surrounding area, wheth- RIGHT-OF-WAY A general term denoting land, property, or ject, etc., as it would appear if cut by an imaginary plane, er city, town, wilderness, etc. interest therein, usually in a strip, acquired for or devoted to showing any internal portions and outer edges along the transportation or utility purposes (AASHTO, 1991). intersection. SITE PLAN A plan of a site showing the positions, size, and types of elements such as roads, drives, parking lots, play RIPARIAN VEGETATION Plant communities occurring in as- SENSE OF ENTRY An introduction to a site or place. The areas, land uses, or structures existing or proposed for a sociation with any spring, lake, river, stream, creek, wash, impression of having arrived at a site or community. site. It may or may not show dimensions, contours, or have arroyo, or other water body having banks and a bed through a legend. which water flows at least occasionally. SENSE OF PLACE The unique impressions, perceptions and memories along with physical representations of a site. SITE RISK ASSESSMENT The process of evaluating the ad- RIPRAP A layer of stones, broken concrete, or boulders verse effects caused by a substance, activity, lifestyle, or placed on a slope to stabilize it against slope failure or ero- SENSE OF SCALE The feeling created or perceived when natural phenomenon. sion due to precipitation, natural drainage, waves, or wind. one is placed next to a very large object (such as a 50-story building 500 feet wide) or a small object (a toolshed six feet SITE SPECIFIC Peculiar to only one particular location (AAS- ROAD SERVICES Areas along the highway that provide trav- tall and eight feet wide). HTO, 1991). elers with designated spaces to rest, interpret history and geography, and discover information about nearby activities SEQUENCE OF ARRIVAL Transition between spaces as a des- SITE-SENSITIVE MATERIALS Materials with qualities that and communities. tination is approached. blend with the surroundings.

SCALE Spatial proportion. Scale refers to the size of an ob- SHADOW PATTERNS Shadow patterns in structures occur SOFTSCAPE The plantings used in a landscape. ject or objects in relation to the surroundings. Size refers to due to relief of planes and specific shadow lines and may be definite measurements while scale describes the size rela- part of the ornament of the structure. SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT TYPE Softscape treatments are tionship between adjacent objects (Ingram, 2006). Items at compositions of plant materials including trees, shrubs, pe- pedestrian scale may be much smaller than those at motor SHRUB A plant with many stems or much branching near rennials, grasses, and ground treatments. vehicle scale, where speeds are much faster. the ground. It is woody and forms new wood from old wood each year. SPIRIT OF PLACE The unique, distinctive and cherished as- SCENIC BYWAY Roads that are outstanding examples of pects of a place, including both cultural components and scenic, historic, recreational, cultural, archeological and/or physical aspects such as rivers, architectural style and natural qualities (http:// www.upperdeleware.com/route97/ views. whatis.cfm).

B.3 Glossary Structures and Hardscape – Wildlife Habitat Corridors

STREET TREE Trees that are tolerant of city conditions, in- UNDERSTORY SHRUB The lower canopy in a layered planting. WATTLES Poles intertwined with reeds or plants (willows, cluding pollution, poor soils, low soil moisture, strong winds etc.) to create a fence, barricade, etc. and soil compaction. Many communities have a list of ac- UNITY The state when independent ele- cepted trees for their area. ments contribute harmoniously to the whole WETLAND An area that is inundated or saturated by surface (Williams, 1990). or groundwater at a frequency, duration, and depth suffi- STRUCTURES AND HARDSCAPES TREATMENT TYPE Varying cient to support a predominance of emergent plant species levels of treatment for bridges, retaining walls, acoustic URBAN BACKGROUND Highway zone within urban regions (cattails, etc.) adapted to growth in saturated soil condi- walls, pedestrian crossings, railings, barrier railings, lighting, that comprise areas dominated by commercial and residen- tions. and transportation art. tial development. WILDLIFE CROSSING Structures built to facilitate wildlife SUB-SEGMENT A portion of a landscape design segment URBAN CONFLUENCE Highway zone within urban regions crossing highways and minimize wildlife-related automo- where unique historic, cultural or environmental features that serves as an important connector for people and com- bile accidents. may result in a slightly different interpretation of the over- merce. all design theme. WILDLIFE HABITAT CORRIDORS Corridors that connect VERNACULAR FORMS Forms in indigenous styles construct- patches of wildlife habitat. These corridors allow wildlife SUSTAINABILITY The ability to sustain ecological integrity, ed from locally available materials following traditional to move between habitats and allow individual animals to including human needs throughout generations. The abil- building practice and patterns not architect-designed. move between groups, helping to restore or maintain ge- ity to maintain with little deviation, with little waist, with netic diversity that is essential both to the long-term vi- renewable energy, etc. VERTICAL DESIGN ELEMENT Site elements such as the fa- ability of populations and to the restoration of functional cades of buildings, walls, fences, trees and tall shrubs, or ecosystems. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN Landscape designs that work with na- steeply sloped ground. Vertical elements may be used as ture rather than against it (Booth, 1999). enclosures or for visual interest (Booth, 1999).

TRACK WALKING A method of erosion and sedi- VERTICAL DIVERSITY Vertical elements that vary in texture, ment control. Track walking with machinery color, transparency, etc. in order to add visual interest to a up and down a slope provides grooves that will catch seed, site (Booth, 1999). fertilizer, mulch, and rainfall, and reduce runoff. VIEW POINT A “pulloff” area on a highway where travelers TRANSITION A gradual change. Transition can be obtained can enjoy a view. by the arrangement of objects with varying textures, forms, or sizes in a logical sequential order (Ingram, 2006). VIEWSHED The total area visible from a point or series of points along a linear transportation facility and conversely TRANSPORTATION ART Artwork along a trans- the area which views upon the facility (AASHTO, 1991). portation route that enhances the travel experience and relates to the surrounding place, the VIEWSHED ANALYSIS Scrutinizing a viewshed to determine unique culture and environment of the area. the positive and negative aspects. Artwork should be of a scale appropriate to highway travel speed. VISUAL RELIEF A unique feature in an otherwise monotonous landscape or structure. TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR A strip of land between two termini within which traffic, topography, environment and WATER HARVESTING Catching and holding rain where it other characteristics are evaluated for transportation pur- falls for future use. It may be stored in tanks or used to poses; also a strip of land for transmission of a utility (AAS- recharge groundwater. HTO, 1991). B.4 Bibliography

Bibliography

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Bibliography Bibliography

REFERENCES ADDITIONAL SOURCES

Brinton, William D. and Rogers, Towers, Bailey, Jones, and Gay, P.A. 2001. “Bill- A Guide For Transportation Landscape And Environmental Design. AASHTO board Legislation and the Takings Issue.” Georgetown University Law Cen- Highway Subcommittee on Design Task Force for Environmental Design. ter Continuing Legal Education. Jacksonville, Florida. Accessed August 27, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. Wash- 2004 at http://www.scenic florida.org/bblegistakings.html. ington D.C., June 1991.

David Evans and Associates. Oregon Department of Transportation. August, Booth, Norman K. and James E Hiss. Residential Landscape Architecture. Ohio 1999. Main Street...When a Highway Runs Through it: A Handbook for Or- State Press. New Jersey, 1999. egon Communities. (Review draft) Carrying Capacity. Website: http://www.overpopulation.com/faq/natural_re- sources/carrying_capacity.html, accessed June 1, 2006. ITE Journal, July 1997, p.23.

Cultural Resources Stewardship. National Park Service (NPS), 2006. Website: Tueller, Dr. Paul T., Post, Dick, and Noonan, Erin. September 20, 2002. Mapping http://www.cr.nps.gov/care.htm, accessed June 1, 2006. Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways and the Development of Specifica- tions for Vegetation Remediation. University of Nevada, Reno. Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities. Publi- cation Number GPF-1. AASHTO, American Association of State Highway and University of Nevada, Las Vegas. July 3, 2002. Landscape Architecture and Transportation Officials. Washington D.C., July 2004. Planning Research Office. Pattern and Palette of Place: A Landscape and Aesthetics Master Plan for the Nevada State Highway System. Ingram, Dewayne L. Basic Principles of Landscape Design. University of Flor- ida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences. Website: http://edis.ifas.ufl. University of Nevada, Las Vegas. September 2004. Landscape Architecture edu/MG086, accessed June 1, 2006. and Planning Research Office. Scenic Byways and Outdoor Advertising Study. Province of Nova Scotia . Land Use Planning - Community Identity & The Mu- nicipal Government Act. Website: http://www.gov.ns.ca/snsmr/muns/plan/ University of Nevada, Las Vegas. March 31, 2005. Landscape Architecture and identity.asp Nova Scotia, 2006. Accessed June 1, 2006. Planning Research Office. Maintenance Cost Manual for Corridor Plan- ning. Putnam, Robert. Builder’s Comprehensive Dictionary. Builder’s Book, Inc. California, 1996. www.mainstreets.org Standard And Specifications For Grade Stabilization Structure, New York, GLOSSARY REFERENCES August 2005. Website: http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/esc- standards/sec5bperm6.pdf, accessed June 1, 2006. Unless otherwise noted, definitions were taken from the following book. Christensen, Alan Jay. Dictionary of Landscape Architecture and Construction. Williams, Robin. The Garden Planner: a Complete Illustrated Guide to De- McGraw-Hill. New York, 2005. signing Your Garden. Barron’s Educational Series. New York, 1990.

C.1